2013 Chevrolet Orlando Manual en CA

Chevrolet Orlando Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 6/5/12 Black plate (1,1)
2013 Chevrolet Orlando Owner Manual M
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-2 Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Performance and Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-13
Keys, Doors, and Warning Lights, Gauges, and Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-21
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-30 Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-28
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-33
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42
Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-47
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32 Trademarks and License Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29 Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
2013 Chevrolet Orlando Owner Manual M
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75 OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78 OnStar Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
OnStar Additional
Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . 11-12
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 11-14
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-12
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Introduction iii
This manual describes features that Propriétaires Canadiens

may or may not be on your specific
A French language copy of this
vehicle either because they are
manual can be obtained from your
options that you did not purchase or
dealer or from:
due to changes subsequent to the
printing of this owner manual. On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
Please refer to the purchase ce guide en français auprès du
The names, logos, emblems, documentation relating to your concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
slogans, vehicle model names, and specific vehicle to confirm each of suivante:
vehicle body designs appearing in the features found on your vehicle.
this manual including, but not limited Helm, Incorporated
For vehicles first sold in Canada, P.O. Box 07130
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, substitute the name “General
the CHEVROLET Emblem, and Detroit, MI 48207
Motors of Canada Limited” for
ORLANDO are trademarks and/or Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it 1-800-551-4123
service marks of General Motors appears in this manual. Numéro de poste 6438 de
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, langue française
or licensors. Keep this manual in the vehicle for www.helminc.com
quick reference.
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 22810368 A First Printing 2012 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
iv Introduction
Using this Manual Symbols

{ WARNING
To quickly locate information about The vehicle has components and
the vehicle, use the Index in the These mean there is something labels that use symbols instead of
back of the manual. It is an that could hurt you or other text. Symbols are shown along with
alphabetical list of what is in the people. the text describing the operation or
manual and the page number where information relating to a specific
it can be found. component, control, message,
Notice: This means there is
gauge, or indicator.
something that could result in
Danger, Warnings, and property or vehicle damage. This M : This symbol is shown when
Cautions would not be covered by the you need to see your owner manual
vehicle's warranty. for additional instructions or
Warning messages found on vehicle
information.
labels and in this manual describe
hazards and what to do to avoid or * : This symbol is shown when
reduce them. you need to see a service manual
for additional instructions or
Danger indicates a hazard with a
information.
high level of risk which will result in
serious injury or death.
Warning or Caution indicates a A circle with a slash through it is a
hazard that could result in injury or safety symbol which means “Do
death. Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
this happen.”
Introduction v
Vehicle Symbol Chart + : Fuses

Here are some additional symbols 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
that may be found on the vehicle Changer
and what they mean. For more
information on the symbol, refer to j : LATCH System Child
the Index. Restraints
9 : Airbag Readiness Light * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
# : Air Conditioning : : Oil Pressure
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) } : Power
% : Audio® Steering Wheel Controls / : Remote Vehicle Start
or OnStar > : Safety Belt Reminders
$ : Brake System Warning Light 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
" : Charging System d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
I : Cruise Control M : Windshield Washer Fluid
B : Engine Coolant Temperature
O : Exterior Lamps
# : Fog Lamps
. : Fuel Gauge
vi Introduction
2 NOTES
In Brief 1-1
In Brief Vehicle Features

Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Instrument Panel Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . 1-16
Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-16
Initial Drive Information Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Driver Information
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-17
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Storage Compartments . . . . . . 1-18
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Performance and Maintenance
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Traction Control
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 StabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-19
Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Tire Sealant and
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-8
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-20
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Driving for Better Fuel
Steering Wheel
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Roadside Assistance
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-12
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
1-2 In Brief
Instrument Panel
In Brief 1-3
1. Air Vents on page 8‑6. 10. TCS/StabiliTrak Button. See 20. Heated Front Seats on
2. Turn and Lane-Change Lever. StabiliTrak® System on page 3‑6 (If Equipped).
See Turn and Lane-Change page 9‑29. 21. Climate Control Systems on
Signals on page 6‑4. 11. Exterior Lamp Controls on page 8‑1.
Headlamp High/Low-Beam page 6‑1. Automatic Climate Control
Changer on page 6‑2. Instrument Panel Illumination System on page 8‑3.
3. Instrument Cluster on page 5‑8. Control on page 6‑6. 22. Shift Lever. See Automatic
4. Windshield Wiper/Washer on Front Fog Lamps on page 6‑5. Transmission on page 9‑21 or
page 5‑3. 12. Hood Release. See Hood on Manual Transmission on
page 10‑4. page 9‑24.
Rear Window Wiper/Washer on
page 5‑4. 13. Front Storage on page 4‑1. 23. Parking Brake on page 9‑27.
5. Infotainment on page 7‑1. 14. Data Link Connector (DLC) 24. Power Outlets on page 5‑6.
6. Infotainment Display. (Out of View). See Malfunction 25. Hazard Warning Flashers on
Indicator Lamp on page 5‑12. page 6‑4.
7. Light Sensor. See Automatic
Headlamp System on page 6‑3. 15. Cruise Control on page 9‑31. 26. Passenger Safety Belt
16. Steering Wheel Adjustment on Reminder Light. See Safety
8. Instrument Panel Storage on Belt Reminders on page 5‑10.
page 4‑1. page 5‑2.
USB Port and Auxiliary Input 17. Horn on page 5‑3.

Jack (Inside Instrument Panel 18. Steering Wheel Controls on
Storage). See Auxiliary Devices page 5‑3.
on page 7‑15 19. Power Door Locks on
9. CD Player on page 7‑13. page 2‑7.
1-4 In Brief
Initial Drive 7 : Press and hold briefly to initiate

vehicle locator. Press and hold for at
Information least three seconds to sound the
This section provides a brief panic alarm. Press again to cancel
overview about some of the the panic alarm.
important features that may or may See Keys on page 2‑1 and Remote
not be on your specific vehicle. Keyless Entry (RKE) System
For more detailed information, refer Operation on page 2‑3.
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual. Remote Vehicle Start
For vehicles with this feature, the
Remote Keyless Entry RKE Transmitter with Remote engine can be started from outside
(RKE) System Start Shown the vehicle.
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Press the key release button to Starting the Vehicle
transmitter may work up to 20 m extend the key blade. The key can
1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the
(65 ft) away from the vehicle. be used for the ignition and all
vehicle.
locks.
K : Press to unlock the driver door 2. Press and release Q.
or all doors. 3. Immediately after completing
Q: Press to lock all doors. Step 2, press and hold / for at
Lock and unlock feedback can be least two seconds or until the
personalized. See Vehicle turn signal lamps flash.
Personalization on page 5‑30.
In Brief 1-5
When the engine starts, the parking Door Locks See Power Door Locks on page 2‑7.
lamps will turn on and remain on as
long as the engine is running. The To lock or unlock the vehicle from Safety Locks
doors will be locked and the climate outside, use the Remote Keyless The rear door safety locks prevent
control system may come on. Entry (RKE) transmitter or the key. passengers from opening the rear
From inside the vehicle, use the doors from inside the vehicle.
The engine will continue to run for power door lock switch.
10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a
10-minute time extension. Remote See Door Locks on page 2‑6.
start can be extended only once. Power Door Locks
Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
. Aim the RKE transmitter at the
vehicle and press and hold /
until the parking lamps turn off.
. Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
. Turn the vehicle on and then off. Press o { to activate the safety
locks on the rear doors. The
See Remote Vehicle Start on
indicator light comes on when
page 2‑5.
The power door lock switch is on activated.
the instrument panel. The rear door power windows are
K: Press to unlock the doors. also disabled.
Q: Press to lock the doors.

1-6 In Brief
Press o { again to deactivate the Windows Seat Adjustment

lockout switch.
Power Windows Manual Seats
See Safety Locks on page 2‑7.
Seat Position
Liftgate
Unlock the vehicle before opening
the liftgate.
Press the touch pad located in the
handle of the liftgate, above the
license plate, and lift up to open.
Do not press the touch pad while
closing the liftgate. This will cause
the liftgate to be unlatched.
Always close the liftgate before
driving. On vehicles with power windows,
the switches are on the doors.
For more information see Liftgate on To adjust a manual seat:
page 2‑8. Push the switch down to open the
window. Pull the front of the switch 1. Pull the handle at the front of
up to close it. the seat.
For more information, see Power 2. Slide the seat to the desired
Windows on page 2‑14. position and release the handle.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3.
In Brief 1-7
Height Adjustment Power Seats Reclining Seatbacks
If available, move the lever up or To adjust the power driver seat: To recline the seatback:
down to manually raise or lower . Move the seat forward or 1. Lift the lever.
the seat.
rearward by sliding the control 2. Move the seatback to the
forward or rearward. desired position, then release
. Raise or lower the front part of the lever to lock the seatback in
the seat cushion by moving the place.
front of the control up or down. Do not lean against the seatback
. Raise or lower the entire seat by while adjusting it.
moving the rear of the control up 3. Push and pull on the seatback to
or down. make sure it is locked.
See Power Seat Adjustment on
page 3‑4.
1-8 In Brief
To return the seatback to an upright Heated Seats Head Restraint

position:
Adjustment
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the Do not drive until the head restraints
seatback, and the seatback for all occupants are installed and
returns to the upright position. adjusted properly.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to To achieve a comfortable seating

make sure it is locked. position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
See Reclining Seatbacks on while keeping the seat and the head
page 3‑4. restraint height in the proper
position.
Second Row Seats See Head Restraints on page 3‑2
The second row seats can be Automatic Climate Control System and Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3.
tumbled to provide access to the Buttons Shown
third row seat, and the seatbacks
can be reclined or folded forward. If available, the buttons are on the
instrument panel, near the center.
See Second Row Seats on To operate, the engine must be
page 3‑8. running.
Third Row Seats Press L or M to heat the driver or

passenger seat.
The third row seats can be stowed
for more cargo space. See Third See Heated Front Seats on
Row Seats on page 3‑12. page 3‑6.
In Brief 1-9
Safety Belts Mirror Adjustment Power Mirrors

Manual Mirrors
Refer to the following sections for Vehicles with power mirrors have
important information on how to use controls located on the driver door.
safety belts properly: Vehicles with a manual mirror
To adjust the mirrors:
adjustment have controls next to
. Safety Belts on page 3‑15. each mirror. 1. Turn the selector switch to L
. How to Wear Safety Belts (Left) or R (Right) to choose the
See Manual Mirrors on page 2‑11.
Properly on page 3‑16. driver or passenger mirror.
. Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑17. 2. Move the control to adjust the
mirror.
. Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on 3. Turn the selector switch to the )
page 3‑39. position to deselect the mirror.
See Power Mirrors on page 2‑12.
1-10 In Brief
Interior Mirror 3. Pull or push the steering wheel

closer or away from you.
Hold the inside rearview mirror in
the center to move it for a clearer 4. Push the lever up to lock the
view of behind your vehicle. Adjust steering wheel in place.
the inside rearview mirror by moving Do not adjust the steering wheel
it up and down or side to side. while driving.
Adjust the mirror to avoid glare from
the headlamps behind you. Push
the tab forward for daytime use and
Interior Lighting
pull it for nighttime use. See Manual Dome Lamps
Rearview Mirror on page 2‑12.
On vehicles with an automatic
Tilt Steering Wheel
dimming inside rearview mirror, the
mirror reduces glare from the To adjust the steering wheel:
headlamps of the vehicle behind 1. Pull the lever down.
you. The dimming feature and
indicator light come on each time 2. Move the steering wheel up
the vehicle is started. See or down.
Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror 3. Push the lever up to lock the
on page 2‑13. steering wheel in place.
Steering Wheel Tilt and Telescoping Steering

Wheel
Adjustment
To adjust the steering wheel: The dome lamp controls are located
The vehicle may have a tilt or tilt in the headliner.
and telescoping steering wheel. 1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up (: Press to turn the lamps off,
or down. even when a door is open.
In Brief 1-11
H : Press to turn the lamps on Exterior Lighting ; : Turns on the parking lamps,
automatically when a door is taillamps, license plate lamps,
opened. sidemarker lamps, and instrument
' : Press to turn on the dome panel lights.
lamps. 5 : Turns on the headlamps,
parking lamps, taillamps, license
Reading Lamps plate lamps, sidemarker lamps, and
instrument panel lights. A warning
chime sounds if the driver door is
opened when the ignition switch is
off and the headlamps are on.
The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the outboard # : For vehicles with fog lamps,
side of the steering column. press to turn the lamps on or off.
O : Briefly turn to this position to See:

turn the automatic light control off or . Exterior Lamp Controls on
on again. page 6‑1
The reading lamps are located in
the overhead console. AUTO: Turns the headlamps on . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
automatically at normal brightness, on page 6‑2
# or $ : Press the button near together with the parking lamps,
each lamp to turn it on or off. . Front Fog Lamps on page 6‑5
taillamps, license plate lamps,
For more interior lamps information, sidemarker lamps, and instrument
see Instrument Panel Illumination panel lights.
Control on page 6‑6.
1-12 In Brief
Windshield Wiper/Washer frequent wipes or down for less

frequent wipes. If the vehicle has
Rainsense™, see the following
Rainsense information.
OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.
8 : For a single wipe, briefly move
the wiper lever down. For several
ON: Press the upper portion of the
wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
button for continuous rear window
With the ignition in ACC/ wipes.
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START, Windshield Washer
move the windshield wiper lever to Pull the windshield wiper lever OFF: The rear wiper turns off when
select the wiper speed. toward you to spray windshield the button is returned to the middle
washer fluid and activate the wipers. position.
HI: Use for fast wipes.
See Windshield Wiper/Washer on INT: Press the lower portion of the
LO: Use for slow wipes. button to set a delay between
page 5‑3 and Rear Window Wiper/
Washer on page 5‑4, if equipped. wipes.
Rear Window Wiper/Washer a: Push the windshield wiper

lever forward to spray washer fluid
The rear wiper controls are on the rear window.
on the end of the windshield wiper
lever. See Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 5‑3 and Rear Window Wiper/
Washer on page 5‑4.
INT: Move the lever up to INT for
intermittent wipes, then turn
the x INT band up for more
In Brief 1-13
Climate Controls 7. Rear Window Defogger 7. Rear Window Defogger

The heating, cooling, defrosting, and 8. Defog 8. Recirculation
ventilation for the vehicle can be 9. Defrost 9. Defog
controlled with these systems.
Vehicles with Air Conditioning 10. Air Conditioning
Vehicles without Air Conditioning 11. Defrost
Automatic Climate Control System
1. Temperature Control
1. Temperature Control
2. Bi-level Air Mode
2. Bi-level Air Mode
3. Floor Air Mode 1. Temperature Control
3. Floor Air Mode
4. Vent Air Mode 2. Rear Window Defogger
4. Vent Air Mode
5. Fan Control 3. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
5. Fan Control
6. Driver and Passenger Heated 4. Defrost
6. Driver and Passenger Heated Seats (If Equipped)
Seats (If Equipped) 5. Fan Control
1-14 In Brief
6. Driver and Passenger Heated 2. Press the shift lever forward (+) Vehicle Features
Seats (If Equipped) to upshift or rearward (−) to
downshift. An M and the current
7. Power
gear will be displayed in the Radio(s)
8. Recirculation Driver Information Center (DIC). O : Press to turn the system on
9. MODE (Air Delivery Mode) See Manual Mode on page 9‑23. and off. Turn to increase or
decrease the volume.
10. AQS (Air Quality Sensor) Up‐Shift Light
BAND: Press to choose between
11. Air Conditioning FM, AM, or SiriusXM®, if equipped.
See Climate Control Systems on MENU: Turn to select radio
page 8‑1 or Automatic Climate
stations. Press to select a menu.
Control System on page 8‑3 (If
Equipped). g: Press to seek the previous
station or track.
Transmission l : Press to seek the next station
If the vehicle has a manual or track.
Driver Shift Control (DSC) transmission, it will have an up-shift
light that indicates when to shift to Buttons 1 to 6: Press to save and
Driver Shift Control (DSC) allows select favorite stations.
you to shift an automatic the next higher gear for the best fuel
transmission similar to a manual economy. INFO: Press to show available
transmission. To use the DSC See Manual Transmission on information about the current station
feature: page 9‑24. or track.
1. Move the shift lever from For more information about these
D (Drive) to the left into the (+) or and other radio features, see
(−) manual position. Operation on page 7‑4.
In Brief 1-15
Storing a Favorite Station 5. To save the time and return to SiriusXM Satellite Radio
the Time Settings menu, press Service
Stations from all bands can be
the BACK button at any time or
stored in the favorite lists in any SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
press the MENU knob after
order. Up to six stations can be based in the 48 contiguous United
adjusting the minutes.
stored in each favorite page and the States and 10 Canadian provinces.
number of available favorite pages Setting the 12/24 Hour Format SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
can be set. variety of programming and
1. Press the CONFIG button and
To store the station to a position in select Time Settings. commercial-free music, coast to
the list, press the corresponding coast, and in digital-quality sound.
2. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. A fee is required to receive the
numeric button 1 to 6 until a beep is
heard. 3. Press the MENU knob to select SiriusXM service.
the 12 hour or 24 hour display Refer to:
For more information, see “Storing a
format.
Station as a Favorite” in AM-FM . www.siriusxm.com or call
Radio on page 7‑7. For more information, see Clock on 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.).
page 5‑5.
Setting the Clock . www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-209-0079 (Canada).
Adjusting the Time Satellite Radio
See Satellite Radio on page 7‑9.
1. Press the CONFIG button and Vehicles with a SiriusXM® satellite
select Time Settings. radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM
satellite radio subscription can
2. Select Set Time. receive SiriusXM programming.
3. Turn the MENU knob to adjust
the highlighted number.
4. Press the MENU knob to select
the next number.
1-16 In Brief
Portable Audio Devices See Bluetooth (Overview) on b / g : Press to interact with the
page 7‑18 or Bluetooth (Voice available Bluetooth and OnStar
Some vehicles have a 3.5 mm Recognition) on page 7‑23 or system.
(1/8 in) auxiliary input and a USB Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) on
port in the center console bin. page 7‑19. $ / i : Press to silence the
External devices such as iPods®, vehicle speakers only. Press again
laptop computers, MP3 players, CD to turn the sound on. For vehicles
changers, and USB drives may be
Steering Wheel Controls with OnStar or Bluetooth systems,
connected, depending on the audio press to reject an incoming call,
system. or to end a current call.
See Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑15. _ SRC ^ : Turn _ or ^ to select a
radio band or audio source.
Bluetooth® Press _ or ^ to select the next or
The Bluetooth® system allows previous favorite radio station, CD,
users with a Bluetooth-enabled or MP3 track.
mobile phone to make and receive Press SRC to change between
hands-free calls using the vehicle radio and CD or DVD.
audio system and controls.
The Bluetooth-enabled mobile + x −: Press + to increase or − to
phone must be paired with the decrease the volume.
in-vehicle Bluetooth system before it For vehicles with audio steering
wheel controls, some audio controls For more information, see Steering
can be used in the vehicle. Not all Wheel Controls on page 5‑3.
phones will support all functions. can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.
In Brief 1-17
Cruise Control *: Press to disengage cruise 3. MENU: Press to display the

control without erasing the set DIC menus. This button is also
speed from memory. used to return to or exit the last
screen displayed on the DIC.
See Cruise Control on page 9‑31.
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
Driver Information on page 5‑21.
Center (DIC) Ultrasonic Parking Assist
The DIC display is in the center of
If available, this system uses
the instrument cluster. It shows the
sensors on the rear bumper to
status of many vehicle systems. The
assist with parking and avoiding
controls for the DIC are on the turn
objects while in R (Reverse).
signal lever.
It operates at speeds less than
8 km/h (5 mph). URPA uses audible
For vehicles with cruise control: beeps to provide distance and
1 : Press to turn the cruise control system information.
system on and off. Keep the sensors on the vehicle's
RES/+: Move the thumbwheel up to rear bumper clean to ensure proper
resume a previously set speed or to operation.
accelerate. 1. SET/CLR: Press to set, or press See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on
SET/−: Move the thumbwheel down and hold to clear, the menu item page 9‑33.
to set a speed or to make the displayed.
vehicle decelerate. 2. w / x : Use the thumbwheel to
scroll through the items in
each menu.
1-18 In Brief
Storage Compartments Power Outlets Performance and

This vehicle has a cargo The accessory power outlets can be Maintenance
management system located in the used to plug in electrical equipment,
rear of the vehicle. such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
Traction Control
The vehicle has three accessory System (TCS)
power outlets: in front of the
cupholders, at the rear of the The traction control system limits
center floor console and in the rear wheel spin. The system is on when
cargo area. the vehicle is started.
See Power Outlets on page 5‑6. . To turn off traction control, press
and release the TCS/StabiliTrak
button. The TCS/StabiliTrak
button has the g symbol and
is located on the instrument
panel. i illuminates and the
appropriate DIC message
To remove the cargo management displays. See Ride Control
cover, see Cargo Management System Messages on page 5‑28.
System on page 4‑4. . Press and release the TCS/
StabiliTrak button again to turn
traction control back on.
For more information, see Traction
Control System (TCS) on
page 9‑28.
In Brief 1-19
StabiliTrak® System Tire Pressure Monitor The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
The StabiliTrak system assists with This vehicle may have a Tire the vehicle is first started, and then
directional control of the vehicle in Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
difficult driving conditions. The may be an early indicator that the
system is on when the vehicle is tire pressures are getting low and
started. the tires need to be inflated to the
. To turn off both Traction Control proper pressure.
and StabiliTrak, press and hold The TPMS does not replace normal
the TCS/StabiliTrak button, monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
until i and g illuminate and the the correct tire pressures.
appropriate DIC message The low tire pressure warning light
alerts to a significant loss in See Tire Pressure Monitor System
displays. See Ride Control on page 10‑44.
System Messages on page 5‑28. pressure of one of the vehicle's
The TCS/StabiliTrak button has tires. If the warning light comes on,
stop as soon as possible and inflate Tire Sealant and
the g symbol and is located on
the instrument panel,
the tires to the recommended Compressor Kit
pressure shown on the Tire and
. Press the TCS/StabiliTrak button Loading Information label. See This vehicle may come with a spare
again to turn on both systems. Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑9. tire and tire changing equipment or
The warning light will remain on until a tire sealant and compressor kit.
For more information, see The kit can be used to temporarily
the tire pressure is corrected.
StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑29. seal small punctures in the tread
area of the tire. See Tire Sealant
and Compressor Kit on page 10‑58.
If the vehicle came with a spare tire
and tire changing equipment, see If
a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑56.
1-20 In Brief
. Replace the vehicle's tires with
Engine Oil Life System Driving for Better Fuel the same TPC Spec number
The engine oil life system calculates Economy molded into the tire's sidewall
engine oil life based on vehicle use Driving habits can affect fuel near the size.
and displays the CHANGE ENGINE mileage. Here are some driving tips . Follow recommended scheduled
OIL SOON DIC message or Code to get the best fuel economy maintenance.
82 DIC message when it is time to possible.
change the engine oil and filter. The
oil life system should be reset to
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate Roadside Assistance
100% only following an oil change. smoothly. Program
Resetting the Oil Life System
. Brake gradually and avoid U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
abrupt stops.
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with TTY Users (U.S. Only):
the engine off.
. Avoid idling the engine for long 1-888-889-2438
periods of time.
2. Press the DIC MENU button on Canada: 1-800-268-6800
the turn signal lever to enter the
. When road and weather
conditions are appropriate, use As the owner of a new Chevrolet,
Vehicle Information Menu. Use you are automatically enrolled in the
the thumbwheel to scroll through cruise control.
Roadside Assistance program.
the menu items until you reach . Always follow posted speed
REMAINING OIL LIFE. limits or drive more slowly when See Roadside Assistance Program
conditions require. on page 13‑5.
3. Press the SET/CLR button to
reset the oil life at 100%. . Keep vehicle tires properly
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. inflated.
See Engine Oil Life System on

. Combine several trips into a
page 10‑9. single trip.
In Brief 1-21
Roadside Assistance and OnStar

If the vehicle has an active OnStar
subscription, contact OnStar and the
vehicle’s current GPS location will
be sent to an OnStar advisor to
assess the situation, contact
Roadside Assistance, and relay the
exact location to send help.
OnStar®
If equipped, this vehicle has a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to a live Advisor
for Emergency, Security, Navigation,
Connection, and Diagnostic
Services. See OnStar Overview on
page 14‑1.
1-22 In Brief
2 NOTES
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1
Keys, Doors, and Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Keys and Locks
Windows Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Keys
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Keys and Locks Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 { WARNING
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Interior Mirrors
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-12 the ignition key is dangerous and
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Automatic Dimming Rearview
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) children or others could be
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 seriously injured or killed. They
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Child-View Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 2-5 could operate the power windows
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Windows or other controls or make the
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 vehicle move. The windows will
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 function with the keys in the
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 ignition, and children or others
could be caught in the path of a
Doors Roof closing window. Do not leave
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 children in a vehicle with the
Vehicle Security ignition key.
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . 2-10
2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows
With an active OnStar subscription,

an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
Overview on page 14‑1.
Remote Keyless Entry

(RKE) System
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13‑15 for information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and Industry Canada
The key that is part of the Remote Press the key release button on the Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter can RKE transmitter to extend the key
be used for the ignition and all blade. Press the button and the key If there is a decrease in the RKE
locks. blade to retract the key. operating range:
If it becomes difficult to turn the key . Check the distance. The
in the ignition, inspect the key blade transmitter may be too far from
for debris. Periodically clean with a the vehicle.
brush or pick. . Check the location. Other
See your dealer if a new key is vehicles or objects may be
needed. blocking the signal.
If locked out of the vehicle, see . Check the transmitter's battery.
Roadside Assistance Program on See “Battery Replacement” later
page 13‑5. in this section.

. If the transmitter is still not
If the driver door is open when Q is
working correctly, see your
pressed and Unlocked Door Anti
dealer or a qualified technician
Lock Out is enabled through vehicle
for service.
personalization, all doors will lock
and then the driver door will unlock.
Remote Keyless Entry See “Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out”
(RKE) System Operation under Vehicle Personalization on
The RKE transmitter may work up to page 5‑30.
20 m (65 ft) away from the vehicle. Pressing Q may also arm the
Other conditions can affect the theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
performance of the transmitter. See Alarm System on page 2‑9.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) RKE Transmitter with Remote K (Unlock): Press to unlock the
System on page 2‑2. Start Shown driver door or all doors. See “Door
The following may be available: Unlock Options” under Vehicle
Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors.
The turn signal indicators may flash
The turn signal indicators may flash and/or the horn may sound to
and/or the horn may sound to indicate unlocking. See “Unlock
indicate locking. See “Locking Feedback” under Vehicle
Feedback” under Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑30.
Pressing K will disarm the
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
Alarm System on page 2‑9.
7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic Programming Transmitters to Battery Replacement

Alarm): Press and hold briefly to the Vehicle The battery is not rechargeable. To
initiate vehicle locator. The exterior Only RKE transmitters programmed replace the battery:
lamps flash and the horn chirps to this vehicle will work. If a
three times. transmitter is lost or stolen, a
Press and hold 7 for at least replacement can be purchased and
three seconds to sound the panic programmed through your dealer.
alarm. The horn sounds and the When the replacement transmitter is
turn signals flash for 30 seconds, programmed to this vehicle, all
remaining transmitters must also be
or until 7 is pressed again or the reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen
key is placed in the ignition and transmitters will no longer work
turned to ON/RUN. once the new transmitter is
/ (Remote Vehicle Start): For programmed.
vehicles with this feature, press Q
and then press and hold / to start
the engine from outside the vehicle 1. Extend the key blade and open
using the RKE transmitter. See the battery cover on the back of
Remote Vehicle Start on page 2‑5 the transmitter by prying with a
for additional information. finger.
The buttons on the keys are 2. Remove the used battery by
disabled when there is a key in the pushing on the battery and
ignition. sliding it toward the key blade.
3. Insert the new battery, positive Laws in some local communities When the engine starts, the parking
side facing up. Push the battery may restrict the use of remote lamps will turn on and remain on as
down until it is held in place. starters. For example, some laws long as the engine is running. The
Replace with a CR2032 or require a person using remote start doors will be locked and the climate
equivalent battery. to have the vehicle in view. Check control system may come on.
4. Snap the battery cover back on local regulations for any The engine will continue to run for
to the transmitter. requirements. 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a
Other conditions can affect the 10-minute time extension. Remote
Remote Vehicle Start performance of the transmitter. See start can be extended only once.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Start the vehicle before driving.
The vehicle may have this feature System on page 2‑2.
that allows you to start the engine Extending Engine Run Time
from outside the vehicle. Starting the Vehicle
For a 10-minute extension, repeat
/ (Remote Vehicle Start): This To start the engine using the remote Steps 1–3 while the engine is still
button will be on the RKE start feature: running. The remote start can be
transmitter if the vehicle has remote 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the extended once.
start. vehicle. When the remote start is extended,
The climate control system will use
the previous settings during a 2. Press and release Q. the second 10 minutes will start
immediately.
remote start. The rear defog may 3. Immediately after completing
come on during remote start based For example, if the engine has
Step 2, press and hold / for at
on cold ambient conditions. The been running for five minutes, and
least two seconds or until the 10 minutes are added, the engine
rear fog indicator light does not turn signal lamps flash. The turn
come on during remote start. If the will run for a total of 15 minutes.
signal lamps flashing confirms
vehicle has heated seats, they may the request to remote start the
come on during a remote start. See vehicle has been received.
Heated Front Seats on page 3‑6.
A maximum of two remote starts,

. The hazard warning flashers
or a single start with an extension, are on. WARNING (Continued)
is allowed between ignition cycles. . The malfunction indicator lamp crash is increased if the
The vehicle's ignition must be is on. doors are not locked. So, all
turned on and then back off before . The engine coolant temperature passengers should wear
the remote start procedure can be is too high. safety belts properly and the
used again. doors should be locked
. The oil pressure is low.
Canceling a Remote Start whenever the vehicle is
. Two remote vehicle starts, or a driven.
To cancel a remote start, do one of single remote start with an
the following:
. Young children who get into
extension, have already
unlocked vehicles may be
. Aim the RKE transmitter at the been used.
unable to get out. A child can
vehicle and press and hold / . The vehicle is not in P (Park). be overcome by extreme heat
until the parking lamps turn off. and can suffer permanent
. Turn on the hazard warning
Door Locks injuries or even death from
heat stroke. Always lock the
flashers.
. Turn the vehicle on and then off.
{ WARNING .
vehicle whenever leaving it.
Outsiders can easily enter
Conditions in Which Remote Start Unlocked doors can be through an unlocked door
Will Not Work dangerous. when slowing or stopping the
. Passengers, especially vehicle. Lock the doors to
The remote vehicle start feature will
children, can easily open the help prevent this from
not operate if: happening.
doors and fall out of a moving
. The key is in the ignition (key vehicle. The chance of being
access) or if the key is in the thrown out of the vehicle in a
vehicle (keyless access).
(Continued)
. The hood is not closed.
To lock or unlock a door from K (Unlock): Press to unlock the Safety Locks
outside the vehicle, use the Remote doors.
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. The rear door safety locks prevent
From inside the vehicle, use the passengers from opening the rear
Automatic Door Locks doors from inside the vehicle.
power door lock switch.
The doors can also be unlocked Automatic Door Lock
from the inside by pulling the door The doors are programmed to
handle. Pulling the door handle automatically lock when the shift
again unlatches the door. lever is moved out of P (Park).
The automatic door lock feature
Power Door Locks cannot be disabled.
Automatic Door Unlock
The doors will automatically unlock
when the shift lever is moved into
P (Park).
See Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑30. Press o { to activate the safety
locks on the rear doors. The
indicator light comes on when
activated.
The power door lock switch is on

the instrument panel.
Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors.
The rear door power windows are Doors

also disabled. WARNING (Continued)
Press o { again to deactivate the Liftgate . Adjust the Climate Control
lockout switch. system to a setting that
If a rear door handle is pulled when { WARNING brings in only outside air and
set the fan speed to the
the safety lock is deactivated, that highest setting. See Climate
door will remain locked and the Exhaust gases can enter the
vehicle if it is driven with the Control System in the Index.
indicator light may flash. Release
the handle, then press the safety liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with For more information about
lock twice to deactivate the safety any objects that pass through the carbon monoxide, see Engine
locks. seal between the body and the Exhaust on page 9‑20.
trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine
exhaust contains carbon
Notice: To avoid damage to the
monoxide (CO) which cannot be
liftgate or liftgate glass, make
seen or smelled. It can cause sure the area above and behind
unconsciousness and even death. the liftgate is clear before
If the vehicle must be driven with opening it.
the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open: Unlock the vehicle before opening
. Close all of the windows. the liftgate.
. Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
(Continued)
Press the touch pad located in the Vehicle Security will arm, and the LED will begin
handle of the liftgate, above the to slowly flash indicating the
license plate, and lift up to open. This vehicle has theft-deterrent alarm is operating.
features; however, they do not make
Do not press the touch pad while If a door, the hood, or liftgate is
the vehicle impossible to steal.
closing the liftgate. This will cause opened without first unlocking with
the liftgate to be unlatched. the transmitter, the turn signals will
Vehicle Alarm System flash and the horn will sound for
Always close the liftgate before
driving. This vehicle has a anti-theft alarm about 30 seconds. The alarm
system. system will then re-arm to monitor
for the next unauthorized event.
The LED light, instrument panel
near the windshield, indicates the The theft-deterrent alarm system will
status of the system. not activate if the doors are locked
with the key.
Arming the System
Disarming the System
1. Close all doors, trunk, and
liftgate. To disarm the system, either unlock
the doors using the transmitter,
2. Lock the vehicle using the or start the vehicle.
transmitter or the power door
lock button with the door open. To avoid setting off the alarm by
The LED on the instrument accident:
panel should come on and stay . Lock the vehicle with the
on for about 30 seconds. transmitter after all occupants
3. After 30 seconds, or if the Q have left the vehicle and all
doors are closed.
button on the transmitter is
pressed again, the alarm system

. Always unlock a door with the
transmitter. Unlocking the driver
Immobilizer in the vehicle and automatically
disarms the system. Only an
door with the mechanical backup See Radio Frequency Statement on authorized key starts the vehicle.
key will not disarm the alarm. page 13‑15 for information The vehicle may not start if the key
regarding Part 15 of the Federal is damaged.
If you set off the alarm by accident,
Communications Commission (FCC)
turn off the alarm by pressing on the
rules and Industry Canada
transmitter, or start the vehicle with
Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
a recognized transmitter in the
vehicle. the alarm will not stop if you
unlock the driver door with the key. Immobilizer Operation
This vehicle has a passive
How to Detect a Tamper
theft-deterrent system.
Condition The security light in the instrument
The system does not have to be
If K is pressed and the horn chirps manually armed or disarmed. cluster comes on if there is a
three times, an attempted break-in problem with arming or disarming
The vehicle is automatically the theft-deterrent system.
has occurred while the system was
immobilized when the key is
armed. When trying to start the vehicle, the
removed from the ignition.
If the alarm has been activated, the security light comes on briefly when
The system is automatically the ignition is turned on.
THEFT ATTEMPTED message will
disarmed when the vehicle is
appear on the DIC. If the engine does not start and the
started with the correct key. The
See Key and Lock Messages on key uses a transponder that security light stays on, there is a
page 5‑27. matches an immobilizer control unit problem with the system. Turn the
ignition off and try again.
If the engine still does not start, and Exterior Mirrors Manual Mirrors
the key appears to be undamaged
or the light continues to stay on, try Some vehicles have outside mirrors
another ignition key. If the engine Convex Mirrors that can be manually adjusted.
does not start with the other key, the
vehicle needs service. If the vehicle { WARNING
does start, the first key may be
damaged. See your dealer who can A convex mirror can make things,
service the theft-deterrent system like other vehicles, look farther
and have a new key made. away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
Do not leave the key or device that
disarms or deactivates the you could hit a vehicle on the
theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
The convex shaped mirror reduces

blind spots. The shape of the mirror Controls for the outside manual
makes objects appear smaller, mirrors are located next to each
which will affect the ability to mirror.
estimate distances.
Power Mirrors 3. Turn the selector switch to Interior Mirrors

the ) position to deselect the
mirror. Manual Rearview Mirror
Folding Mirrors Hold the inside rearview mirror in
the center to move it for a clearer
Push the mirror toward the vehicle. view of behind your vehicle. Adjust
Pull the mirror out to return to its the inside rearview mirror by moving
original position. it up and down or side to side.
Adjust the mirror to avoid glare from
Heated Mirrors the headlamps behind you. Push
The vehicle may have heated the tab forward for daytime use and
mirrors. pull it for nighttime use.
= (Rear Window Defogger): Cleaning the Mirror

Vehicles with power mirrors have Press to heat the outside rearview Do not spray glass cleaner directly
controls on the driver door. mirrors. See “Rear Window on the mirror. Use a soft towel
To adjust the mirrors: Defogger” under Climate Control dampened with water.
Systems on page 8‑1 or Automatic
1. Turn the selector switch to L Climate Control System on page 8‑3
(Left) or R (Right) to choose the for more information.
driver or passenger mirror.
2. Move the control to adjust the
mirror.
Automatic Dimming Child-View Mirror

Rearview Mirror
The vehicle may have an automatic
dimming inside rearview mirror.
Automatic dimming reduces the
glare from the headlamps of the
vehicle behind you. The dimming
feature and indicator light come on
each time the vehicle is started.
Vehicles with OnStar have three
control buttons at the bottom of the
mirror. See your dealer for more Push the mirror back up when not
information about OnStar and how in use.
to subscribe to it. See OnStar
Push up and release, the mirror will Cleaning the Mirror
Overview on page 14‑1. open automatically.
Cleaning the Mirror Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
Do not spray glass cleaner directly dampened with water.
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
Windows The vehicle aerodynamics are

designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
{ WARNING pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
Never leave a child, a helpless windows are up. To reduce the
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, sound, open either a front window
especially with the windows or the sunroof (if equipped).
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the Power Windows
extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke. { WARNING
On vehicles with power windows,
Children could be seriously the switches are on the doors.
injured or killed if caught in the
path of a closing window. Never Push the switch down to open the
leave keys in a vehicle with window. Pull the front of the switch
up to close it.
children. When there are children
in the rear seat, use the window The switches work when the ignition
lockout button to prevent is in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,
operation of the windows. See or in Retained Accessory Power
Keys on page 2‑1. (RAP). See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) on page 9‑18.
Express Window Operation
Your vehicle may have windows
with an express-up or down feature.
This feature allows the window to be
lowered or raised without holding up position will cause the window to 4. Continue holding the switch up
the switch. Passenger side and rear stop. Release of the switch from the for approximately two seconds
windows only have express-down. fully pulled up position will activate after the window is completely
Pull a window switch up or push it the express-up and related obstacle closed.
down all the way, release it, and the detection features. The window is now reprogrammed.
window goes down or up Repeat the process for the other
automatically. Stop the window by Programming the Power
Windows windows.
pushing or pulling the switch.
If the battery on the vehicle has Window Lockout
Obstacle Detection Feature
been recharged or disconnected,
If equipped with express-up, and an or is not working, you will need to
object is in the path of the window reprogram each front power window
when closing, the window will stop for the express-up feature to work.
at the obstruction and auto-reverse Before reprogramming, replace or
to a preset factory position. Weather recharge the vehicle's battery.
conditions such as severe cold and/
To program each front window:
or ice may also cause the window to
auto-reverse. The window will return 1. With the ignition in ACC/
to normal operation once the ACCESSORY or ON/RUN,
obstruction or condition is removed. or when Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) is active, close all
If conditions prevent the window
doors.
from closing and the window
continues to auto-reverse, it is 2. Press and hold the power The rear window lockout switch is
possible to close the window with window switch until the window on the driver door. This feature
the ignition in ON/RUN by holding is fully open. prevents the rear passenger
the window switch in the partially or 3. Pull the power window switch up windows from operating, except
fully pulled up position. Release of until the window is fully closed. from the driver position.
the switch from the partially pulled
Press o { to activate the rear Sun Visors Roof

window lockout switch. The
indicator light comes on when Sunroof
activated.
The rear door locks are also
disabled.
Press o { again to deactivate the
lockout switch.
If the indicator light flashes, the
feature may not be working properly.
Pull the sun visor down to block
Overload Feature glare. Detach the sun visor from the
center mount to pivot to the side
If the windows are operated
window, or to extend along the rod,
repeatedly in short intervals, the
if available.
window operation is disabled for a
short time. Lighted Visor Vanity Mirror On vehicles with a sunroof, the
Pull the visor down and lift the cover switches are on the overhead
to access the mirror. A light comes console.
on when the cover is lifted and goes The sunroof only operates when the
out when it is closed. ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY or in Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). See
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
on page 9‑18.
To open or close the sunroof, press Sunshade

the open or close sunroof switch (1) The sunshade is manually operated.
to the first detent position. Close or open the sunshade by
To express open or close the sliding. When the sunroof is
sunroof with the safety function opened, the sunshade is
enabled, press the open or close always open.
sunroof switch (1) to the second
detent position and release. To stop Safety Function
the movement, press the switch If the sunroof has any resistance
again. Dirt and debris may collect on the during automatic closing, it will
sunroof seal or in the track. This immediately stop and reverse.
To automatically tilt or close the could cause issues with sunroof
sunroof, press the tilt open or close operation and noise. It could also To override the safety function,
sunroof switch (2). plug the water drainage system. press and hold the close sunroof
If an object is in the path of the Periodically open the sunroof and switch. The sunroof closes without
sunroof while it is closing, the remove any obstacles or loose the safety function. To stop the
anti-pinch feature will detect the debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and movement, release the switch.
object and stop the sunroof. roof sealing area using a clean
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
The sunroof glass panel cannot be
remove grease from the sunroof.
opened or closed if the vehicle has
an electrical failure.
2 NOTES
Seats and Restraints 3-1
Seats and Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Adding Equipment to the

Safety Belt Use During Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-30
Restraints Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-31
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Replacing Airbag System
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-23 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Head Restraints Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Replacing Safety Belt System Child Restraints
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Front Seats Infants and Young
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Airbag System Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-4 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-36
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-26 Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-38
Front Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 When Should an Airbag Lower Anchors and Tethers
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 for Children (LATCH
Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 What Makes an Airbag System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Replacing LATCH System
Rear Seats
How Does an Airbag Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Securing Child Restraints
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
What Will You See after an (Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Safety Belts Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29 Securing Child Restraints
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped (Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-46
How to Wear Safety Belts Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
3-2 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
{ WARNING
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
Adjust the head restraint so that the The height of the head restraint can
top of the restraint is at the same be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
Front Seats height as the top of the occupant's up to raise it. Try to move the head
The vehicle's front seats have head. This position reduces the restraint to make sure that it is
adjustable head restraints in the chance of a neck injury in a crash. locked in place.
outboard seating positions. To lower the head restraint, press
the button located on the top of the
seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not designed to be
removed.
Rear Seats To lower the head restraint, press Front Seats

The vehicle's second row seats the button located on the top of the
seatback, and push the head
have adjustable head restraints in
restraint down. Try to move the Seat Adjustment
the outboard seating positions. The
vehicle's third row seats have head head restraint after the button is Seat Position
restraints in the outboard seating released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
positions that cannot be adjusted.
The vehicle's second row seat is
{ WARNING
equipped with an adjustable You can lose control of the
headrest in the center seating vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
position that operates the same way seat while the vehicle is moving.
as the rear outboard head restraints. Adjust the driver seat only when
The rear outboard head restraints the vehicle is not moving.
and rear center headrest are not
designed to be removed.
Second Row Seat Head Restraint

The height of the second row head
restraints can be adjusted. Pull the
head restraint up to raise it. Try to
move the head restraint to make
sure that it is locked in place.
To adjust a manual seat: Power Seat Adjustment To adjust the seatback, see
1. Pull the handle at the front of Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑4.
the seat.
Reclining Seatbacks
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the handle.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
Height Adjustment
To adjust the power driver seat,

if available:
. Move the seat forward or
To recline the seatback:
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward. 1. Lift the lever.
. Raise or lower the front part of 2. Move the seatback to the
the seat cushion by moving the desired position, then release
front of the control up or down. the lever to lock the seatback in
place.
If available, move the lever up or
. Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the rear of the control up Do not lean against the seatback
down to manually raise or lower
or down. while adjusting it.
the seat.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to

make sure it is locked. { WARNING
Sitting in a reclined position when
{ WARNING the vehicle is in motion can be
If either seatback is not locked, it dangerous. Even when buckled
could move forward in a sudden up, the safety belts cannot do
stop or crash. That could cause their job.
injury to the person sitting there. The shoulder belt will not be
Always push and pull on the against your body. Instead, it will
seatbacks to be sure they are be in front of you. In a crash, you
locked. could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries. Do not have a seatback reclined if
To return the seatback to an upright The lap belt could go up over the vehicle is moving.
position: your abdomen. The belt forces
1. Lift the lever fully without would be there, not at your pelvic
applying pressure to the bones. This could cause serious
seatback, and the seatback internal injuries.
returns to the upright position. For proper protection when the
2. Push and pull on the seatback to vehicle is in motion, have the
make sure it is locked. seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear the
safety belt properly.
Front Seat Armrest Heated Front Seats
{ WARNING
If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the
seat heater may cause burns. To
reduce the risk of burns, people
with such a condition should use
care when using the seat heater,
especially for long periods of
time. Do not place anything on
the seat that insulates against Automatic Climate Control System
heat, such as a blanket, cushion, Buttons Shown
There may be an armrest on the cover, or similar item. This may If available, the buttons are on the
inboard side of the driver seat. Pull cause the seat heater to instrument panel, near the center.
the armrest down to lower it from overheat. An overheated seat To operate, the engine must be
the upright position. From the fully heater may cause a burn or may running.
lowered position, the armrest can be damage the seat.
adjusted upward in increments. Lift Press L or M to heat the driver or
up on the armrest to raise it to the passenger seat.
desired preset position. Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the heated seat will
change to the next lower setting,
and then the off setting. Three lights
indicate the highest setting, and one
light indicates the lowest.
The passenger seat may take Folding Seatback

longer to heat up. { WARNING
The front passenger seatback
Remote Start Heated Seats folds flat. Things you put on this seatback
When it is cold outside, the heated can strike and injure people in a
seats can be programmed to turn on { WARNING sudden stop or turn, or in a crash.
Remove or secure all items
automatically during a remote
vehicle start. The heated seats will If you fold the seatback forward to before driving.
be canceled when the ignition is carry longer objects, such as skis,
turned on. Press the heated seat be sure any such cargo is not To fold the seatback:
button to use the heated seats after near an airbag. In a crash, an
the vehicle is started. inflating airbag might force that 1. Lower the head restraint all the
object toward a person. This way. See Head Restraints on
The heated seat button lights do not page 3‑2.
turn on during a remote start. could cause severe injury or even
death. Secure objects away from 2. Move the seat as far back as
The temperature of an unoccupied the area in which an airbag would possible. See Seat Adjustment
seat may be reduced. This is inflate. For more information, see on page 3‑3.
normal. Where Are the Airbags? on
The heated seats will not turn on page 3‑26 and Vehicle Load
during a remote start unless the Limits on page 9‑9.
heated seat feature is enabled in
the vehicle personalization menu.
See Remote Vehicle Start on
page 2‑5 and Vehicle
Rear Seats
Second Row Seats
Adjusting the Seatbacks
{ WARNING
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
3. Lift the lever fully and fold the Always push and pull on the To adjust the seatback:
seatback forward. seatbacks to be sure they are 1. Lift and hold the lever on the top
4. Continue lowering the seatback locked. of the seatback.
until it is completely folded. Do not lean against the seatback
When the seatback is while adjusting it.
completely folded, it will lock in 2. Tilt the seatback forward or
place. rearward to the desired position,
To raise the seatback: then release the lever.
1. Lift the lever fully to unlock the 3. Push and pull on the seatback to
seatback. Then, raise the make sure it is locked in place.
seatback and push it rearward
until it re-engages.
make sure it is locked in place.
Folding the Seatbacks

Notice: Folding a rear seat with
the safety belts still fastened may
cause damage to the seat or the
safety belts. Always unbuckle the
safety belts and return them to
their normal stowed position
before folding a rear seat.
To fold a seatback:
1. Lower the rear seat head
restraints all the way. See Head
Restraints on page 3‑2. 3. Lift the lever on the top of the 4. Push down on the seat until it
seatback and fold the seatback latches to the floor. See
forward. The seat will release “Tumbling the Second Row
from the vehicle floor and lift up Seats” later in this section.
automatically. Keep the seatback in the upright,
locked position when not in use.
{ WARNING
A seat that is not locked into
place properly can move around
in a collision or sudden stop.
People in the vehicle could be
injured. Be sure to lock the seat
into place properly when
2. Place the safety belt buckles in installing it.
the seat cushion pockets.
Unfolding the Seatbacks

WARNING (Continued)
To return a seatback to the upright
position: person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the
{ WARNING rear seatback, always check to be
sure that the safety belts are
If either seatback is not locked, it properly routed and attached, and
could move forward in a sudden are not twisted.
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
3. Remove the safety belt buckles
Always push and pull on the
from the seat cushion pockets.
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked. Make sure the safety belts are 2. Place the safety belt buckles in
not twisted or caught between the seat cushion pockets.
the seat cushion and the
1. Raise the seatback to the seatback.
upright position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to Tumbling the Second Row
make sure it is locked in place. Seats
The second row seats can be folded
{ WARNING and tumbled to allow access to the
third row seats.
A safety belt that is improperly
To fold and tumble the seats:
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the 1. Lower the rear seat head
protection needed in a crash. The restraints all the way. See Head
Restraints on page 3‑2.
(Continued)
3. Lift the lever on the top of the Returning the Seats to the To return the seats to the sitting
seatback and fold the seatback Sitting Position position:
forward.
The seat will release from the { WARNING
vehicle floor and lift up
automatically. A seat that is not locked into
place properly can move around
in a collision or sudden stop.
People in the vehicle could be
injured. Be sure to lock the seat
installing it.
1. Push down on the seat until it

latches to the floor.
2. Raise the seatback to the
upright position.
4. If the seat does not lift
completely, manually raise it to
the fully tumbled position.
4. Remove the safety belt buckles

{ WARNING from the seat cushion pockets. { WARNING
If either seatback is not locked, it Make sure the safety belts are The hinge area of the seats must
could move forward in a sudden not twisted or caught between remain clear when stowing or
stop or crash. That could cause the seat cushion and the unstowing the seats. Keep hands
injury to the person sitting there. seatback. away from the seat hinges to
Always push and pull on the avoid injury.
seatbacks to be sure they are Third Row Seats
locked. Stowing the Seats Notice: Folding a rear seat with
the safety belts still fastened may
make sure it is locked in place.
{ WARNING cause damage to the seat or the
safety belts. Always unbuckle the
Using the third row seating safety belts and return them to
{ WARNING position while the second row is
folded, or folded and tumbled,
their normal stowed position
before folding a rear seat.
A safety belt that is improperly could cause injury in a sudden To stow the seats:
routed, not properly attached, stop or crash. Be sure to return
or twisted will not provide the 1. Unbuckle the safety belts in the
the seat to the passenger seating
third row seats.
protection needed in a crash. The position. Push and pull on the
person wearing the belt could be seat to make sure it is locked into 2. Open the liftgate.
seriously injured. After raising the place.
rear seatback, always check to be
sure that the safety belts are
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.
Returning the Seats to the

Sitting Position
{ WARNING
The hinge area of the seats must
remain clear when stowing or
unstowing the seats. Keep hands
away from the seat hinges to
avoid injury.
3. Insert the outboard safety belts 4. From the rear of the vehicle, pull
into the guides on the side trim the release handle on the back
near the liftgate. of the third row seatback. The
head restraint will release and
fold forward automatically.
5. Grasping the handle, fold the
seatback forward and release it.
To return the seats to the sitting

position: WARNING (Continued)
1. Open the liftgate. injured. Be sure to lock the seat
installing it.
3. From the rear of the vehicle,

grasp the handle on the back of
the seatback and lift the seat up
and to the rear until it locks into
place.
4. Return the head restraint to the
{ WARNING upright position by pulling the
head restraint up and to the rear
With head restraints that are not until it locks into place.
installed and adjusted properly,
2. Make sure the outboard safety there is a greater chance that Push and pull on the head
belts are secured in the guides occupants will suffer a neck/ restraint to make sure that it is
on the side trim near the liftgate. locked.
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
{ WARNING all occupants are installed and { WARNING
adjusted properly.
A seat that is not locked into A safety belt that is improperly
place properly can move around routed, not properly attached,
in a collision or sudden stop. or twisted will not provide the
People in the vehicle could be protection needed in a crash. The
(Continued) (Continued)
WARNING (Continued) Safety Belts WARNING (Continued)

This section of the manual
person wearing the belt could be describes how to use safety belts are more likely to be seriously
seriously injured. After raising the properly. It also describes some injured or killed. Do not allow
rear seatback, always check to be things not to do with safety belts. passengers to ride in any area of
sure that the safety belts are the vehicle that is not equipped
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.
{ WARNING with seats and safety belts.
Always wear a safety belt, and
Do not let anyone ride where a check that all passenger(s) are
5. Remove the safety belts from safety belt cannot be worn restrained properly too.
the guides on the trim near the properly. In a crash, if you or your
liftgate. Make sure the safety passenger(s) are not wearing
safety belts, injuries can be much This vehicle has indicators as a
belts are not twisted or caught
worse than if you are wearing reminder to buckle the safety belts.
between the seat cushion and
safety belts. You can be seriously See Safety Belt Reminders on
the seatback.
page 5‑10.
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
(Continued)
Why Safety Belts Work safety belts. That is why wearing Also, in nearly all states and in
safety belts makes such good all Canadian provinces, the law
sense. requires wearing safety belts.
Questions and Answers About How to Wear Safety Belts
Safety Belts
Properly
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a This section is only for people of
safety belt? adult size.
A: You could be — whether you are There are special things to know
wearing a safety belt or not. about safety belts and children. And
Your chance of being conscious there are different rules for smaller
during and after a crash, so you children and infants. If a child will be
can unbuckle and get out, is riding in the vehicle, see Older
When riding in a vehicle, you travel much greater if you are belted. Children on page 3‑32 or Infants
as fast as the vehicle does. If the and Young Children on page 3‑34.
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why Follow those rules for everyone's
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep should I have to wear safety
going until something stops you. protection.
belts?
It could be the windshield, the It is very important for all occupants
instrument panel, or the safety belts! A: Airbags are supplemental to buckle up. Statistics show that
systems only; so they work with unbelted people are hurt more often
When you wear a safety belt, you safety belts — not instead of
and the vehicle slow down together. in crashes than those who are
them. Whether or not an airbag wearing safety belts.
There is more time to stop because is provided, all occupants still
you stop over a longer distance and, have to buckle up to get the There are important things to know
when worn properly, your strongest most protection. about wearing a safety belt properly.
bones take the forces from the

. Wear the shoulder belt over the The following instructions explain
shoulder and across the chest. how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
These parts of the body are best properly.
able to take belt restraining
forces. The shoulder belt locks if 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
there is a sudden stop or crash. adjustable, so you can sit up
straight. To see how, see “Seats”
in the Index.
{ WARNING
You can be seriously injured,
or even killed, by not wearing
your safety belt properly.
. Sit up straight and always keep . Never allow the lap or
your feet on the floor in front shoulder belt to become
of you. loose or twisted.
. Always use the correct buckle . Never wear the shoulder belt
for your seating position. under both arms or behind
. Wear the lap part of the belt low your back.
and snug on the hips, just . Never route the lap or
touching the thighs. In a crash, shoulder belt over an
this applies force to the strong armrest. 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
pelvic bones and you would be the belt across you. Do not let it
less likely to slide under the lap get twisted.
belt. If you slid under it, the belt Lap-Shoulder Belt
would apply force on your All seating positions in the vehicle
abdomen. This could cause have a lap-shoulder belt.
serious or even fatal injuries.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if 3. Push the latch plate into the
you pull the belt across you very buckle until it clicks.
quickly. If this happens, let the When using a second row
belt go back slightly to unlock it. seating position, you may need
Then pull the belt across you to remove the safety belt buckle
more slowly. from its storage pocket in
If the shoulder portion of a the seat.
passenger belt is pulled out all 4. Pull up on the latch plate to
the way, the child restraint make sure it is secure. If the belt
locking feature may be engaged. is not long enough, see Safety
If this happens, let the belt go Belt Extender on page 3‑22.
back all the way and start again.
Position the release button on 6. To make the lap part tight, pull
the buckle so that the safety belt up on the shoulder belt.
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary. It may be necessary to pull the
stitching on the safety belt
5. If equipped with a shoulder belt through the latch plate to fully
height adjuster, move it to the tighten the lap belt on smaller
height that is right for you. See occupants.
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
later in this section for
instructions on use and
important safety information.
Adjust the height so the shoulder

portion of the belt is on the shoulder
but not falling off of it. The belt
should be close to but not
contacting the neck. Improper
shoulder belt height adjustment
could reduce the effectiveness of
the safety belt in a crash. See How
to Wear Safety Belts Properly on
page 3‑16.
To unlatch the belt, push the button For the outboard second and third
on the buckle. The belt should row safety belts, insert the belt into
return to its stowed position. Slide the guides on the side trim when the
the latch plate up the safety belt safety belt is not in use.
webbing when the safety belt is not Before a door is closed, be sure the
in use. safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
To move the shoulder belt height
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
adjuster down, push down on the
height adjuster for the driver and
release button and move the height
right front passenger seating
adjuster to the desired position.
positions.
You can move the height adjuster Pretensioners work only once. If the
up by pushing up on the shoulder pretensioners activate in a crash,
belt guide. the pretensioners and probably
After the adjuster is set to the other parts of the vehicle's safety
desired position, try to move it down belt system will need to be replaced.
without pushing the release button See Replacing Safety Belt System
to make sure it has locked into Parts after a Crash on page 3‑23.
position. Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Safety Belt Pretensioners Guides To install the adjustable comfort
This vehicle has safety belt Rear safety belt comfort guides may guide to the seatback and the
pretensioners for the front outboard provide added safety belt comfort safety belt:
occupants. Although the safety belt for older children who have
pretensioners cannot be seen, they outgrown booster seats and for
are part of the safety belt assembly. some adults. When installed on a
They can help tighten the safety shoulder belt, the comfort guide
belts during the early stages of a positions the shoulder belt away
moderate to severe frontal, near from the neck and head.
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold This vehicle may have an adjustable
conditions for pretensioner comfort guide. Additional comfort
activation are met. And, for vehicles guides are available through your
with side impact airbags, safety belt dealer.
pretensioners can help tighten the
safety belts in a side crash or a
rollover event.
1. Locate the anchorage loop on
the rear outboard seatback, near
the top.
2. Attach the adjustable comfort 6. Adjust the guide so the shoulder

guide to the anchor loop by portion of the belt is on the
threading the hook through shoulder and not falling off of it.
the loop. The belt should be close to, but
not contacting, the neck.
Improper comfort guide
adjustment could reduce the
effectiveness of the safety belt in
a crash.
{ WARNING
A safety belt that is not properly
4. Be sure that the belt is not
worn may not provide the
twisted and it lies flat. The
elastic cord must be under the protection needed in a crash. The
belt and the guide on top. person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. The shoulder
5. The elastic cord on the comfort belt should go over the shoulder
3. Place the guide over the belt, guide is adjustable. You can
and insert the two edges of the and across the chest. These parts
make it longer or shorter by of the body are best able to take
belt into the slots of the guide. squeezing both ends of the
belt restraining forces.
plastic adjuster and pulling on
the elastic cord or the guide.
Safety Belt Use During The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a safety
Pregnancy belt is worn properly, it is more likely
Safety belts work for everyone, that the fetus will not be hurt in a
including pregnant women. Like all crash. For pregnant women, as for
occupants, they are more likely to anyone, the key to making safety
be seriously injured if they do not belts effective is wearing them
wear safety belts. properly.
Safety Belt Extender

If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
around you, you should use it.
7. Buckle and position the safety
But if a safety belt is not long
belt as described previously in
enough, your dealer will order you
this section. Make sure that the
an extender. When you go in to
shoulder belt crosses the
order it, take the heaviest coat you
shoulder.
will wear, so the extender will be
To remove and store the comfort long enough for you. To help avoid
guide, squeeze the belt edges personal injury, do not let someone
together so that the safety belt can else use it, and use it only for the
be removed from the guide. seat it is made to fit. The extender
Un-hook the guide from the loop on A pregnant woman should wear a has been designed for adults. Never
the seat. Store the guide in a lap-shoulder belt, and the lap use it for securing child seats. To
convenient place like the glove box portion should be worn as low as wear it, attach it to the regular safety
for the next time it is needed. possible, below the rounding, belt. See the instruction sheet that
throughout the pregnancy. comes with the extender.
Safety System Check Safety Belt Care WARNING (Continued)

Now and then, check that the safety Keep belts clean and dry.
belt reminder light, safety belts, crash. To help make sure the
buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
anchorages are all working properly.
{ WARNING safety belt systems are working
properly after a crash, have them
Look for any other loose or Do not bleach or dye safety belts. inspected and any necessary
damaged safety belt system parts It may severely weaken them. In replacements made as soon as
that might keep a safety belt system a crash, they might not be able to possible.
from doing its job. See your dealer provide adequate protection.
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed Clean safety belts only with mild
safety belts may not protect you in a After a minor crash, replacement of
soap and lukewarm water. safety belts may not be necessary.
crash. They can rip apart under
impact forces. If a belt is torn or But the safety belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
frayed, get a new one right away. Replacing Safety Belt have been stressed or damaged.
Make sure the safety belt reminder System Parts after a See your dealer to have the safety
light is working. See Safety Belt Crash belt assemblies inspected or
Reminders on page 5‑10. replaced.
Keep safety belts clean and
dry. See Safety Belt Care on
{ WARNING
page 3‑23. A crash can damage the safety
belt system in the vehicle.
A damaged safety belt system
may not properly protect the
person using it, resulting in
serious injury or even death in a
(Continued)
New parts and repairs may be Airbag System For frontal airbags, the word
necessary even if the safety belt AIRBAG is on the center of the
system was not being used at the The vehicle has the following steering wheel for the driver and on
time of the crash. airbags: the instrument panel for the front
Have the safety belt pretensioners . A frontal airbag for the driver. outboard passenger.
checked if the vehicle has been in a . A frontal airbag for the front For seat-mounted side impact
crash, or if the airbag readiness light outboard passenger. airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
stays on after you start the vehicle side of the seatback closest to
or while you are driving. See Airbag . A seat-mounted side impact the door.
Readiness Light on page 5‑11. airbag for the driver.
For roof-rail airbags, the word
. A seat-mounted side impact AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
airbag for the front outboard
passenger. Airbags are designed to supplement
the protection provided by safety
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver belts. Even though today's airbags
and the passenger seated are also designed to help reduce
directly behind the driver. the risk of injury from the force of an
. A roof-rail airbag for the front inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
outboard passenger and the very quickly to do their job.
passenger seated directly
behind the front outboard
passenger.
All vehicle airbags have the word
AIRBAG on the trim or on a label
near the deployment opening.
Here are the most important things

to know about the airbag system: { WARNING { WARNING
Because airbags inflate with great Children who are up against,
{ WARNING force and faster than the blink of or very close to, any airbag when
You can be severely injured or an eye, anyone who is up it inflates can be seriously injured
killed in a crash if you are not against, or very close to any or killed. Airbags plus
wearing your safety belt, even airbag when it inflates can be lap-shoulder belts offer protection
with airbags. Airbags are seriously injured or killed. Do not for adults and older children, but
designed to work with safety sit unnecessarily close to any not for young children and infants.
belts, not replace them. Also, airbag, as you would be if sitting Neither the vehicle's safety belt
airbags are not designed to inflate on the edge of the seat or leaning system nor its airbag system is
in every crash. In some crashes forward. Safety belts help keep designed for them. Young
safety belts are the only restraint. you in position before and during children and infants need the
See When Should an Airbag a crash. Always wear a safety protection that a child restraint
Inflate? on page 3‑27. belt, even with airbags. The driver system can provide. Always
should sit as far back as possible secure children properly in the
Wearing your safety belt during a while still maintaining control of vehicle. To read how, see Older
crash helps reduce the chance of the vehicle. Children on page 3‑32 or Infants
hitting things inside the vehicle or and Young Children on
being ejected from it. Airbags are Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the door or side page 3‑34.
“supplemental restraints” to the
safety belts. Everyone in the windows in seating positions with
vehicle should wear a safety belt seat-mounted side impact airbags
properly, whether or not there is and/or roof-rail airbags.
an airbag for that person.
Where Are the Airbags?
There is an airbag readiness light

on the instrument panel cluster,
which shows the airbag symbol.
The system checks the airbag
electrical system for malfunctions.
The light tells you if there is an
electrical problem. See Airbag Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Readiness Light on page 5‑11 for Side Similar
more information. The driver frontal airbag is in the The driver and front outboard
center of the steering wheel. passenger seat-mounted side
impact airbags (2) are in the side of
The front outboard passenger
the seatbacks closest to the door.
frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel. The roof-rail airbags (1) for the
driver, front outboard passenger,
and second row outboard
passengers are in the ceiling above
the side windows.
When Should an Airbag Frontal airbags may inflate at

{ WARNING Inflate? different crash speeds depending on
whether the vehicle hits an object
If something is between an Frontal airbags are designed to straight on or at an angle, and
occupant and an airbag, the inflate in moderate to severe frontal whether the object is fixed or
airbag might not inflate properly or near frontal crashes to help moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
or it might force the object into reduce the potential for severe or wide.
that person causing severe injury injuries, mainly to the driver's or
or even death. The path of an Thresholds can also vary with
right front passenger's head and specific vehicle design.
inflating airbag must be kept chest. However, they are only
clear. Do not put anything designed to inflate if the impact Frontal airbags are not intended to
between an occupant and an exceeds a predetermined inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
airbag, and do not attach or put deployment threshold. Deployment impacts, or in many side impacts.
anything on the steering wheel thresholds are used to predict how In addition, the vehicle has
hub or on or near any other severe a crash is likely to be in time dual-stage frontal airbags.
airbag covering. for the airbags to inflate and help Dual-stage airbags adjust the
restrain the occupants. restraint according to crash severity.
Do not use seat accessories that
block the inflation path of a Whether the frontal airbags will or The vehicle has electronic frontal
should inflate is not based primarily sensors, that help the sensing
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
on how fast the vehicle is traveling. system distinguish between a
Never secure anything to the roof It depends largely on what is hit, the moderate frontal impact and a more
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags direction of the impact, and how severe frontal impact. For moderate
by routing a rope or tie‐down quickly the vehicle slows down. frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags
through any door or window inflate at a level less than full
opening. If you do, the path of an deployment. For more severe frontal
inflating roof-rail airbag will be impacts, full deployment occurs.
blocked.
The vehicle has seat-mounted side system predicts that the vehicle is wheel or the instrument panel. In
impact and roof-rail airbags. See about to roll over on its side, or in a moderate to severe side collisions,
Airbag System on page 3‑24. severe frontal impact. even belted occupants can contact
Seat-mounted side impact and In any particular crash, no one can the inside of the vehicle.
roof-rail airbags are intended to say whether an airbag should have Airbags supplement the protection
inflate in moderate to severe side inflated simply because of the provided by safety belts by
crashes, depending on the location vehicle damage or repair costs. distributing the force of the impact
of the impact. In addition, these more evenly over the
roof-rail airbags are intended to
inflate during a rollover or in a What Makes an Airbag occupant's body.
severe frontal impact. Seat-mounted Inflate? Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
side impact and roof-rail airbags will are designed to help contain the
In a deployment event, the sensing
inflate if the crash severity is above head and chest of occupants in the
system sends an electrical signal
the system's designed threshold outboard seating positions in the
triggering a release of gas from the
level. The threshold level can vary first and second rows. The rollover
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
with specific vehicle design. capable roof-rail airbags are
airbag causing the bag to break out
designed to help reduce the risk of
Seat-mounted side impact airbags of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
full or partial ejection in rollover
are not intended to inflate in frontal and related hardware are all part of
events, although no system can
impacts, near frontal impacts, the airbag module.
prevent all such ejections.
rollovers, or rear impacts. Roof-rail For airbag location, see Where Are
airbags are not intended to inflate in But airbags would not help in many
the Airbags? on page 3‑26.
rear impacts. A seat-mounted side types of collisions, primarily
impact airbag is intended to inflate because the occupant's motion is
on the side of the vehicle that is
How Does an Airbag not toward those airbags. See When
struck. Both roof-rail airbags will Restrain? Should an Airbag Inflate? on
inflate when either side of the page 3‑27.
In moderate to severe frontal or
vehicle is struck, or if the sensing near frontal collisions, even belted
occupants can contact the steering
Airbags should never be regarded the windshield or being able to steer shut off the fuel system after the
as anything more than a supplement the vehicle, nor does it prevent airbags inflate. You can lock the
to safety belts. people from leaving the vehicle. doors, turn the interior lamps off,
and turn the hazard warning
What Will You See after { WARNING flashers off by using the controls for
those features.
an Airbag Inflates?
When an airbag inflates, there
After the frontal airbags and
seat-mounted side impact airbags
may be dust in the air. This dust { WARNING
could cause breathing problems
inflate, they quickly deflate, so for people with a history of A crash severe enough to inflate
quickly that some people may not asthma or other breathing trouble. the airbags may have also
even realize an airbag inflated. To avoid this, everyone in the damaged important functions in
Roof-rail airbags may still be at least vehicle should get out as soon as the vehicle, such as the fuel
partially inflated for some time after system, brake and steering
it is safe to do so. If you have
they inflate. Some components of systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
breathing problems but cannot
the airbag module may be hot for appears to be drivable after a
several minutes. For location of the get out of the vehicle after an
airbag inflates, then get fresh air moderate crash, there may be
airbags, see Where Are the
by opening a window or a door. concealed damage that could
Airbags? on page 3‑26.
If you experience breathing make it difficult to safely operate
The parts of the airbag that come problems following an airbag the vehicle.
into contact with you may be warm, deployment, you should seek
but not too hot to touch. There may Use caution if you should attempt
medical attention. to restart the engine after a crash
be some smoke and dust coming
from the vents in the deflated has occurred.
airbags. Airbag inflation does not The vehicle has a feature that may
prevent the driver from seeing out of automatically unlock the doors, turn In many crashes severe enough to
the interior lamps on, turn the inflate the airbag, windshields are
hazard warning flashers on, and broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakage may an airbag system will not work

also occur from the front outboard properly. See your dealer for WARNING (Continued)
passenger airbag. service.
They are probably part of the
. Airbags are designed to inflate airbag system. Be sure to follow
only once. After an airbag Servicing the proper service procedures, and
inflates, you will need some new Airbag-Equipped Vehicle make sure the person performing
parts for the airbag system. work for you is qualified to do so.
Airbags affect how the vehicle
If you do not get them, the
should be serviced. There are parts
airbag system will not be there
of the airbag system in several
to help protect you in another
places around the vehicle. Your Adding Equipment to the
crash. A new system will include Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
dealer and the service manual have
airbag modules and possibly
information about servicing the Adding accessories that change the
other parts. The service manual
vehicle and the airbag system. To vehicle's frame, bumper system,
for the vehicle covers the need
purchase a service manual, see height, front end or side sheet
to replace other parts.
Service Publications Ordering metal, may keep the airbag system
. The vehicle has a crash sensing Information on page 13‑11. from working properly. The
and diagnostic module which
operation of the airbag system can
records information after a
crash. See Vehicle Data
{ WARNING also be affected by changing or
moving any parts of the front seats,
Recording and Privacy on For up to 10 seconds after the safety belts, the airbag sensing and
page 13‑14 and Event Data vehicle is turned off and the diagnostic module, steering wheel,
Recorders on page 13‑14. battery is disconnected, an airbag instrument panel, roof-rail airbag
. Let only qualified technicians can still inflate during improper modules, ceiling headliner or pillar
work on the airbag systems. service. You can be injured if you garnish trim, overhead console,
Improper service can mean that are close to an airbag when it front sensors, side impact sensors,
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. or airbag wiring.
(Continued)
Your dealer and the service manual readiness light is working. See
have information about the location Airbag Readiness Light on WARNING (Continued)
of the airbag sensors, sensing and page 5‑11.
diagnostic module, and airbag passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
Notice: If an airbag covering is in serious injury or even death. To
wiring. damaged, opened, or broken, the help make sure the airbag
If the vehicle has rollover roof‐rail airbag may not work properly. Do systems are working properly
airbags, see Different Size Tires not open or break the airbag after a crash, have them
and Wheels on page 10‑53 for coverings. If there are any inspected and any necessary
important information. opened or broken airbag covers,
replacements made as soon as
If you have to modify your vehicle have the airbag covering and/or
possible.
because you have a disability and airbag module replaced. For the
have questions about whether the location of the airbags, see
modifications will affect the vehicle's Where Are the Airbags? on If an airbag inflates, you will need to
airbag system, or if you have page 3‑26. See your dealer for replace airbag system parts. See
questions about whether the airbag service. your dealer for service.
system will be affected if the vehicle If the airbag readiness light stays on
is modified for any other reason, call Replacing Airbag System after the vehicle is started or comes
Customer Assistance. See Parts after a Crash on when you are driving, the airbag
Customer Assistance Offices on system may not work properly. Have
page 13‑3. { WARNING the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light on
Airbag System Check A crash can damage the airbag page 5‑11.
The airbag system does not need systems in the vehicle.
regularly scheduled maintenance or A damaged airbag system may
replacement. Make sure the airbag not work properly and may not
protect you and your
(Continued)
Child Restraints The manufacturer's instructions that

come with the booster seat state the
Q: What is the proper way to
wear safety belts?
weight and height limitations for that
Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
lap-shoulder belt until the child additional restraint a shoulder
passes the fit test below: belt can provide. The shoulder
. Sit all the way back on the seat. belt should not cross the face or
Do the knees bend at the seat neck. The lap belt should fit
edge? If yes, continue. If no, snugly below the hips, just
return to the booster seat. touching the top of the thighs.
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. This applies belt force to the
Does the shoulder belt rest on child's pelvic bones in a crash.
the shoulder? If yes, continue. It should never be worn over the
If no, return to the booster seat. abdomen, which could cause
severe or even fatal internal
. Does the lap belt fit low and injuries in a crash.
snug on the hips, touching the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no, According to accident statistics,
Older children who have outgrown
return to the booster seat. children and infants are safer when
booster seats should wear the
properly restrained in a child
vehicle safety belts. . Can proper safety belt fit be restraint system or infant restraint
maintained for the length of the system secured in a rear seating
trip? If yes, continue. If no, position.
return to the booster seat.
In a crash, children who are not

buckled up can strike other people WARNING (Continued)
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older belt. The belt force would then be
children need to use safety belts applied right on the abdomen.
properly. That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
{ WARNING the chest.
Never allow more than one child
to wear the same safety belt. The
safety belt cannot properly spread
the impact forces. In a crash, they
can be crushed together and { WARNING
seriously injured. A safety belt
must be used by only one person Never allow a child to wear the
at a time. safety belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
(Continued)
Infants and Young and infants. Neither the vehicle's

safety belt system nor its airbag
Children system is designed for them. Every
Everyone in a vehicle needs time infants and young children ride
protection! This includes infants and in vehicles, they should have the
all other children. Neither the protection provided by appropriate
distance traveled nor the age and child restraints.
size of the traveler changes the Children who are not restrained
need, for everyone, to use safety properly can strike other people,
restraints. In fact, the law in every or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
Canadian province says children up
to some age must be restrained
while in a vehicle. { WARNING
Never hold an infant or a child { WARNING
{ WARNING while riding in a vehicle. Due to Children who are up against,
crash forces, an infant or a child or very close to, any airbag when
Children can be seriously injured
will become so heavy it is not it inflates can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
possible to hold it during a crash. or killed. Never put a rear-facing
wrapped around their neck and
For example, in a crash at only child restraint in the right front
the safety belt continues to
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) seat. Secure a rear-facing child
tighten. Never leave children
infant will suddenly become a restraint in a rear seat. It is also
unattended in a vehicle and never
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's better to secure a forward-facing
allow children to play with the
arms. An infant should be child restraint in a rear seat. If you
safety belts.
secured in an appropriate must secure a forward-facing
restraint. child restraint in the right front
Airbags plus lap‐shoulder belts offer
protection for adults and older (Continued)
children, but not for young children
weight, height, and age but also

WARNING (Continued) whether or not the restraint will { WARNING
be compatible with the motor
seat, always move the front vehicle in which it will be used. To reduce the risk of neck and
passenger seat as far back as it head injury during a crash, infants
will go. For most basic types of child need complete support. In a
restraints, there are many
crash, if an infant is in a
different models available. When
rear-facing child restraint, the
purchasing a child restraint, be
sure it is designed to be used in crash forces can be distributed
a motor vehicle. If it is, the across the strongest part of an
restraint will have a label saying infant's body, the back and
that it meets federal motor shoulders. Infants should always
vehicle safety standards. be secured in rear-facing child
restraints.
The restraint manufacturer's
instructions that come with the
restraint state the weight and
height limitations for a particular
child restraint. In addition, there
are many kinds of restraints
available for children with
Q: What are the different types of
special needs.
add-on child restraints?
A: Add-on child restraints, which
are purchased by the vehicle
owner, are available in four basic
types. Selection of a particular
restraint should take into
consideration not only the child's
Child Restraint Systems

{ WARNING
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
safety belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal Forward-Facing Child Seat
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat provides
crash, young children should restraint for the child's body with the
A rear-facing infant seat provides harness.
always be secured in appropriate restraint with the seating surface
child restraints. against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
Securing an Add-On Child See Lower Anchors and Tethers for

Restraint in the Vehicle Children (LATCH System) on
page 3‑39 for more information.
Children can be endangered in a
{ WARNING crash if the child restraint is not
A child can be seriously injured or properly secured in the vehicle.
killed in a crash if the child When securing an add-on child
restraint is not properly secured in restraint, refer to the instructions
the vehicle. Secure the child that come with the restraint which
restraint properly in the vehicle may be on the restraint itself or in a
using the vehicle safety belt or booklet, or both, and to this manual.
LATCH system, following the The child restraint instructions are
Booster Seats instructions that came with that important, so if they are not
A booster seat is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions available, obtain a replacement
designed to improve the fit of the in this manual. copy from the manufacturer.
vehicle's safety belt system. Keep in mind that an unsecured
A booster seat can also help a child To help reduce the chance of child restraint can move around in a
to see out the window. injury, the child restraint must be collision or sudden stop and injure
secured in the vehicle. Child people in the vehicle. Be sure to
restraint systems must be secured properly secure any child restraint in
in vehicle seats by lap belts or the the vehicle — even when no child is
lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder in it.
belt, or by the LATCH system.
In some areas, Certified Child Where to Put the

Passenger Safety Technicians
Restraint
{ WARNING
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
and demonstrate how to correctly According to accident statistics, A child in a rear-facing child
use and install child restraints. For children and infants are safer when restraint can be seriously injured
CPST availability in Canada, check properly restrained in a child or killed if the passenger airbag
with Transport Canada or the restraint system or infant restraint inflates. This is because the back
Provincial Ministry of Transportation system secured in a rear seating of the rear-facing child restraint
office. position. would be very close to the
inflating airbag. Secure rear‐
Securing the Child within the We recommend that children and
facing child restraints in a
Child Restraint child restraints be secured in a rear
rear seat.
seat, including: an infant or a child
riding in a rear-facing child restraint; A child in a forward‐facing child
{ WARNING a child riding in a forward-facing restraint can be seriously injured
A child can be seriously injured or child seat; an older child riding in a or killed if the outboard front
killed in a crash if the child is not booster seat; and children, who are passenger airbag inflates and the
large enough, using safety belts. passenger seat is in a forward
properly secured in the child
restraint. Secure the child Never put a rear-facing child seat in position. If you secure a
properly following the instructions the front. This is because the risk to forward-facing child restraint in
that came with that child restraint. the rear-facing child is so great if the the outboard front passenger
airbag deploys. seat, always move the passenger
seat as far back as it will go. It is
better to secure the child restraint
in a rear seat.
When securing a child restraint in a Keep in mind that an unsecured a top tether, you must also use
rear seating position, study the child restraint can move around in a either the lower anchors or the
instructions that came with the child collision or sudden stop and injure safety belts to properly secure the
restraint to make sure it is people in the vehicle. Be sure to child restraint. A child restraint must
compatible with this vehicle. properly secure any child restraint in never be installed using only the top
Child restraints and booster seats the vehicle — even when no child is tether and anchor.
vary considerably in size, and some in it. In order to use the LATCH system in
may fit in certain seating positions your vehicle, you need a child
better than others. Always make Lower Anchors and restraint that has LATCH
sure the child restraint is properly Tethers for Children attachments. The child restraint
secured. (LATCH System) manufacturer will provide you with
Depending on where you place the instructions on how to use the child
The LATCH system secures a child restraint and its attachments. The
child restraint and the size of the restraint during driving or in a crash.
child restraint, you may not be able following explains how to attach a
LATCH attachments on the child child restraint with these
to access adjacent safety belt restraint are used to attach the child
assemblies or LATCH anchors for attachments in your vehicle.
restraint to the anchors in the
additional passengers or child vehicle. This system is designed to Not all vehicle seating positions or
restraints. Adjacent seating make installation of a child restraint child restraints have lower anchors
positions should not be used if the easier. and attachments or top tether
child restraint prevents access to or anchors and attachments.
interferes with the routing of the Make sure that a LATCH-compatible
safety belt. child restraint is properly installed
using the anchors, or use the
Wherever a child restraint is vehicle's safety belts to secure the
installed, be sure to secure the child restraint, following the instructions
restraint properly. that came with that restraint, and
also the instructions in this manual.
When installing a child restraint with
Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of the instructions for your child
built into the vehicle. There are two the child restraint to the vehicle. restraint.
lower anchors for each LATCH A top tether anchor is built into the
seating position that will vehicle. The top tether
accommodate a child restraint with attachment (2) on the child restraint
lower attachments (2). connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether

Anchor Locations
To assist in locating the lower

anchors, each seating position with
lower anchors has two labels, near
the crease between the seatback
and the seat cushion.
The top tether anchors for the

second row seating positions are on
Second Row Seat the back of the second row
seatbacks. Be sure to use an
I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating anchor on the same side of the
positions with top tether anchors. vehicle as the seating position
H (Lower Anchor): Seating To assist in locating the top tether where the child restraint will be
positions with two lower anchors. anchors, the top tether anchor placed.
symbol is near the anchor. Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.
According to accident statistics,

children and infants are safer when { WARNING WARNING (Continued)
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint Do not attach more than one child of the retractor to set the lock,
system secured in a rear seating restraint to a single anchor. if the vehicle has one, after the
position. See Where to Put the Attaching more than one child child restraint has been installed.
Restraint on page 3‑38 for restraint to a single anchor could
additional information. cause the anchor or attachment Notice: Do not let the LATCH
to come loose or even break attachments rub against the
Securing a Child Restraint during a crash. A child or others vehicle’s safety belts. This may
Designed for the LATCH could be injured. To reduce the damage these parts. If necessary,
System risk of serious or fatal injuries move buckled safety belts to
during a crash, attach only one avoid rubbing the LATCH
{ WARNING child restraint per anchor. attachments.
If a LATCH-type child restraint is Do not fold the empty rear seat
not attached to anchors, the child with a safety belt buckled. This
restraint will not be able to protect { WARNING could damage the safety belt or
the seat. Unbuckle and return the
the child correctly. In a crash, the
Children can be seriously injured safety belt to its stowed position,
child could be seriously injured or
or strangled if a shoulder belt is before folding the seat.
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
wrapped around their neck and If you need to secure more than one
restraint properly using the
the safety belt continues to child restraint in the rear seat, see
anchors, or use the vehicle safety
tighten. Buckle any unused safety Where to Put the Restraint on
belts to secure the restraint,
belts behind the child restraint so page 3‑38.
following the instructions that
children cannot reach them. Pull
came with the child restraint and This system is designed to make
the shoulder belt all the way out installation of child restraints easier.
the instructions in this manual.
(Continued) When using lower anchors, do not
use the vehicle's safety belts. Foreign objects can 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten
Instead use the vehicle's anchors interfere with the proper the top tether according to
and child restraint attachments to latching of the child your child restraint
secure the restraints. Some restraint to the anchors. instructions and the
restraints also use another vehicle 1.2. Put the child restraint on following instructions:
anchor to secure a top tether. the seat.
1. Attach and tighten the lower 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower attachments on the child
anchors. If the child restraint restraint to the lower
does not have lower anchors.
attachments or the desired
seating position does not have 2. If the child restraint manufacturer
lower anchors, secure the child recommends that the top tether
restraint with the top tether and be attached, attach and tighten
the safety belts. Refer to your the top tether to the top tether
child restraint manufacturer anchor, if equipped. Refer to the If the rear seating position
instructions and the instructions child restraint instructions and you are using has an
in this manual. the following steps: adjustable headrest or head
restraint and you are using
1.1. Find the lower anchors for 2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
a single tether, raise the
the desired seating headrest or head restraint
position. Make sure there and route the tether under
are no foreign objects the headrest or head
around lower anchors. restraint and in between the
headrest or head restraint
posts.
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of New parts and repairs may be

movement, for proper necessary even if the LATCH
installation. system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat)
{ WARNING When securing a child restraint in a
If the rear seating position rear seating position, study the
A crash can damage the LATCH instructions that came with the child
you are using has an
system in the vehicle. A damaged restraint to make sure it is
adjustable headrest or head
restraint and you are using LATCH system may not properly compatible with this vehicle.
a dual tether, raise the secure the child restraint,
resulting in serious injury or even If the child restraint has the LATCH
headrest or head restraint system, see Lower Anchors and
and route the tether under death in a crash. To help make
Tethers for Children (LATCH
the headrest or head sure the LATCH system is
System) on page 3‑39 for how and
restraint and around the working properly after a crash, where to install the child restraint
headrest or head restraint see your dealer to have the using LATCH. If a child restraint is
posts. system inspected and any secured in the vehicle using a
necessary replacements made as safety belt and it uses a top tether,
3. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is soon as possible. see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
securely held in place. To check, Children (LATCH System) on
grasp the child restraint at the If the vehicle has the LATCH system page 3‑39 for top tether anchor
LATCH path and attempt to and it was being used during a locations.
move it side to side and back crash, new LATCH system parts Do not secure a child seat in a
and forth. There should be no may be needed. position without a top tether anchor
that the top tether be anchored, or if Do not secure the child restraint Position the release button on
the instructions that come with the with the safety belt routed the buckle so that the safety belt
child restraint say that the top strap through the guide. could be quickly unbuckled if
must be anchored. 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run necessary.
In Canada, the law requires that the lap and shoulder portions of
forward-facing child restraints have the vehicle's safety belt through
a top tether, and that the tether be or around the restraint. The child
attached. restraint instructions will show
If the child restraint does not have you how.
the LATCH system, you will be
using the safety belt to secure the
child restraint in this position. Be
sure to follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint. Secure
the child in the child restraint when
and as the instructions say.
If more than one child restraint 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
needs to be installed in the rear out of the retractor to set the
seat, be sure to read Where to Put lock. When the retractor lock is
the Restraint on page 3‑38. set, the belt can be tightened but
1. Put the child restraint on not pulled out of the retractor.
the seat. 3. Push the latch plate into the
For outboard second and third buckle until it clicks.
row seating positions, remove
the safety belt from the guide.
6. If the child restraint has a top Securing Child Restraints

tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
(Front Passenger Seat)
regarding the use of the top This vehicle has airbags. A rear
tether. See Lower Anchors and seat is a safer place to secure a
Tethers for Children (LATCH forward-facing child restraint. See
System) on page 3‑39 for more Where to Put the Restraint on
information. page 3‑38.
7. Before placing a child in the Never put a rear-facing child seat in
child restraint, make sure it is the front. This is because the risk to
securely held in place. To check, the rear-facing child is so great,
grasp the child restraint at the if the airbag deploys.
5. To tighten the belt, push down safety belt path and attempt to
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. When the child
{ WARNING
tighten the lap portion of the belt, restraint is properly installed, A child in a rear-facing child
and feed the shoulder belt back there should be no more than restraint can be seriously injured
into the retractor. When installing 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. or killed if the passenger airbag
a forward-facing child restraint, it To remove the child restraint, inflates. This is because the back
may be helpful to use your knee unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and of the rear-facing child restraint
to push down on the child let it return to the stowed position. would be very close to the
restraint as you tighten the belt. For third row seating positions, inflating airbag. Secure rear‐
Try to pull the belt out of the return the safety belt into the guide facing child restraints in a
retractor to make sure the by sliding the webbing through the rear seat.
retractor is locked. If the opening on the guide. If the top (Continued)
retractor is not locked, repeat tether is attached to a top tether
Steps 4 and 5. anchor, disconnect it.
Do not secure a child seat in a

WARNING (Continued) position without a top tether anchor
A child in a forward‐facing child that the top tether be anchored, or if
restraint can be seriously injured the instructions that come with the
or killed if the outboard front child restraint say that the top strap
passenger airbag inflates and the must be anchored.
passenger seat is in a forward
position. If you secure a In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
forward-facing child restraint in
a top tether, and that the tether be
the outboard front passenger
attached.
seat, always move the passenger
seat as far back as it will go. It is You will be using the lap-shoulder
belt to secure the child restraint in 4. Push the latch plate into the
better to secure the child restraint
this position. Follow the instructions buckle until it clicks.
in a rear seat.
that came with the child restraint. Position the release button on
1. Move the seat as far back as it the buckle, so that the safety
If the child restraint has the LATCH belt could be quickly unbuckled
system, see Lower Anchors and will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint. if necessary.
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3‑39 for how and 2. Put the child restraint on
where to install the child restraint the seat.
using LATCH. If a child restraint is
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
secured using a safety belt and it
the lap and shoulder portions of
uses a top tether, see Lower
the vehicle's safety belt through
Anchors and Tethers for Children
or around the restraint. The child
(LATCH System) on page 3‑39 for
restraint instructions will show
top tether anchor locations.
you how.
Try to pull the belt out of the

retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
If the vehicle does not have a
rear seat and the child restraint
has a top tether, follow the child
restraint manufacturer's
instructions regarding the use of
the top tether. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 6. To tighten the belt, push down Children (LATCH System) on
out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the page 3‑39 for more information.
lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to 7. Before placing a child in the
set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt, child restraint, make sure it is
not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back securely held in place. To check,
into the retractor. When installing grasp the child restraint at the
a forward-facing child restraint, it safety belt path and attempt to
may be helpful to use your knee move it side to side and back
to push down on the child and forth. When the child
restraint as you tighten the belt. restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Storage 4-1
Storage Storage Glove Box

Compartments The glove box is located on the
passenger side of the instrument
Storage Compartments panel. Lift up on the lever to open it.
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 4-1 Instrument Panel Storage
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Front Storage
Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 4-2
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Lashing Eyes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Cargo Management
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Roof Rack System
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
There is a storage area behind the

radio. Push up on the button and
release; the door automatically There is a storage compartment on
opens. There is an auxiliary power the driver side of the instrument
outlet inside and if equipped a USB panel.
port. See Power Outlets on
page 5‑6 and Auxiliary Devices on
page 7‑15.
4-2 Storage
Center Console Storage Additional Storage

Open Storage Features
This vehicle may have a center
console storage that is open. Cargo Cover
Covered Storage For vehicles with a cargo cover, it
can be used to cover items in the
cargo area.
3. Push the opposite end of the

cargo cover inward and place
into the trim panel.
4. Unroll the shade toward the rear
of the vehicle.
This vehicle may have a center

console storage that is covered.
Install the Cargo Cover
Slide the center console storage
1. Hold the cartridge so that the
cover back to access the
pull-out shade faces the rear of
storage area.
the vehicle.
2. Align one end of the cargo cover
into the trim panel.
Storage 4-3
Remove the Cargo Cover
5. Insert the shade into the 2. Push one end of the cargo cover
channels on both sides of the inward and pull the cargo cover
vehicle. 1. Lift the shade from the channels toward the rear of the vehicle.
and carefully roll it back up.
3. Properly store the cargo cover.
{ WARNING
An unsecured cargo cover could
strike people in a sudden stop or
turn, or in a crash. Store the
cargo cover securely or remove it
from the vehicle.
4-4 Storage
Lashing Eyes
{ CAUTION
An improperly latched and closed
cargo cover, or cargo cover left in
the open position, could be
thrown about the vehicle during a
collision or sudden maneuver.
Someone could be injured. Be
sure to return the cover to the
closed position and latch before
driving. If the cover is removed,
always store it outside of the
To remove the cargo management
vehicle. When it is replaced,
cover:
always be sure that it is securely
Four cargo lashing eyes are located 1. Open the cover. It remains open reattached.
in the rear compartment of the when lifted.
vehicle. The lashing eyes can be
2. Pull the cover up making sure to 3. Remove the cover from the
used to secure small loads.
unhook the hinges at the rear of vehicle and store outside of the
the cover. vehicle.
Cargo Management
System Convenience Net
This vehicle has a cargo
For vehicles with a convenience net,
management system located in the
the convenience net is used to store
rear of the vehicle.
small loads in the rear of the
vehicle.
Storage 4-5
Roof Rack System rear or sides of the vehicle may

damage the vehicle. Load cargo
so that it rests evenly between
{ WARNING the crossrails, making sure to
fasten cargo securely.
If something is carried on top of
the vehicle that is longer or wider To prevent damage or loss of cargo
than the roof rack — like paneling, when driving, check to make sure
plywood, or a mattress — the the crossrails and cargo are
wind can catch it while the vehicle securely fastened. Loading cargo on
is being driven. The item being the roof rack will make the vehicle's
center of gravity higher. Avoid high
carried could be violently torn off,
speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns,
and this could cause a collision
Hook the loops on the convenience sudden braking, or abrupt
and damage the vehicle. Never maneuvers; otherwise it may result
net onto the hooks (1) and the
carry something longer or wider in loss of control. If driving for a long
hooks on the convenience net onto
than the roof rack on top of the distance, on rough roads, or at high
the lashing eyes (2).
vehicle unless using a GM speeds, occasionally stop the
The net should not be used to store certified accessory carrier. vehicle to make sure the cargo
heavy loads. remains in its place. Do not exceed
This vehicle can be equipped with the maximum vehicle capacity when
roof rack crossrails. GM certified loading the vehicle. For more
crossrails can be purchased as an information on vehicle capacity and
accessory. See your dealer for loading, see Vehicle Load Limits on
additional information. page 9‑9.
Notice: Loading cargo on the
roof rack that weighs more than
100 kg (220 lbs) or hangs over the
4-6 Storage
To attach the crossrails, remove the The crossrails can only be locked
four covers on the roof. into the four places along the
roof rack.
Follow the crossrail instructions to
install.
Remove the crossrails and reinstall
the covers when not in use.
Instruments and Controls 5-1
Instruments and Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-10

Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-11
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Controls Charging System Light . . . . . . . 5-11
Malfunction
Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Information Displays

Service Vehicle Soon Driver Information
Controls Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-3 Brake System Warning Vehicle Messages
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Battery Voltage and Charging
Rear Window Wiper/ Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Brake System Messages . . . . 5-25
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Power Steering Warning Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-25
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . 5-17 Engine Cooling System
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Traction Control System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-17 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 5-26
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-27
Indicators Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-18 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . 5-27
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 5-18 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-27
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Reduced Engine Power Object Detection System
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Ride Control System
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Daytime Running Lamps Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 (DRL) Indicator Light . . . . . . . 5-20 Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-28
Engine Coolant Temperature Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . 5-20 Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
5-2 Instruments and Controls
Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-28 Controls 3. Push the lever up to lock the
Starting the Vehicle steering wheel in place.
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29 Steering Wheel Tilt and Telescoping Steering
Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-29 Adjustment Wheel
Vehicle Reminder To adjust the steering wheel:
The vehicle may have a tilt or tilt
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
and telescoping steering wheel. 1. Pull the lever down.
Vehicle Personalization 2. Move the steering wheel up
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-30 or down.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
4. Push the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
Tilt Steering Wheel

To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
Steering Wheel Controls b / g (Push to Talk): For + x − (Volume): Press + to

vehicles with a Bluetooth and increase the volume. Press − to
OnStar system, press to interact decrease the volume.
with those systems. See Bluetooth
(Overview) on page 7‑18 or Horn
Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) on
page 7‑23 or Bluetooth Press a on the steering wheel pad
(Infotainment Controls) on to sound the horn.
page 7‑19 or OnStar Overview on
page 14‑1. Windshield Wiper/Washer
$ / i (Mute/End Call): Press to
silence the vehicle speakers only.
Press again to turn the sound on.
For vehicles with OnStar or
For vehicles with audio steering Bluetooth systems, press to
wheel controls, some audio controls reject an incoming call, or end a
can be adjusted at the steering current call.
wheel. _ SRC ^ (Rotary Control): Turn With the ignition in ACC/
to select an audio source. ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,
move the windshield wiper lever to
Press _ or ^ to select the next or select the wiper speed.
previous favorite radio station, CD,
or MP3 track. HI: Use for fast wipes.
LO: Use for slow wipes.
Wipe Parking activated. See Washer Fluid on

If the ignition is changed to page 10‑18 for information on filling
LOCK/OFF mode while the wipers the windshield washer fluid
are on LO, HI, or INT, they will reservoir.
immediately stop.
If the windshield wiper lever is then
{ WARNING
moved to off before the driver door In freezing weather, do not use
INT(Intermittent Wipes): Move the
is opened or within 10 minutes, the the washer until the windshield is
lever up to INT for intermittent
wipers will restart and move to the warmed. Otherwise the washer
wipes, then turn the x INT band base of the windshield.
up for more frequent wipes or down fluid can form ice on the
for less frequent wipes. If the ignition is changed to LOCK/ windshield, blocking your vision.
OFF while the wipers are performing
OFF: Use to turn the wipers off. wipes due to windshield washing,
8 (Mist): For a single wipe, briefly the wipers continue to run until they Rear Window Wiper/
move the wiper lever down. For reach the base of the windshield. Washer
several wipes, hold the wiper Windshield Washer The rear wiper controls are on the
lever down. end of the windshield wiper lever.
Pull the windshield wiper lever
Clear snow and ice from the wiper
toward you to spray windshield
blades before using them. If frozen
washer fluid and activate the wipers.
to the windshield, carefully loosen or
The wipers will continue until the
thaw them. Damaged blades should
lever is released or the maximum
be replaced. See Wiper Blade
wash time is reached. When the
Replacement on page 10‑23.
windshield wiper lever is released,
Heavy snow or ice can overload the additional wipes may occur
wiper motor. depending on how long the
windshield washer had been
ON: Press the upper portion of the its heading and other information Clock
button for continuous rear window from the Global Positioning
wipes. System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak, The infotainment system controls
and vehicle speed information. are used to access the time and
OFF: The rear wiper turns off when date settings through the menu
the button is returned to the middle Avoid covering the GPS antenna, system. See Operation on page 7‑4
position. located on the roof, for long periods for information about how to use the
INT (Intermittent Rear Wipes): of time with objects that may menu system.
Press the lower portion of the button interfere with the antenna's ability to
to set a delay between wipes. receive a satellite signal. The Setting the Time
compass system is designed to 1. Press the CONFIG button and
a (Rear Washer): Push the operate for a certain number of select Time Settings.
windshield wiper lever forward to miles or degrees of turn before
spray washer fluid on the rear needing a signal from the GPS 2. Select Set Time.
window. The lever automatically satellites. When the compass 3. Turn the MENU knob to adjust
returns to its original position when display shows CAL, drive the the highlighted number.
released. vehicle for a short distance in an
open area where it can receive a 4. Press the MENU knob to select
The windshield washer reservoir is the next number.
used for the windshield and the rear GPS signal. The compass system
window. Check the fluid level in the will automatically determine when 5. To save the time and return to
reservoir if either washer is not the GPS signal is restored and the Time Settings menu, press
working. See Washer Fluid on provide a heading again. See the BACK button at any time or
page 10‑18. Compass Messages on page 5‑25 press the MENU knob after
for more information on the adjusting the minutes.
Compass messages that may be displayed for
the compass.
The vehicle may have a compass
display in the Driver Information
Center (DIC). The compass receives
Setting the 12/24 Hour Format When adding electrical equipment,

1. Press the CONFIG button and
{ WARNING be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included with
select Time Settings. Power is always supplied to the the equipment. See Add-On
2. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. outlets. Do not leave electrical Electrical Equipment on page 9‑47.
equipment plugged in when the
3. Press the MENU knob to select vehicle is not in use because the Notice: Hanging heavy
the 12 hour or 24 hour display vehicle could catch fire and cause equipment from the power outlet
format. can cause damage not covered
injury or death.
by the vehicle warranty. The
Power Outlets power outlets are designed for
Notice: Leaving electrical accessory power plugs only, such
The accessory power outlets can be equipment plugged in for an as cell phone charge cords.
used to plug in electrical equipment, extended period of time while the
such as a cell phone or MP3 player. vehicle is off will drain the Cigarette Lighter
The vehicle has three accessory battery. Always unplug electrical
power outlets: in front of the equipment when not in use and For vehicles with a cigarette lighter,
cupholders, at the rear of the center do not plug in equipment that it is located in the center floor
floor console and in the rear exceeds the maximum 20 ampere console.
cargo area. rating. The ignition must be turned to ACC/
Remove the cover to access, and Certain accessory power plugs may ACCESSORY or ON/RUN.
replace when not in use. not be compatible with the To activate the cigarette lighter,
accessory power outlet and could push it into the heating element and
overload vehicle or adapter fuses. let go. When the lighter is ready it
If a problem is experienced, see will pop back out.
your dealer.
Notice: Holding a cigarette lighter
in while it is heating does not let
the lighter back away from the
heating element when it is hot. Warning Lights, Gauges can indicate when there
Damage from overheating can could be a problem with a vehicle
occur to the lighter or heating Gauges, and function. Often gauges and warning
element, or a fuse could be lights work together to indicate a
blown. Do not hold a cigarette
Indicators problem with the vehicle.
lighter in while it is heating. Warning lights and gauges can When one of the warning lights
signal that something is wrong comes on and stays on while
Ashtrays before it becomes serious enough driving, or when one of the gauges
to cause an expensive repair or shows there may be a problem,
The vehicle may have a removable replacement. Paying attention to the
ashtray. check the section that explains what
warning lights and gauges could to do. Follow this manual's advice.
The removable ashtray can be prevent injury. Waiting to do repairs can be costly
placed in the front cupholders. To Warning lights come on when there and even dangerous.
open the removable ashtray, lift the could be a problem with a vehicle
lid of the ashtray. After using, close function. Some warning lights come
the lid. on briefly when the engine is started
Notice: If papers, pins, or other to indicate they are working.
flammable items are put in the
ashtray, hot cigarettes or other
smoking materials could ignite
them and possibly damage the
vehicle. Never put flammable
items in the ashtray.
Instrument Cluster
Automatic Transmission Cluster Shown

Speedometer Notice: If the engine is operated An arrow on the fuel gauge

with the tachometer in the shaded indicates the side of the vehicle the
The speedometer shows the warning area, the vehicle could fuel door is on.
vehicle's speed in either kilometers be damaged, and the damages
per hour (km/h) or miles per A FUEL LEVEL LOW message may
would not be covered by the appear in the Driver Information
hour (mph). vehicle warranty. Do not operate Center (DIC). See Fuel System
the engine with the tachometer in Messages on page 5‑27 for more
Odometer the shaded warning area. information.
The odometer shows how far the
Fuel Gauge Here are four things that some
vehicle has been driven, in either
owners ask about. None of these
kilometers or miles.
show a problem with your fuel
This vehicle has a tamper-resistant gauge:
odometer. The digital odometer will . At the service station, the fuel
read 99999.9 if it is turned back.
pump shuts off before the gauge
If the vehicle needs a new odometer reads full.
installed, it must be set to the . It takes a little more or less fuel
mileage total of the old odometer.
to fill up than the gauge
If that is not possible, then it must
indicated. For example, the
be set at zero and a label must be
gauge may have indicated the
put on the driver door to show the
tank was half full, but it actually
old mileage reading when the new
took a little more or less than
odometer was installed.
half the tank's capacity to fill
When the ignition is on, the fuel the tank.
Tachometer gauge tells you about how much . The gauge moves a little while
The tachometer displays the engine fuel you have left in your tank. turning a corner or speeding up.
speed in revolutions per
minute (rpm).

. The gauge takes a few seconds If the vehicle has been operated the driver remains or becomes
to stabilize after the ignition is under normal driving conditions, pull unbuckled while the vehicle is
turned on, and will go back to off the road, stop the vehicle, and moving.
empty when the ignition is turn off the engine as soon as
turned off. If the driver safety belt is buckled,
possible. neither the light nor chime
comes on.
Engine Coolant Safety Belt Reminders
Temperature Gauge Passenger Safety Belt
Driver Safety Belt Reminder Reminder Light
Light
There is a passenger safety belt
There is a driver safety belt reminder light on the center stack.
reminder light on the instrument
panel cluster.
When the vehicle is started this light

flashes and a chime may come on
When the vehicle is started this light to remind passengers to fasten their
This gauge shows the engine flashes and a chime may come on safety belt. Then the light stays on
coolant temperature. to remind the driver to fasten their solid until the belt is buckled. This
safety belt. Then the light stays on cycle continues several times if the
If the indicator needle moves to the solid until the belt is buckled. This
hot side of the gauge, the engine is passenger remains or becomes
cycle may continue several times if unbuckled while the vehicle is
too hot.
moving.
If the passenger safety belt is If there is a problem with the airbag

buckled, neither the chime nor the system, a Driver Information Center
light comes on. (DIC) message may also come on.
The front passenger safety belt See Airbag System Messages on
warning light and chime may turn on page 5‑28.
if an object is put on the seat such
as a briefcase, handbag, grocery The airbag readiness light comes on Charging System Light
bag, laptop or other electronic for several seconds when the
device. To turn off the warning light vehicle is started. If the light does
and/or chime, remove the object not come on then, have it fixed
from the seat or buckle the immediately.
safety belt.
{ WARNING
Airbag Readiness Light
If the airbag readiness light stays The charging system light comes on
This light shows if there is an on after the vehicle is started or briefly when the ignition is turned
electrical problem with the airbag
comes on while driving, it means on, but the engine is not running, as
system. The system check includes
the airbag system might not be a check to show the light is working.
the airbag sensor(s), the
working properly. The airbags in The light turns off when the engine
pretensioners, the airbag modules,
the vehicle might not inflate in a is started. If it does not, have the
the wiring, and the crash sensing
crash, or they could even inflate vehicle serviced by your dealer.
and diagnostic module. For more
information on the airbag system, without a crash. To help avoid If the light stays on, or comes on
see Airbag System on page 3‑24. injury, have the vehicle serviced while driving, there could be a
right away. problem with the electrical charging
system. Have it checked by your
dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery.
If a short distance must be driven smoothly. This could lead to

with the light on, be sure to turn off costly repairs that might not be
all accessories, such as the radio covered by the vehicle warranty.
and air conditioner. Notice: Modifications made to the
engine, transmission, exhaust,
Malfunction intake, or fuel system of the
Indicator Lamp If the malfunction indicator lamp vehicle or the replacement of the
comes on while the engine is original tires with other than
A computer system called OBD II running, this indicates that the OBD those of the same Tire
(On-Board Diagnostics-Second II system has detected a problem Performance Criteria (TPC) can
Generation) monitors the operation and diagnosis and service might be affect the vehicle's emission
of the vehicle to ensure emissions required. controls and can cause this light
are at acceptable levels, helping to
Malfunctions often are indicated by to come on. Modifications to
maintain a clean environment.
the system before any problem is these systems could lead to
The malfunction indicator lamp
apparent. Being aware of the light costly repairs not covered by the
comes on when the vehicle is
can prevent more serious damage vehicle warranty. This could also
placed in ON/RUN, as a check to
to the vehicle. This system also result in a failure to pass a
show it is working. If it does not,
assists the service technician in required Emission Inspection/
have the vehicle serviced by your
correctly diagnosing any Maintenance test. See
dealer. See Ignition Positions on
malfunction. Accessories and Modifications on
page 9‑14.
page 10‑3.
Notice: If the vehicle is
continually driven with this light
on, the emission controls might
not work as well, the vehicle fuel
economy might not be as good,
and the engine might not run as
This light comes on during a Light On Steady: An emission or stumbling on acceleration.

malfunction in one of two ways: control system malfunction has These conditions might go away
Light Flashing: A misfire condition been detected on the vehicle. once the engine is warmed up.
has been detected. A misfire Diagnosis and service might be If one or more of these conditions
increases vehicle emissions and required. occurs, change the fuel brand used.
could damage the emission control The following may correct an It may require at least one full tank
system on the vehicle. Diagnosis emission control system of the proper fuel to turn the light off.
and service might be required. malfunction: See Recommended Fuel on
To prevent more serious damage to . Check that the fuel cap is fully page 9‑38.
the vehicle: installed. See Filling the Tank on If none of the above have made the
. Reduce vehicle speed. page 9‑40. The diagnostic light turn off, your dealer can check
system can determine if the fuel the vehicle. The dealer has the
. Avoid hard accelerations. cap has been left off or proper test equipment and
. Avoid steep uphill grades. improperly installed. A loose or diagnostic tools to fix any
missing fuel cap allows fuel to mechanical or electrical problems
. If towing a trailer, reduce the evaporate into the atmosphere.
amount of cargo being hauled as that might have developed.
A few driving trips with the cap
soon as it is possible. properly installed should turn the Emissions Inspection and
If the light continues to flash, find a light off. Maintenance Programs
safe place to stop and park the . Check that good quality fuel is Depending on where you live, your
vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at used. Poor fuel quality causes vehicle may be required to
least 10 seconds, and restart the the engine not to run as participate in an emission control
engine. If the light is still flashing, efficiently as designed and may system inspection and maintenance
follow the previous steps and see cause stalling after start-up, program. For the inspection, the
your dealer for service as soon as stalling when the vehicle is emission system test equipment will
possible. changed into gear, misfiring, likely connect to the vehicle's Data
hesitation on acceleration, Link Connector (DLC).
happen if the 12-volt battery has Vehicles with an uplevel cluster

recently been replaced or run display a Driver Information Center
down. The diagnostic system is (DIC) message.
designed to evaluate critical See Service Vehicle Messages on
emission control systems during page 5‑28 for more information.
normal driving. This can take
several days of routine driving. If the light comes on, take the
The DLC is under the instrument If this has been done and the vehicle to your dealer for service as
panel to the left of the steering vehicle still does not pass the soon as possible.
wheel. See your dealer if assistance inspection for lack of OBD II
is needed. system readiness, your dealer Brake System Warning
The vehicle may not pass can prepare the vehicle for Light
inspection if: inspection.
The vehicle brake system consists
. The malfunction indicator lamp is of two hydraulic circuits. If one
on with the engine running, or if Service Vehicle Soon
circuit is not working, the remaining
the light does not come on when Light circuit can still work to stop the
the ignition is turned to ON/RUN vehicle. For normal braking
while the engine is off. See your performance, both circuits need to
dealer for assistance in verifying be working.
proper operation of the
malfunction indicator lamp. If the warning light comes on, there
is a brake problem. Have the brake
. The OBD II (On-Board system inspected right away.
Diagnostics) system determines
that critical emission control For vehicles with this light, it comes
systems have not been on if a condition exists that may
completely diagnosed. The require the vehicle to be taken in for
vehicle would be considered not service.
ready for inspection. This can
If the light comes on while driving, a If the ABS light comes on and stays
chime sounds. Pull off the road and on while driving, stop as soon as
stop. The pedal might be harder to possible and turn the ignition off.
push or go closer to the floor. Start the engine again to reset the
It might also take longer to stop. system. If the light stays on after
If the light is still on, have the driving at a speed above 20 km/h
The brake system warning light vehicle towed for service. See (13 mph), see your dealer for
should come on briefly as the Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑75. service. A chime may also sound
engine is started. If it does not come when the light comes on steady.
on, have the vehicle serviced by Antilock Brake System If the regular brake system warning
your dealer. (ABS) Warning Light light is not on, the vehicle still has
brakes, but not antilock brakes.
{ WARNING If the regular brake system warning
light is also on, the vehicle does not
The brake system might not be have antilock brakes and there is a
working properly if the brake problem with the regular brakes.
system warning light is on. See Brake System Warning Light on
Driving with the brake system page 5‑14.
warning light on can lead to a
The Antilock Brake System (ABS) See Brake System Messages on
crash. If the light is still on after
light comes on briefly when the page 5‑25 for all brake‐related DIC
the vehicle has been pulled off messages.
engine is started.
the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for If the light does not come on, have it
service. fixed so it will be ready to warn if
there is a problem.
Up-Shift Light Power Steering Warning Traction Off Light

Light
For manual transmission vehicles, This light comes on briefly while

there is an up-shift light that comes This light comes on briefly when the starting the engine. If it does not,
on in the lower DIC area. It shows ignition is turned to ON/RUN as a have the vehicle serviced by your
when to shift to the next higher gear check to show it is working. dealer. If the system is working
for best fuel economy. normally, the indicator light then
If it does not come on have the turns off.
See Manual Transmission on vehicle serviced by your dealer.
page 9‑24. The traction off light comes on when
If this light stays on, or comes on the Traction Control System (TCS)
while driving, the system may not be has been turned off by pressing and
working. If this happens, see your releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
dealer for service. button.
This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
light come on when StabiliTrak is
turned off.
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
See Traction Control System (TCS) See Traction Control System (TCS) feature(s) is no longer functioning
on page 9‑28 and StabiliTrak® on page 9‑28 and StabiliTrak® and whether the vehicle requires
System on page 9‑29. System on page 9‑29. service.
If the indicator/warning light is on
StabiliTrak® OFF Light Traction Control System and flashing, the TCS and/or the
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light StabiliTrak system is actively
working.
See StabiliTrak® System on
page 9‑29 and Traction Control
System (TCS) on page 9‑28.
This light comes on briefly while

Tire Pressure Light
starting the engine. If it does not, The StabiliTrak or Traction Control
have the vehicle serviced by your System (TCS) indicator/warning
dealer. light comes on briefly when the
This light comes on when the engine is started.
StabiliTrak system is turned off. If the light does not come on, have
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
Control System (TCS) is also off. If the system is working normally, For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
If the TCS is off, the system does the indicator light turns off. Monitor System (TPMS), this light
not assist in controlling the vehicle. If the light is on and not flashing, the comes on briefly when the engine is
Turn on the TCS and the StabiliTrak TCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak started. It provides information
systems and the warning light system have been disabled. A DIC about tire pressures and the TPMS.
turns off. message may display. Check the
DIC messages to determine which
When the Light Is On Steady oil low can also damage the Low Fuel Warning Light
This indicates that one or more of engine. The repairs would not be
the tires are significantly covered by the vehicle warranty.
underinflated. Check the oil level as soon as
possible. Add oil if required, but
A Driver Information Center (DIC) if the oil level is within the
tire pressure message may also operating range and the oil
display. See Tire Messages on pressure is still low, have the
page 5‑29. Stop as soon as vehicle serviced. Always follow
possible, and inflate the tires to the the maintenance schedule for
pressure value shown on the Tire changing engine oil.
and Loading Information label. See
Tire Pressure on page 10‑43.
When the Light Flashes First and
Then Is On Steady This light comes on for a few
If the light flashes for about a minute seconds when the ignition is turned
and then stays on, there may be a on as a check to indicate it is
problem with the TPMS. If the working. If it does not come on,
The oil pressure light should come have it fixed.
problem is not corrected, the light
on briefly as the engine is started.
will come on at every ignition cycle. The low fuel warning light comes
If it does not come on, have the
See Tire Pressure Monitor on. The light turns off when fuel is
vehicle serviced by your dealer.
Operation on page 10‑45. added to the fuel tank.
If the light comes on and stays on, it
A message may also display in the
Engine Oil Pressure Light means that oil is not flowing through
Driver Information Center (DIC).
the engine properly. The vehicle
Notice: Lack of proper engine oil could be low on oil and might have See Driver Information Center (DIC)
maintenance can damage the some other system problem. See on page 5‑21 for more information.
engine. Driving with the engine your dealer.
Security Light Reduced Engine Power The vehicle can be driven at a

reduced speed when the reduced
Light engine power light is on but
acceleration and speed might be
reduced. The performance could be
reduced until the next time the
vehicle is driven. If this light stays
on, see your dealer as soon as
possible for diagnosis and repair.
The immobilizer light should come
on briefly as the engine is started.
If it does not come on, have the
The reduced engine power light High-Beam On Light
should come on briefly as the
vehicle serviced by your dealer. engine is started. If it does not come
If the system is working normally, on have the vehicle serviced by
the indicator light turns off. your dealer.
If the light stays on and the engine This light, along with the service
does not start, there could be a engine soon light, displays when a
problem with the theft-deterrent noticeable reduction in the vehicle's
system. See Immobilizer Operation performance occurs. Stop the The high‐beam on light comes on
on page 2‑10. vehicle and turn off the ignition. Wait when the high-beam headlamps are
for 10 seconds and restart the in use.
vehicle. This might correct the
condition. See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer on page 6‑2 for more
information.
Daytime Running Lamps The light goes out when the front Cruise Control Light
fog lamps are turned off. See Front
(DRL) Indicator Light Fog Lamps on page 6‑5 for more
information.
Lamps On Reminder
For vehicles with cruise control, the

This light turns on whenever the cruise control light is white when the
Daytime Running Lamps are in use. cruise control is on and ready, and
turns green when the cruise control
See Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) is set and active.
on page 6‑2. The lamps on reminder light comes
The light turns off when the cruise
on when the exterior lamps are in
control is turned off. See Cruise
Front Fog Lamp Light use. See Exterior Lamp Controls on
Control on page 9‑31.
page 6‑1.
For vehicles with front fog lamps,

this light comes on when the front
fog lamps are in use.
Door Ajar Light Information Displays DIC Buttons
Driver Information
Center (DIC)
The DIC displays information about
your vehicle. It also displays
warning messages if a system
For base level clusters this light problem is detected. See Vehicle 1. SET/CLR: Press to set or clear
comes on above the Driver Messages on page 5‑24 for more the menu item displayed.
Information Center (DIC). For information. All messages appear in
the DIC display located in the center
2. w / x (Thumbwheel): Use to
uplevel clusters, this light comes on scroll through the menus.
in the Driver Information Center of the instrument panel cluster.
A marker will move across the
(DIC) when a door is open or not
DIC Operation and Displays bottom of the page as you scroll.
securely latched.
The DIC has different displays 3. MENU: Press to display the Trip/
Before driving, check that all doors Fuel menu and the Vehicle
which can be accessed by using the
are properly closed. Information menu. This button is
DIC buttons on the turn signal lever
located on the left side of the also used to return to or exit the
steering wheel. The DIC displays last screen displayed on
trip, fuel, and warning messages if a the DIC.
system problem is detected.
Trip/Fuel Menu Items by pressing and holding the SET/ Reset the average consumption by
CLR button while the trip odometer pressing SET/CLR when it is
Press MENU on the turn signal
display is showing. displayed.
lever until the Trip/Fuel Information
menu displays. Use w / x to Fuel Range Instantaneous Fuel Economy
scroll through the menu items. Not This displays the approximate The Instantaneous Fuel Economy
all items are available on every distance the vehicle can be driven display shows the current fuel
vehicle. The following is a list of all without refueling. The fuel range economy in liters per 100 kilometers
possible menu items: estimate is based on an average of (L/100 km) or miles per gallon
. Trip 1 the vehicle's fuel economy over (mpg). This number reflects only the
recent driving history and the fuel economy that the vehicle has
. Trip 2 amount of fuel remaining in the fuel right now and changes frequently as
. Fuel Range tank. On some models, this display driving conditions change. Unlike
. Average Fuel Economy is shown as . km (mi). Fuel range average fuel economy, this display
cannot be reset. cannot be reset.
. Instantaneous Fuel Economy
Average Fuel Economy Average Speed
. Average Speed
The Average Fuel Economy display This displays the average speed of
. Fuel Used the vehicle in kilometers per hour
shows the approximate average
Trip 1 and Trip 2 liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). This
or miles per gallon (mpg). This average is based on the various
These displays show the current vehicle speeds recorded since the
number is based on the number of
distance traveled, in either last reset. On some models, this
L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), from display is shown as c km/h (mph).
last time this menu item was reset.
the last reset for the trip odometer.
On some models, this display is Reset the average speed by
Some models have one trip
odometer and some have two. The shown as c . L/100 km (mpg). pressing SET/CLR when it is
displayed.
trip odometer can be reset to zero
Fuel Used Units Remaining Oil Life

This display shows the approximate Move w / x to change between This display shows an estimate of
liters (L) or gallons (gal) of fuel that metric or US when the Unit display the oil's remaining useful life.
have been used since last reset. is active. Press SET/CLR to confirm If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
The fuel used can be reset by the setting. On some models, you displayed, that means 99% of the
pressing the SET/CLR button while will have to select 1, 2, or 3 for the current oil life remains. On some
the Fuel Used display is showing. Unit display. 1 is Imperial units, 2 is models, this display is shown
Vehicle Information Menu US units, and 3 is metric units. This as : %.
Items will change the displays on the When the remaining oil life is low,
cluster and DIC to the type of the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
Press MENU on the turn signal measurements you select. message, or code 82, will appear on
lever until the Vehicle Information
Tire Pressure the display. See Engine Oil
menu is displayed. Use w / x to Messages on page 5‑26 and
scroll through the menu items. Not The display may show a vehicle “Vehicle Messages (Base Level)”
all items are available on every with the approximate pressures of following. The oil should be
vehicle. The following is a list of all all four tires. Tire pressure is changed as soon as possible. See
of the possible menu items: displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) Engine Oil on page 10‑7. In addition
or in pounds per square inch (psi). to the engine oil life system
. Units On some models, this display only monitoring the oil life, additional
. Tire Pressure allows for matching of the TPMS maintenance is recommended in the
sensors. In this case, the display Maintenance Schedule in this
. Remaining Oil Life
will show TIRE LEARN. See Tire manual. See Maintenance Schedule
. Battery Voltage Pressure Monitor System on on page 11‑2 for more information.
. Blank Display page 10‑44 and Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation on page 10‑45 for
more information.
Remember, the Oil Life display For example, the display may read Vehicle Messages
must be reset after each oil change. BATTERY VOLTAGE 15.0 VOLTS.
It will not reset itself. Also, be The vehicle's charging system Messages displayed on the DIC
careful not to reset the Oil Life regulates voltage based on the state indicate the status of the vehicle or
display accidentally at any time of the battery. The battery voltage some action that may be needed
other than when the oil has just can fluctuate while viewing this to correct a condition. Multiple
been changed. It cannot be reset information on the DIC. This is messages may display one after the
accurately until the next oil change. normal. See Charging System Light other.
To reset the engine oil life system, on page 5‑11 for more information. The messages that do not require
press the SET/CLR button while the If there is a problem with the battery immediate action can be
Oil Life display is active. See charging system, the DIC will acknowledged and cleared by
Engine Oil Life System on display a message. See Battery pressing SET/CLR. The messages
page 10‑9. Voltage and Charging Messages on that require immediate action cannot
page 5‑25. be cleared until that action is
Battery Voltage
Blank Display performed. All messages should be
This display, available on some taken seriously and clearing the
vehicles, shows the current battery This display shows no information. messages does not correct the
voltage. If the voltage is in the problem.
normal range, the value will display.
The following are some of the
vehicle messages that may be
displayed depending on your
vehicle content.
Battery Voltage and Brake System Messages Cruise Control Messages

Charging Messages BRAKE FLUID LOW APPLY BRAKE BEFORE
BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE This message is displayed when the CRUISE
This message displays when the brake fluid level is low. See Brake If this message displays when
vehicle has detected that the battery Fluid on page 10‑20. attempting to activate cruise control,
voltage is dropping beyond a apply the brake pedal and try again.
RELEASE PARKING BRAKE
reasonable point. The battery saver CRUISE SET TO XXX
system starts reducing features of This message is displayed as a
the vehicle that may be noticed. At reminder that the parking brake is This message displays when the
the point that features are disabled, on. Release it before you attempt to cruise control is set and shows the
this message displays. Turn off drive. speed it was set to. See Cruise
unnecessary accessories to allow Control on page 9‑31.
the battery to recharge. Compass Messages
Door Ajar Messages
LOW BATTERY CAL
This message is displayed when the This message is displayed when the DOOR(S) OPEN
battery voltage is low. See Battery compass needs to be calibrated. A vehicle symbol will be displayed
on page 10‑21. See Compass on page 5‑5. on the DIC showing which door is
open along with this message.
SERVICE BATTERY –– Close the door completely.
CHARGING SYSTEM Two dashes will be displayed if the
This message is displayed when compass needs service. See your HOOD OPEN
there is a fault in the battery dealer for service. This message will display when the
charging system. Take the vehicle to hood is open. Close the hood
your dealer for service. completely.
REAR ACCESS OPEN ENGINE OVERHEATED — Engine Oil Messages

This message will display when the IDLE ENGINE
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
liftgate is open. Close the liftgate This message displays when the
completely. engine coolant temperature is too This message displays when the
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to engine oil needs to be changed.
Engine Cooling System idle until it cools down. When you change the engine oil, be
sure to reset the Oil Life System.
Messages ENGINE OVERHEATED — See Engine Oil Life System on
A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH STOP ENGINE page 10‑9 and Driver Information
ENGINE TEMP This message displays and a Center (DIC) on page 5‑21 for
continuous chime sounds if the information on how to reset the
This message displays when the system. See Engine Oil on
engine coolant becomes hotter than engine cooling system reaches
unsafe temperatures for operation. page 10‑7 and Maintenance
the normal operating temperature. Schedule on page 11‑2 for more
To avoid added strain on a hot Stop and turn off the vehicle as
soon as it is safe to do so to avoid information.
engine, the air conditioning
compressor automatically turns off. severe damage. This message OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOP
When the coolant temperature clears when the engine has cooled ENGINE
returns to normal, the air to a safe operating temperature.
This message displays if low oil
conditioning compressor turns back HIGH COOLANT pressure levels occur. Stop the
on. You can continue to drive the TEMPERATURE vehicle as soon as safely possible
vehicle. and do not operate it until the cause
This message displays if the coolant
If this message continues to appear, temperature is hot. See Engine of the low oil pressure has been
have the system repaired by your Overheating on page 10‑17. corrected. Check the oil as soon as
dealer as soon as possible to avoid possible and have the vehicle
damage to the engine. serviced by your dealer.
Engine Power Messages TIGHTEN GAS CAP AUTOMATIC LIGHT

This message displays when the CONTROL OFF
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the This message is displayed when the
This message displays when the fuel cap. automatic light control has been
vehicle's engine power is reduced. turned off. See Automatic Headlamp
Reduced engine power can affect Key and Lock Messages System on page 6‑3.
the vehicle's ability to accelerate.
If this message is on, but there is no REPLACE BATTERY IN XXX TURN INDICATOR
reduction in performance, proceed REMOTE KEY FAILURE
to your destination. The When one of the turn signals is out,
This message displays when the
performance may be reduced the this message displays to show
battery in the Remote Keyless Entry
next time the vehicle is driven. The which bulb needs to be replaced.
(RKE) transmitter needs to be
vehicle may be driven at a reduced See Bulb Replacement on
replaced.
speed while this message is on, but page 10‑25 and Replacement Bulbs
maximum acceleration and speed on page 10‑30 for more information
may be reduced. Anytime this Lamp Messages
on turn signal bulb replacement.
message stays on, the vehicle AUTOMATIC LIGHT
should be taken to your dealer for
CONTROL ON TURN SIGNAL ON
service as soon as possible.
This message is displayed when the This message is displayed if the
turn signal has been left on. Turn off
Fuel System Messages automatic light control has been
the turn signal.
turned on. See Automatic Headlamp
FUEL LEVEL LOW System on page 6‑3.
This message displays when the
vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as
soon as possible.
Object Detection System Ride Control System Security Messages

Messages Messages THEFT ATTEMPTED
PARK ASSIST OFF SERVICE TRACTION This message displays if the vehicle
This message displays when the CONTROL detects a tamper condition.
park assist system has been turned This message displays when there
off or when there is a temporary is a problem with the Traction Service Vehicle Messages
condition causing the system to be Control System (TCS). See Traction
disabled. See Ultrasonic Parking
SERVICE AC SYSTEM
Control System (TCS) on
Assist on page 9‑33. page 9‑28. This message displays if there is a
problem with the air conditioning
SERVICE PARK ASSIST SERVICE STABILITRAK system. Take the vehicle to your
This message displays if there is a This message displays if there is a dealer for service.
problem with the Ultrasonic Rear problem with the StabiliTrak system. SERVICE POWER STEERING
Parking Assist (URPA) system. Do See StabiliTrak® System on
not use this system to help you page 9‑29. This message displays if there is a
park. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist problem with the power steering
on page 9‑33. Airbag System Messages system. Take the vehicle to your
dealer for service.
SERVICE AIRBAG
SERVICE STEERING
This message displays if there is a COLUMN LOCK
problem with the airbag system.
Take the vehicle to your dealer for This message displays if there is a
service. problem with the steering column
lock. Take the vehicle to your dealer
for service.
SERVICE VEHICLE SOON Tire Messages The low tire pressure warning light
will also come on. See Tire
This message displays if there is a SERVICE TIRE MONITOR Pressure Light on page 5‑17.
problem with the vehicle. Take the
vehicle to your dealer for service.
SYSTEM If a tire pressure message appears
This message displays if there is a on the DIC, stop as soon as you
Starting the Vehicle problem with the Tire Pressure can. Inflate the tires by adding air
Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire until the tire pressure is equal to the
Messages Pressure Monitor Operation on values shown on the Tire and
TURN STEERING WHEEL page 10‑45 for more information. Loading Information label. See Tires
TURN KEY OFF THEN ON on page 10‑37, Vehicle Load Limits
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE on page 9‑9, and Tire Pressure on
This message displays when the This message displays when the page 10‑43.
steering column is locked. Try system is learning new tires. See
turning the steering wheel while You can receive more than one tire
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on pressure message at a time. To
turning the vehicle off and then back page 10‑45 for more information.
on to unlock the steering column. read the other messages that may
TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD have been sent at the same time,
TURN STEERING WHEEL AIR TO TIRE press the SET/CLR button. The DIC
START VEHICLE AGAIN also shows the tire pressure values.
On vehicles with the Tire Pressure See Driver Information Center (DIC)
This message displays when you try Monitor System (TPMS), this on page 5‑21.
to start the vehicle, but the column message displays when the
remains locked. Try turning the
steering wheel while starting the
pressure in one or more of the Transmission Messages
vehicle's tires is low.
vehicle to unlock the steering SERVICE TRANSMISSION
column. If the vehicle still does not There is also an icon with the
start, turn the steering wheel the warning that will indicate the This message displays if there is a
other way, and try starting the location of the low tire. problem with the transmission. See
vehicle again. your dealer.
TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLE Vehicle 3. Press the center of the MENU

ENGINE knob to select the Vehicle
Personalization Settings menu. The vehicle must
This message displays and a chime be in the run position.
sounds if the transmission fluid in The audio system controls are used
the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the to access the personalization The following list of menu items may
transmission fluid temperature high menus for customizing vehicle be available:
can cause damage to the vehicle. features. . Climate and Air Quality
Stop the vehicle and let it idle to CONFIG (Configuration): Press to
allow the transmission to cool. This
. Comfort and Convenience
access the Configuration
message clears when the fluid Settings menu. . Collision/Detection Systems
temperature reaches a safe level.
MENU: Press the center of this . Languages
Vehicle Reminder knob to enter the menus and select . Lighting
menu items. Turn the knob to scroll
Messages through the menus.
. Power Door Locks
ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE BACK: Press to exit or move

. Remote Locking, Unlocking,
backward in a menu. Starting
WITH CARE
. Return to Factory Settings
This message displays when ice Entering the Personalization
conditions are possible. Menus Turn the MENU knob to highlight the
menu. Press the knob to select it.
STEERING COLUMN IS 1. Press CONFIG to access the
Each of the menus is detailed in the
LOCKED Configuration Settings menu.
following information.
This message displays when the 2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
steering column is locked. Vehicle Settings. Press the
CONFIG button until Vehicle is
highlighted on vehicles with a
navigation system only.
Climate and Air Quality Air Quality Sensor Auto Defog

If equipped, select the Climate and This will allow you to select whether When turned on and high humidity
Air Quality menu and the following the system will operate at high or is detected, the climate control
will be displayed: low sensitivity. Only vehicles with system may adjust to outside air
the automatic climate control will supply and turn on the air
. Auto Fan Speed
have this option. conditioner or the heater. The fan
. Air Quality Sensor speed may slightly increase to help
Press the MENU knob when Air
. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats Quality Sensor is highlighted to prevent fogging. When high
open the menu. Turn the knob to humidity is no longer detected, the
. Auto Defog system will return to its prior
highlight High Sensitivity or Low
. Auto Rear Defog Sensitivity. Press the BACK button operation.
Auto Fan Speed to confirm the selection and move Press the MENU knob when Auto
back to the last menu. Defog is highlighted to open the
This will allow you to select the menu. Turn the knob to highlight On
automatic fan speed. This feature Remote Start Auto Heat Seats or Off. Press the BACK button to
sets the climate control fan speed to On vehicles with remote start and confirm the selection and move
maintain the interior temperature. heated seats, the heated seats can back to the last menu.
Press the MENU knob when Auto be set to on or off.
Auto Rear Defog
Fan Speed is highlighted to open Press the MENU knob when
the menu. Turn the knob to highlight Remote Start Auto Heat Seats is When on, this feature turns on the
High, Medium, or Low. Press the highlighted to open the menu. Turn rear defogger at vehicle start when
BACK button to confirm the the knob to highlight On or Off. the interior temperature is cold and
selection and move back to the Press the BACK button to confirm fog is likely. The Auto Rear Defog
last menu. the selection and move back to the function can be disabled by
last menu. pressing 1. When off, the feature
can be turned on by pressing 1.
See “Rear Window Defogger” under Park Assist Exit Lighting

Climate Control Systems on This allows the Ultrasonic Parking This allows the selection of how
page 8‑1 for more information. Assist feature, audible only, to be long the exterior lamps stay on
Press the MENU knob when Auto turned on or off. when leaving the vehicle when it is
Rear Defog is highlighted to open Press the MENU knob when Park dark outside.
the menu. Turn the knob to highlight Assist is highlighted. Turn the knob Press the MENU knob when Exit
On or Off. Press the knob to confirm to select On or Off. Press the knob Lighting is highlighted. Turn the
the selection and move back to the to confirm and go back to the knob to select Off, 30 Seconds,
last menu. last menu. 1 Minute, or 2 Minutes. Press the
Comfort and Convenience BACK button to confirm and go
Languages back to the last menu.
Select the Comfort and Select the Language menu and the
Convenience menu and Chime Vehicle Locator Lights
following will be displayed:
Volume will be displayed. This allows the vehicle locator lights
. English
Chime Volume to be turned on or off. When on, the
. Francais headlamps and back‐up lamps will
This allows selection of the chime
volume level.
. Espanol flash when K on the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
Press the MENU knob when Chime Turn the MENU knob to select the
pressed.
Volume is highlighted. Turn the knob language. Press BACK to return to
to select Normal or High. Press the the last menu. Press the MENU knob when Vehicle
BACK button to confirm and go Locator Lights is highlighted to open
Lighting the menu. Turn the MENU knob to
back to the last menu.
Select the Lighting menu and the highlight On or Off. Press MENU to
Collision/Detection Systems following will be displayed: select On or Off. Press the BACK
button to confirm the selection and
If equipped, select the Collision/ . Exit Lighting move back to the last menu.
Detection Systems menu and Park
Assist will be displayed.
. Vehicle Locator Lights
Power Door Locks or Q on the RKE transmitter twice to Auto Door Lock
Select Power Door Locks and the override the delayed locking feature This allows selection of which of the
following will be displayed: and immediately lock all of the doors will automatically lock when
doors. the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
. Auto Door Unlock
Press the MENU knob when Press the MENU knob when Auto
. Delayed Door Lock Delayed Door Lock is highlighted to Door Lock is highlighted. Turn the
. Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out select On or Off. Press BACK to knob to select On or Off. Press the
. return to the last menu. knob to confirm and go back to the
Auto Door Lock
Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out last menu.
Auto Door Unlock
When on, all doors will lock. The Remote Locking, Unlocking,
This allows selection of which of the Starting
driver door will then unlock if door
doors will automatically unlock when
locking is requested while the driver Select Remote Locking, Unlocking,
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
door is open and disable the Starting and the following will be
Press the MENU knob when Auto Delayed Door Lock feature. displayed (depending on the
Door Unlock is highlighted. Turn the system):
If Off is selected, the Delayed Door
knob to select All Doors, Driver
Lock feature may be enabled . Remote Lock Feedback
Door, or Off. Press the knob to
through an additional menu
confirm and go back to the . Door Unlock or Remote Door
selection.
last menu. Unlock
Press the MENU knob when
Delayed Door Lock Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out is
. Remote Unlock Light Feedback
When on, this feature will delay the highlighted to select On or Off. . Remote Start
locking of the doors until Press BACK to return to the
five seconds after the last door is last menu. Remote Lock Feedback
closed. You will hear three chimes This allows selection of what type of
to signal delayed locking is in use. feedback is given when locking the
Press either the power lock button vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
Press the MENU knob when unlock when the button is pressed a Remote Start
Remote Lock Feedback is second time. When set to All Doors, If equipped, this allows Remote
highlighted. Turn the knob to select all of the doors will unlock at the Start to be turned on or off.
Lights and Horn, Lights Only, Horn first press of K. Press the knob
Only, or Off. Press the knob to to confirm and go back to the Press the MENU knob when
confirm and go back to the last menu. Remote Start is highlighted. Turn
last menu. the knob to select On or Off. Press
Remote Unlock Light Feedback the knob to confirm and go back to
Door Unlock or Remote Door the last menu.
Unlock If equipped, this allows selection of
what type of feedback is given when Return to Factory Settings
This allows selection of which doors unlocking the vehicle with the RKE
will unlock when pressing K on the transmitter. Select Return to Factory Settings to
RKE transmitter. return all vehicle personalization to
Press the MENU knob when the default settings. Turn the knob
Press the MENU knob when Door Remote Unlock Light Feedback is to select Yes or No. Press the knob
Unlock is highlighted. Turn the knob highlighted. Turn the knob to select to confirm and go back to the
to select All Doors or Driver Door On or Off. Press the knob to confirm last menu.
Only. When set to Driver Door Only, and go back to the last menu.
the driver door will unlock the first
time K is pressed and all doors will
Lighting 6-1
Lighting Exterior Lighting AUTO (Automatic): Turns the

headlamps on automatically at
normal brightness, together with the
Exterior Lamp Controls following:
Exterior Lighting
. Parking Lamps
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1
Headlamp High/Low-Beam . Taillamps
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 . License Plate Lamps
Daytime Running . Instrument Panel Lights
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Automatic Headlamp
. Sidemarker Lamps
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 ; (Parking Lamps): Turns the
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-4 parking lamps on together with the
Turn and Lane-Change following:
The exterior lamp control is on the
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
instrument panel to the outboard . Taillamps
Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
side of the steering column. . License Plate Lamps
Interior Lighting There are four positions:
Instrument Panel Illumination
. Instrument Panel Lights
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 O (Off): Briefly turn to this position . Sidemarker Lamps
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 to turn the automatic light control off
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 or on again.
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 6-7
6-2 Lighting
5 (Headlamps): Turns the Headlamp High/ Flash-to-Pass

headlamps on together with the Low-Beam Changer To flash the high beams, pull the
lamps listed below. A warning chime
turn signal lever all the way toward
sounds if the driver door is opened
you. Then release it.
when the ignition switch is off and
the headlamps are on.
.
Daytime Running
Parking Lamps
Lamps (DRL)
. Taillamps
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can
. License Plate Lamps make it easier for others to see the
. Instrument Panel Lights 3 (Headlamp High/Low-Beam front of your vehicle during the day.
Changer): Push the turn signal Fully functional daytime running
. Sidemarker Lamps lamps are required on all vehicles
lever away from you to turn the high
# (Front Fog Lamps): For beams on. first sold in Canada.
vehicles with fog lamps, press to
turn the lamps on or off. Push the lever again or pull the
lever toward you to return to low
See Front Fog Lamps on page 6‑5. beams.
When the lights are on, ; will be
lit. See Lamps On Reminder on
page 5‑20.
This indicator light turns on in the
instrument cluster when the DRL
are on.
This indicator light turns on in the A light sensor on top of the
instrument cluster when the instrument panel makes the DRL
high-beam headlamps are on. work, so be sure it is not covered.
Lighting 6-3
The DRL system makes the When it is bright enough outside,

low-beam headlamps come on at a the headlamps go off and the DRL
reduced brightness when the come on.
following conditions are met: To turn the DRL lamps off or on
. The ignition is in the ON/ again, turn the exterior lamp control
RUN mode. to O and then release. For vehicles
. The exterior lamps control is first sold in Canada, the DRL lamps
in AUTO. cannot be turned off.
. The engine is running. The vehicle has a light sensor on
Automatic Headlamp top of the instrument panel. Make
When the DRL are on, only the
low-beam headlamps, at a reduced
System sure it is not covered, or the
headlamps will be on when they are
level of brightness, will be on. The When it is dark enough outside and
not needed.
taillamps, sidemarker, instrument the exterior lamp control is in the
panel, and other lamps will not automatic position, the headlamps The system may also turn on the
be on. come on automatically. See Exterior headlamps when driving through a
Lamp Controls on page 6‑1. parking garage or tunnel.
The headlamps automatically
change from DRL to the regular
headlamps depending on the
darkness of the surroundings. The
other lamps that come on with the
headlamps will also come on.
6-4 Lighting
Lights On with Wipers Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change

If the windshield wipers are Signals
activated in daylight with the
engine on, and the exterior lamp
control is in AUTO, the headlamps,
parking lamps, and other exterior
lamps come on. The transition time
for the lamps coming on varies
based on wiper speed. When the
wipers are not operating, these
lamps turn off. Move the exterior
lamp control to P or ; to disable
this feature. Move the lever all the way up or
down to signal a turn.
| (Hazard Warning Flashers): An arrow on the instrument cluster

Press and momentarily hold this will flash in the direction of the turn
button located on the instrument or lane change.
panel above the climate control Raise or lower the lever until the
system, to make the front and rear arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
turn signal lamps flash on and off. change. The turn signal flashes
This warns others that you are three times.
having trouble. Press and
momentarily hold again to turn the
flashers off.
Lighting 6-5
The lever returns to its neutral Front Fog Lamps The fog lamps come on together
position when it is released. with the parking lamps.
If after signaling a turn or lane If the high-beam headlamps are
change the arrow flashes rapidly or turned on, the fog lamps will turn off.
does not come on, a signal bulb If the high-beam headlamps are
may be burned out. Replace any turned off, the fog lamps will turn
burned out bulbs. If a bulb is not back on again.
burned out, check the fuse. See Some localities have laws that
Fuses and Circuit Breakers on require the headlamps to be on
page 10‑31 or Bulb Replacement on along with the fog lamps.
page 10‑25.
For vehicles with front fog lamps,
Turn Signal On Chime
the button is located on the
If the turn signal is left on for more outboard side of the instrument
than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime will panel.
sound at each flash of the turn
The ignition must be on to turn on
signal. To turn the chime off, move
the fog lamps.
the turn signal lever to the neutral
position. # (Fog Lamps): Press to turn the
fog lamps on or off. An indicator
light on the instrument cluster
comes on when the fog lamps
are on.
6-6 Lighting
Interior Lighting Courtesy Lamps ( (Dome Lamp Override): Press

to turn the lamps off, even when a
The courtesy lamps come on
Instrument Panel door is open.
automatically when any door is
Illumination Control opened and the dome lamp is in H (Door): Press to turn the lamps
the H position. on automatically when a door is
opened.
The reading lamps can be turned on
or off independently of the automatic ' (On): Press to turn on the
courtesy lamps when the doors are dome lamps.
closed.
Reading Lamps
Dome Lamps
This feature controls the brightness

of the instrument panel controls and
infotainment display screen. The
thumbwheel is to the left of the
steering column on the instrument
panel.
D (Instrument Panel The reading lamps are located in
Brightness): Move the the overhead console.
thumbwheel up or down and # or $ : Press the button near
hold, to brighten or dim the each lamp to turn it on or off.
instrument panel controls and
infotainment display screen. The dome lamp controls are located
in the headliner.
Lighting 6-7
Lighting Features Exit Lighting Battery Power Protection

The headlamps, taillamps, parking The battery saver feature is
Entry Lighting lamps, back‐up lamps, and license designed to protect the vehicle's
The headlamps, parking lamps, and plate lamps come on at night, or in battery.
taillamps turn on briefly, when the areas with limited lighting, when the If some interior lamps are left on
driver door is opened. The dome
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) K is lamps also come on when a door is
and the ignition is turned off, the
pressed. After about 30 seconds the battery rundown protection system
opened after the ignition is changed automatically turns the lamp off after
exterior lamps turn off. Entry lighting to the OFF position.
can be disabled manually by some time.
changing the ignition out of the OFF The exterior lights and dome lamps
remain on after the driver door is
position, or by pressing the RKE Q
open for a set amount of time, then
button. automatically turn off.
This feature can be changed. See The exterior lights turn off
Vehicle Personalization on immediately by turning the exterior
page 5‑30. lamps control off.
This feature can be changed. See
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑30.
6-8 Lighting
2 NOTES
Infotainment System 7-1
Infotainment Audio Players

CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Introduction
System Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Infotainment
Phone Read the following pages to
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . 7-18 become familiar with the audio
Introduction Bluetooth (Infotainment
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 system's features.
Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 7-2 Bluetooth (Voice
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Recognition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 { WARNING
Trademarks and License Taking your eyes off the road for
Radio extended periods could cause a
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Agreements
Trademarks and License crash resulting in injury or death
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29 to you or others. Do not give
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Satellite Radio Antenna . . . . . . 7-12 extended attention to infotainment
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 tasks while driving.
This system provides access to

many audio and non-audio listings.
7-2 Infotainment System
To minimize taking your eyes off the Notice: Contact your dealer Theft-Deterrent Feature
road while driving, do the following before adding any equipment.
while the vehicle is parked: The theft-deterrent feature works by
Adding audio or communication learning a portion of the Vehicle
. Become familiar with the equipment could interfere with Identification Number (VIN) to the
operation and controls of the the operation of the engine, radio, infotainment system. The
audio system. or other systems, and could infotainment system does not
. Set up the tone, speaker damage them. Follow federal operate if it is stolen or moved to a
adjustments, and preset radio rules covering mobile radio and different vehicle.
stations. telephone equipment.
For more information, see Defensive The vehicle has Retained

Driving on page 9‑2. Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP,
the audio system can be played
even after the ignition is turned off.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) on page 9‑18 for more
information.
Overview 4. k
. CD: Pauses playback, and
stops playback.
5. l
. Radio: Seeks the next
station.
. CD: Selects the next track
or fast forwards within a
track.
6. CLOCK
. Opens the clock menu.
7. INFO
. Radio: Shows available
information about the
current station.
. CD: Shows available
1. O 3. g information about the
current track.
. Turns the system on or off . Radio: Seeks the previous
and adjusts the volume. station. 8. TONE
2. Buttons 1 to 6 . CD: Selects the previous
. Opens the tone menu.
. Radio: Saves and selects track or rewinds within a
favorite stations. track.
9. AS 15. BACK Turning the System On or Off

. Radio: Opens the autostore . Menu: Moves one O (Volume/Power): Press to turn
stations list. level back. the system on and off.
10. BAND . Character Input: Deletes Automatic Switch-Off
. Changes the band while the last character.
If the infotainment system has been
listening to the radio. 16. MENU turned on after the ignition is turned
. Selects the radio when . Turn to open menus, off, the system will turn off
listening to a different highlight menu items, automatically after 10 minutes.
audio source. or set numeric values Volume Control
11. CD/AUX while in a menu.
. Press to select menu
O (Volume/Power): Turn to adjust
. Selects the CD player or the volume.
an external audio source. items.
. Radio: Manually selects
5 / > (Phone/Mute): Press 5 / >
12. CONFIG to mute the infotainment system.
radio stations.
. Opens the settings menu. Press 5 / > again, or turn
. CD: Selects tracks.
the O knob to cancel mute.
13. 5\>
. Opens the phone Operation Menu System
main menu. Controls The menu system appears on the
. Mutes the audio system. display screen.
The infotainment system is operated
14. FAV by using the pushbuttons, Controls
multifunction knobs, menus shown The MENU knob and the BACK
. Radio: Opens the
on the display, and steering wheel button are used to navigate the
favorites list. controls, if equipped. menu system.
MENU Knob: Press to: Selecting a Menu Option 2. Press the MENU knob to
. Enter the menu system. activate the setting.
. Select or activate the highlighted Setting a Value
menu option.
. Confirm a set value.
. Turn a system setting on or off.
Turn to: 1. Turn the MENU knob to move
. Highlight a menu option. the highlighted bar.
. Select a value. 2. Press the MENU knob to select 1. Turn the MENU knob to change
the highlighted option. the current value of the setting.
BACK: Press to:
Submenus 2. Press the MENU knob to confirm
. Exit a menu.
An arrow on the right-hand edge of the setting.
. Return from a submenu screen
the menu indicates that it has a Turning a Function On or Off
to the previous menu screen.
submenu with other options.
. Delete the last character in a
sequence. Activating a Setting
1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight

the function.
1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
the setting.
2. Press the MENU knob to turn To quickly reset an audio setting Press the BACK button to go back
the function on or off. value to 0: to the Tone Settings menu.
Entering a Character Sequence 1. Press the TONE button. Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer)
2. Select the audio setting. For vehicles that have an equalizer:
3. Press and hold the MENU 1. Press the TONE button.
button until the value changes
to 0. 2. Select EQ presets.
Press the BACK button to go back 3. Select the setting.

to the Tone Settings menu. Press the BACK button to go back
1. Turn the MENUL knob to to the Tone Settings menu.
Adjusting the Treble, Midrange,
highlight the character. and Bass System Settings
2. Press the MENU knob to select 1. Press the TONE button.
the character. Configuring the Number of
2. Select Treble, Midrange, Favorite Pages
Press the BACK button to delete the or Bass.
last character in the sequence or To configure the number of available
press and hold to delete the entire 3. Select the value. favorite pages:
character sequence. Press the BACK button to go back 1. Press the CONFIG button.
to the Tone Settings menu. 2. Select Radio Settings.
Audio Settings
The audio settings can be set for Adjusting the Fader and Balance 3. Select Radio Favorites.
each radio band and each audio 1. Press the TONE button. 4. Select the number of available
player source. favorite pages.
2. Select Fader or Balance.
3. Select the value. 5. Press the BACK button to go
back to the System
Configuration menu.
Auto Volume Maximum Startup Volume Radio

The auto volume feature The maximum volume played when
automatically adjusts the radio the radio is first turned on can AM-FM Radio
volume to compensate for road and be set.
wind noise as the vehicle speeds up 1. Press the CONFIG button.
Control Buttons
or slows down, so that the volume The buttons used to control the
level is consistent. 2. Select Radio Settings.
radio are:
The level of volume compensation 3. Select Maximum Startup
BAND: Press to turn the radio on
can be selected, or the auto volume Volume.
and choose between AM, FM, and
feature can be turned off. 4. Select the setting. SiriusXM®, if equipped.
1. Press the CONFIG button. 5. Press the BACK button to go MENU: Turn to navigate the
2. Select Radio Settings. back to the System available menus and to search for
Configuration menu. stations.
3. Select Auto Volume.
INFO: Press to display additional
4. Select the setting.
information that may be available for
5. Press the BACK button to go the current song.
back to the System
Configuration menu.
g or l : Press to search for
stations.
FAV: Press to open the favorites
list and select the favorites page.
1 to 6: Press to select preset
stations.
AS (Autostore): Press to open the
autostore list.
RDS (Radio Data System) Selecting a Station Station List

The radio may have RDS. The RDS Seek Tuning 1. Turn the MENU knob.
feature is available for use only on 2. Select AM or FM Station List. All
FM stations that broadcast RDS If the radio station is not known:
receivable stations in the current
information. This feature only works Briefly press g or l to reception area are displayed. If a
when the information from the radio automatically search for the next station list has not been created,
station is available. In rare cases, a available station. If a station is not an automatic station search
radio station could broadcast found, the radio switches to a more is done.
incorrect information that causes the sensitive search level. If a station
radio features to work improperly. 3. Select the station.
still is not found, the frequency that
If this happens, contact the radio was last active begins to play. Category Lists
station.
If the radio station is known: Most stations that broadcast an
While the radio is tuned to an RDS program type code specify the
FM-RDS station, the station name Press and hold g or l until the type of programming transmitted.
or call letters display. station on the display is reached, Some stations change the program
then release the button. type code depending on the
Radio Menus
Manual Tuning content. The system stores the RDS
Radio menus are available for AM stations sorted by program type in
and FM. Turn the MENU knob to select the the FM category list.
frequency on the display.
Turn the MENU knob to open the To search for a programming type
main radio menu for that band. Favorites List determined by station:
Selecting a Band 1. Turn the MENU knob. 1. Turn the MENU knob.
Press the BAND button to choose 2. Select Favorites List. 2. Select FM category list. A list of
AM, FM, or SiriusXM, if equipped. 3. Select the station. all programming types available
The last station that was playing displays.
starts playing again.
3. Select the programming type. Up to six stations can be stored in 3. The radio will automatically store
A list of stations that transmit each favorite page and the number the six strongest stations found
programming of the selected of available favorite pages can as autostore presets.
type displays. be set. Press the AS button to alternate
4. Select the station. Storing Stations between the autostore stations and
The category lists are updated when favorites.
To store the station to a position in
the station lists are updated. the list, press the corresponding AS displays on the radio when using
button 1 to 6 until a beep is heard. autostore presets.
Updating Station & Category Lists
Retrieving Stations Autostore does not delete
If stations stored in the station list previously stored favorite stations.
can no longer be received: Press the FAV button to open a
favorite page or to switch to another Autostore does not function with
1. Turn the MENU knob. SiriusXM radio stations.
favorite page. Briefly press one of
2. Select Update AM or FM Station the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve the
List. A station search will be station. Satellite Radio
completed and the first station in
the updated list will play. Autostore Stations Vehicles with an SiriusXM® Satellite
Radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM
To cancel the station search, press AS (Autostore): Autostore Satellite Radio subscription can
the MENU knob. searches and stores six FM and receive SiriusXM programming.
six AM stations with the strongest
Storing a Station as a Favorite signal. To use autostore: SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Stations from all bands can be 1. Press BAND to select FM or AM. Service
stored in any order in the favorite SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
pages. 2. Press AS for at least
two seconds until a beep based in the 48 contiguous United
sounds. SEARCH displays on States and 10 Canadian provinces.
the radio, followed by the
number of stations found.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio has a FAV: Press to open the To add or remove categories:
wide variety of programming and favorites list. 1. Press the CONFIG button.
commercial-free music, coast to 1 to 6: Press to select a favorite.
coast, and in digital-quality sound. 2. Select Radio Settings.
A service fee is required to receive MENU: Turn to select a channel. 3. Select XM Categories.
the SiriusXM service. If SiriusXM INFO: Press to display additional
Service needs to be reactivated, the 4. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
information that may be available the category.
radio will display "No Subscription about the current song.
Please Renew" on channel XM1. 5. Press the MENU knob to remove
For more information, contact k (Play/Pause): Press to pause or add the category.
SiriusXM at www.siriusxm.com or time shifted content, if equipped.
call 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.) and Selecting an XM Channel
Selecting the XM Band
www.xmradio.ca or call XM channels can be selected by
1-877-209-0079 (Canada). Press the BAND button to choose
between the AM, FM, and XM using g, l , the MENU knob,
Control Buttons bands. The last channel played in or the menu system.
that band begins to play when that
The buttons used to control the
band is selected.
Selecting a Channel Using g
SiriusXM radio are:
or l
BAND: Press to turn the radio on XM Categories
and choose between AM, FM, . Press and release g or l to
XM channels are organized in
and XM. go to the previous or next
categories.
channel.
g or l : Press to go to the Removing or Adding Categories
previous or next channel. . Press and hold g or l to
Channels in a category that have scroll through the previous or
been removed can still be accessed next channel until the channel is
by using the g or l buttons, reached.
or the MENU knob.
Selecting a Channel Using the Up to six channels can be stored in XM Updating: The encryption code
MENU Knob each favorite page and the number in the receiver is being updated. No
To select an XM channel using the of available favorite pages can action is required. This process
MENU knob: be set. should take no longer than
30 seconds.
Turn the MENU knob to highlight an Storing a Channel as a Favorite
XM channel. The channel is Loading XM: The audio system is
To store the channel to a position in acquiring and processing audio and
selected after a short delay. the list, press and hold the text data. No action is needed. This
To select a channel using the menu: corresponding 1 to 6 button until the message should disappear shortly.
channel can be heard again.
1. Turn the MENU knob and select Channel Off Air: This channel is
Channel List. Retrieving Channels not currently in service. Tune in to
2. Select the desired channel. Press the FAV button to open a another channel.
favorite page or to change to Channel Unauth: This channel is
Selecting a Channel Using the another favorite page. Briefly press
Menu System blocked or cannot be received with
one of the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve your SiriusXM Subscription
1. Turn the MENU knob. the channel. package.
2. Select XM Category List. XM Messages Channel Unavailable: This
3. Select the category. XL (Explicit Language previously assigned channel is no
Channels): These channels, or any longer assigned. Tune to another
4. Select the channel. station.
others, can be blocked by request,
Storing an SiriusXM Channel by calling 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.), No Artist Info: The system is
as a Favorite and 1-877-209-0079 (Canada). working properly. No artist
Channels from all bands can be information is available at this time
stored in any order in the favorite on this channel.
pages.
No Title Info: The system is CAT Not Found: The system is infotainment system. The
working properly. No song title working properly. There are no infotainment system does not
information is available at this time channels available for the selected operate if it is stolen or moved to a
on this channel. category. different vehicle.
No CAT Info: The system is XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0,
working properly. No category this message alternates with the Satellite Radio Antenna
information is available at this time SiriusXM Radio eight-digit radio ID The SiriusXM Satellite Radio
on this channel. label. This label is needed to antenna is located on the roof of the
No Information: The system is activate the service. vehicle. Keep the antenna clear of
working properly. No text or Unknown: If this message is obstructions for clear radio
informational messages are received when tuned to channel 0, reception.
available at this time on this there could be a receiver fault. If the vehicle has a sunroof, the
channel. Consult with your dealer. performance of the XM system may
No Subscription Please Renew: Check Antenna: If this message be affected if the sunroof is open.
SiriusXM subscription needs to be does not clear within a short period
reactivated. Contact SiriusXM at of time, the receiver could have a Multi-Band Antenna
www.siriusxm.com or call fault. Consult with your dealer. The multi-band antenna is on the
1-866-635-2349 (U.S.) and XM Not Available: If this message roof of the vehicle. The antenna is
www.xmradio.ca or call does not clear within a short period used for the AM-FM radio, OnStar,
1-877-209-0079 (Canada). of time, the receiver could have a the SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
No XM Signal: The system is fault. Consult with your dealer. System, and GPS (Global
working properly. The vehicle may Positioning System), if the vehicle
be in a location where the SiriusXM Radio Reception has these features. Keep the
signal is being blocked. When the antenna clear of obstructions for
vehicle is moved into an open area, The theft-deterrent feature works by clear reception.
the signal should return. learning a portion of the Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) to the
Audio Players mild neutral detergent solution Control Buttons

mixed with water, and clean it. Wipe
The buttons used to control the CD
the disc from the center to the
CD Player outer edge.
player are:
The CD player can play audio CDs CD/AUX: Press to use the CD
Care of the CD Player player.
and MP3 CDs.
Do not add a label to a disc, as it l or g : Press to select tracks or
The CD player will not play could get caught in the CD player.
8 cm (3 in) CDs. to fast forward or rewind within a
If a label is needed, label the top of track.
Care of CDs the recorded disc with a
marking pen. INFO: Press to display additional
Sound quality can be reduced due information about the current track
to disc quality, recording method, Do not use disc lens cleaners that may be available.
quality of the music recorded, and because they could contaminate the
how the disc has been handled. lens of the disc optics and damage MENU: Turn to enter the menu.
Handle discs carefully and store the CD player. SELECT: Press to select an item.
them in their original cases or other Notice: If a label is added to a
protective cases away from direct
Y (Eject): Press to eject the disc.
CD, more than one CD is inserted
sunlight and dust. If the bottom into the slot at a time, or an Inserting a CD
surface of a disc is damaged, the attempt is made to play scratched
disc may not play properly or at all. With the printed side facing up,
or damaged CDs, the CD player insert a disc into the CD slot until it
Do not touch the bottom surface of could be damaged. While using
a disc while handling it; this could is drawn in.
the CD player, use only CDs in
damage the surface. Pick up discs good condition without any label, Removing a CD
by grasping the outer edges or the load one CD at a time, and keep
edge of the hole and the outer edge. the CD player and the loading slot Press Y.
If the bottom surface of a disc is free of foreign materials, liquids, The disc is pushed out of the
dirty, take a soft lint-free cloth, and debris. CD slot.
or dampen a clean soft cloth in a
If the disc is not removed after it is Playing Tracks in Random Order Searching for MP3 Tracks
ejected, it is pulled back in after a Turn the MENU knob and then set The search feature may take some
few seconds. Shuffle Songs to On. time to display the information after
Playing a CD or MP3 CD reading the disc due to the amount
Fast Forward and Rewind of information stored on the disc.
Press the CD/AUX button if there is
Press and hold l or g to fast FM automatically plays while the
a disc in the player; it begins disc is being read.
playing. forward or rewind within the current
track. Tracks can be searched by:
Information about the disc and
current track is shown on the Selecting an MP3 Track . Playlists
display depending on the data Using the control buttons: . Artists
stored.
. Press g or l to select the . Albums
Selecting a CD Track previous or next track. . Song Titles
Using the control buttons: Using the CD Menu: . Genres
. Press g or l to select the 1. Turn the MENU knob. . Folder View
previous or next track.
2. Select Playlists/Folders. To search for tracks:
Using the CD Menu:
3. Select the playlist or folder. 1. Turn the MENU knob.
1. Turn the MENU knob.
4. Select the track. 2. Select Search.
2. Select Tracks list.
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,
3. Select the track. Song Titles, Genres,
or Folder View.
4. Select the track.
Auxiliary Devices 3.5 mm Jack Not all iPods, PFDs, USB drives,
and Zunes are compatible with the
The optional AUX input allows Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to
infotainment system. Devices are
portable devices to connect to the the auxiliary input jack to use a
also charged while plugged into the
vehicle using the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) portable audio player.
USB port.
auxiliary jack or USB port. Playback of an audio device that is
connected to the 3.5 mm jack can Connecting and Controlling
Portable devices are controlled by
using the menu system described in only be controlled using the controls an iPod™
Operation on page 7‑4. on the device. Not all iPods can be controlled by
Adjusting the Volume the infotainment system.
Turn the O knob to adjust the Connecting an iPod

volume of the infotainment system Connect the iPod to the USB port.
after the volume level has been set
Searching for a Track
on the portable audio device.
Tracks that are found can be
USB Port searched for by:
For vehicles with a USB port, the . Playlists
following devices may be connected
and controlled by the infotainment
. Artists
system. . Albums
. iPods . Song Titles
1. USB Port
. PlaysForSure Devices (PFDs) . Podcasts
2. 3.5 mm Auxiliary Input Jack
. USB Drives . Genres
The USB/AUX input port is located
in the center stack behind the radio.
. Zunes™ . Audiobooks
. Composers
To search for tracks: Off: Starts playback from the 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,
1. Turn the MENU knob. beginning of the current track after Song Titles, Podcasts,
the last track finishes. or Genres.
2. Select Search.
Connecting and Controlling a 4. Select the track.
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,
PlaysForSure Device (PFD) Shuffle Functionality
Song Titles, Podcasts, Genres,
Audiobooks, or Composers. or Zune™
Turn the MENU knob and set
4. Select the track. Connecting a PFD or Zune Shuffle Songs (Random) to On
Connect the PFD or Zune to the or Off.
Shuffle
USB port. On: Plays current tracks in random
Turn the MENU knob and set order.
Shuffle Songs (Random) to On or Searching for a Track
Off, then press the BACK button to Off: Plays current tracks in
Tracks can be searched for by: sequential order.
return to the main screen. . Playlists
On: Plays tracks in the current Repeat Functionality
. Artists
folder in random order. Turn the MENU knob and set
Off: Plays tracks in the current
. Albums Repeat to On or Off.
folder in sequential order. . Song Titles Repeat On: Repeats the current
Repeat . Podcasts track.
Turn the MENU knob and set . Genres Repeat Off: Starts playback from
Repeat to On or Off, then press the the beginning of the current track
To search for tracks: after the last track finishes.
BACK button to return to the main
screen. 1. Turn the MENU knob.
On: Repeats the current track. 2. Select Search.
Connecting and Controlling a Tracks can be searched for by: Shuffle Functionality
USB Drive . Playlists* Turn the MENU knob and set
The infotainment system can only . Artists Shuffle Songs (Random) to On
play back .mp3 and .wma files from or Off.
a USB drive.
. Albums
On: Plays current tracks in random
. Song Titles
Only the first 10,000 songs are order.
recognized on the device. . Genres Off: Plays current tracks in
When a device is not supported, the . Folder View sequential order.
message “No supported data found. Repeat Functionality
*This only displays if a playlist is
You can safely disconnect the
found on the device. Turn the MENU knob and set
device” appears.
To search for tracks: Repeat to On or Off.
Connecting a USB Drive
1. Turn the MENU knob. Repeat On: Repeats the current
Connect the USB drive to the track.
USB port. 2. Select Search.
Repeat Off: Starts playback from
Searching for a Track 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, the beginning of the current track
Song Titles, Genres, after the last track finishes.
It is normal for the search feature to or Folder View.
take some time to display the
information after reading the device 4. Select the track.
due to the amount of information
stored.
Files that do not have any meta
data stored in the ID3 tag display as
Unknown.

. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
Phone The system may not work with
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system
can use a Bluetooth‐capable cell
all cell phones. See “Pairing” in phone with a Hands‐Free Profile to
Bluetooth (Overview) this section for more information. make and receive phone calls. The
For vehicles equipped with . If the cell phone has voice infotainment system and voice
Bluetooth capability, the system can dialing capability, learn to use recognition are used to control the
interact with many cell phones, that feature to access the system. The system can be used
allowing: address book or contact list. See while in ON/RUN or ACC/
“Voice Pass-Thru” in this section ACCESSORY. The range of the
. Placement and receipt of calls in Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m
a hands-free mode. for more information.
(30 ft). Not all phones support all
. Sharing of the cell phone’s
. See “Storing and Deleting Phone functions and not all phones work
address book or contact list with Numbers” in this section for with the Bluetooth system. See
the vehicle. more information. www.gm.com/bluetooth for more
information about compatible
To minimize driver distraction,
before driving, and with the vehicle
{ WARNING phones.
parked: When using a cell phone, it can Bluetooth Controls
. Become familiar with the be distracting to look too long or Use the buttons located on the
features of the cell phone. too often at the screen of the infotainment system and the
Organize the phone book and phone or the infotainment steering wheel to operate the
contact lists clearly and delete (navigation) system. Taking your Bluetooth system.
duplicate or rarely used entries. eyes off the road too long or too
If possible, program speed dial often could cause a crash Steering Wheel Controls
or other shortcuts. resulting in injury or death. Focus b / g (Push To Talk): Press to
. Review the controls and your attention on driving. answer incoming calls, confirm
operation of the infotainment system information, and start voice
system. recognition.
$ / i (End Call/Mute): Press to Audio System Bluetooth (Infotainment

end a call, reject a call, or cancel an When using the Bluetooth system, Controls)
operation. sound comes through the vehicle's
For information about how to
Infotainment System Controls front audio system speakers and
navigate the menu system using the
overrides the audio system. Use the
For information about how to infotainment controls, see Operation
VOL/ O knob during a call to on page 7‑4.
navigate the menu system using the
infotainment controls, see Operation change the volume level. The
adjusted volume level remains in Pairing
on page 7‑4.
memory for later calls. The system A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
5 \ > (Phone):Press to enter the maintains a minimum volume level. must be paired to the Bluetooth
Phone main menu.
Other Information system and then connected to the
Voice Recognition vehicle before it can be used. See
The Bluetooth® word mark and your cell phone manufacturer's user
The voice recognition system uses logos are owned by the Bluetooth® guide for Bluetooth functions before
commands to control the system SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
and dial phone numbers. by General Motors is under license. phone is not connected, calls will be
Noise: The system may not Other trademarks and trade names made using OnStar Hands-Free
recognize voice commands if there are those of their respective owners. Calling, if available. See OnStar
is too much background noise. See Radio Frequency Statement on Overview on page 14‑1 for more
When to Speak: A tone sounds to page 13‑15 for information information.
indicate that the system is ready for regarding Part 15 of the Federal Pairing Information
a voice command. Wait for the tone Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and Industry Canada . A Bluetooth phone with MP3
and then speak.
Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. capability cannot be paired to
How to Speak: Speak clearly in a the vehicle as a phone and an
calm and natural voice. MP3 player at the same time.

. Up to five cell phones can be 4. Select Pair Device (Phone). Listing All Paired and Connected
paired to the Bluetooth system. A four-digit Personal Phones
. The pairing process is disabled Identification Number (PIN) 1. Press the CONFIG button.
when the vehicle is moving. appears on the display. The PIN
is used in Step 6. 2. Select Phone Settings.
. Pairing only needs to be
completed once, unless the 5. Start the pairing process on the 3. Select Bluetooth.
pairing information on the cell cell phone to be paired to the 4. Select Device List.
phone changes or the cell phone vehicle. See the cell phone
is deleted from the system. manufacturer's user guide for Deleting a Paired Phone
information on this process. 1. Press the CONFIG button.
. Only one paired cell phone can
be connected to the Bluetooth 6. Locate the device named “Your 2. Select Phone Settings.
system at a time. Vehicle” in the list on the cell
phone. Follow the instructions 3. Select Bluetooth.
. If multiple paired cell phones are on the cell phone to enter the 4. Select Device List.
within range of the system, the PIN provided in Step 4. After the
system connects to the first 5. Select the phone to delete and
PIN is successfully entered, the
available paired cell phone in the follow the on screen prompts.
system prompts you to provide a
order that they were first paired name for the paired cell phone. Linking to a Different Phone
to the system. To link to a This name will be used to
different paired phone, see To link to a different phone, the new
indicate which phones are
“Linking to a Different Phone” phone must be in the vehicle and
paired and connected to the
later in this section. available to be connected to the
vehicle. The system responds
Bluetooth system before the
Pairing a Phone with “<Phone name> has been
process is started.
successfully paired” after the
1. Press the CONFIG button. pairing process is complete. 1. Press the CONFIG button.
2. Select Phone Settings. 7. Repeat Steps 1 through 6 to pair 2. Select Phone Settings.
3. Select Bluetooth. additional phones. 3. Select Bluetooth.
4. Select Device List. The Call Lists menu allows you to 3. Select the Incoming Calls,
5. Select the new phone to link to access the phone numbers from the Outgoing Calls, or Missed
and follow the on screen Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and Calls list.
prompts. Missed Calls menus on your cell 4. Select the name or number you
phone to make a call. want to call.
If delete is selected, the
highlighted phone will be To make a call using the Phone
Book menu: Making a Call
deleted.
To make a call:
Making a Call Using 1. Press 5 \ >.
Phone Book 2. Select Phone Book. 1. Press 5 \ >.
For cell phones that support the 3. Search through the list by 2. Enter the character sequence.
phone book feature, the Bluetooth selecting the letter group the See “Entering a Character
system can use the contacts stored phone book entry begins with, Sequence” in Operation on
on your cell phone to make calls. or press the MENU button to page 7‑4.
See your cell phone's owner's guide scroll through the entire list of 3. Select Call to start dialing the
or contact your wireless provider to names/numbers in the number.
find out if this feature is supported phone book.
by your phone. Accepting or Declining a Call
4. Select the name or number you
When a cell phone supports the want to call. When an incoming call is received,
phone book feature, the Phone the infotainment system mutes and
To make a call using the Call a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
Book and Call Lists menus are Lists menu:
automatically available. Accepting a Call
The Phone Book menu allows you 1. Press 5 \ >.
Turn the MENU knob to “Answer”
to access the phone book stored in 2. Select Call Lists. and press the MENU knob to accept
the cell phone to make a call. the call.
Declining a Call Conference Calling Muting a Call

Turn the MENU knob to “Decline” Conference calling and three-way To Mute a Call
and press the MENU knob to calling must be supported on the
decline the call. Bluetooth phone and enabled by the Turn or press the MENU knob and
wireless service carrier to work. select Mute Call.
Call Waiting
To start a conference while in a To Cancel Mute
Call waiting must be supported on current call:
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by Turn or press the MENU knob and
the wireless service carrier to work. 1. Turn or press the MENU knob. select Mute Call.
Accepting a Call 2. Select Enter Number. Dual Tone Multi-Frequency

3. Enter the character sequence (DTMF) Tones
Turn the MENU knob to “Answer”
and press the MENU knob to accept then select Call. See “Entering a The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can
the call. Character Sequence” in send numbers during a call. This is
Operation on page 7‑4. used when calling a menu-driven
Declining a Call phone system.
4. After the call has been placed,
Turn the MENU knob to “Decline” turn or press the MENU knob 1. Turn or press the MENU knob
and press the MENU knob to and choose Merge Calls. and select Enter Number.
decline the call.
5. To add more callers to the 2. Enter the character sequence.
Switching Between Calls (Call conference call, repeat Steps 1 See “Entering a Character
Waiting Calls Only) through 4. The number of callers Sequence” in Operation on
To switch between calls: that can be added is limited by page 7‑4 for more information.
your wireless service carrier.
1. Turn or press the MENU knob.
Ending a Call
2. Select Switch Call from
the menu. Turn or press the MENU knob and
select Hang Up.
Bluetooth (Voice Pairing Information Pairing a Phone

Recognition) . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 1. Press b / g. The system
capability cannot be paired to responds “Ready,” followed by
Using Voice Recognition the vehicle as a phone and an a tone.
To use voice recognition, press MP3 player at the same time.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
the b / g button located on the . Up to five cell phones can be
steering wheel. Use the commands paired to the Bluetooth system. 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds
below for the various voice features. with instructions and a four-digit
. The pairing process is disabled Personal Identification Number
For additional information, say when the vehicle is moving.
“Help” while you are in a voice (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5.
recognition menu.
. Pairing only needs to be 4. Start the pairing process on the
completed once, unless the cell phone that you want to pair.
Pairing pairing information on the cell For help with this process, see
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone phone changes or the cell phone your cell phone manufacturer's
must be paired to the Bluetooth is deleted from the system. user guide.
system and then connected to the . Only one paired cell phone can 5. Locate the device named “Your
vehicle before it can be used. See be connected to the Bluetooth Vehicle” in the list on the cell
your cell phone manufacturer's user system at a time. phone. Follow the instructions
guide for Bluetooth functions before . If multiple paired cell phones are on the cell phone to enter the
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth within range of the system, the PIN provided in Step 3. After the
phone is not connected, calls will be system connects to the first PIN is successfully entered, the
made using OnStar Hands-Free available paired cell phone in the system prompts you to provide a
Calling, if available. See OnStar order that they were first paired name for the paired cell phone.
Overview on page 14‑1 for more to the system. To link to a This name will be used to
information. different paired phone, see indicate which phones are
“Linking to a Different Phone” paired and connected to the
later in this section. vehicle. The system responds
with “<Phone name> has been 2. Say “Bluetooth.”

. If another cell phone is not
successfully paired” after the found, the original phone
3. Say “Delete.” The system asks remains connected.
pairing process is complete. for which phone to delete.
6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to pair 4. Say the name of the phone you Storing and Deleting Phone
additional phones. want to delete. Numbers
Listing All Paired and Connected The system can store up to 30
Connecting to a Different Phone
Phones phone numbers as name tags in the
To connect to a different cell phone, Hands-Free Directory that is shared
The system can list all cell phones the Bluetooth system looks for the
paired to it. If a paired cell phone is between the Bluetooth and OnStar
next available cell phone in the systems.
also connected to the vehicle, the order in which all the available cell
system responds with “is connected” phones were paired. Depending on The following commands are used
after that phone name. to delete and store phone numbers.
which cell phone you want to
1. Press b / g. The system connect to, you may have to use Store: This command will store a
responds “Ready,” followed by this command several times. phone number, or a group of
a tone. numbers as a name tag.
1. Press b / g. The system
2. Say “Bluetooth.” responds “Ready,” followed by Digit Store: This command allows
a tone. a phone number to be stored as a
3. Say “List.” name tag by entering the digits one
2. Say “Bluetooth.” at a time.
Deleting a Paired Phone
3. Say “Change phone.” Delete: This command is used to
If the phone name you want to
delete is unknown, see “Listing All . If another cell phone is delete individual name tags.
Paired and Connected Phones.” found, the response will be
“<Phone name> is now
1. Press b / g. The system connected.”
responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone.
Delete All Name Tags: This To hear all of the numbers Using the “Delete All Name Tags”
command deletes all stored name recognized by the system, say Command
tags in the Hands-Free Calling “Verify” at any time. This command deletes all stored
Directory and the Destinations name tags in the Hands-Free
Directory. 1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by Calling Directory and the
Using the “Store” Command a tone. Destinations Directory.
1. Press b / g. The system 2. Say “Digit Store.” To delete all name tags:
responds “Ready,” followed by 3. Say each digit, one at a time, 1. Press b / g. The system
a tone. that you want to store. After responds “Ready,” followed by
2. Say “Store.” each digit is entered, the system a tone.
repeats back the digit it heard 2. Say “Delete all name tags.”
3. Say the phone number or group followed by a tone. After the last
of numbers you want to store all
at once with no pauses, then
digit has been entered, say Listing Stored Numbers
“Store,” and then follow the
follow the directions given by the The list command will list all the
directions given by the system to
system to save a name tag for stored numbers and name tags.
save a name tag for this number.
this number.
Using the “List” Command
Using the “Delete” Command
Using the “Digit Store” Command
1. Press b / g. The system
If an unwanted number is 1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by
recognized by the system, say responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone.
“Clear” at any time to clear the last a tone.
number. 2. Say “Directory.”
2. Say “Delete.”
3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.”
3. Say the name tag you want to
delete. 4. Say “List.”
Making a Call Calling 911 Emergency 2. Say “Digit Dial.”

Calls can be made using the 1. Press b / g. The system 3. Say each digit, one at a time,
following commands. responds “Ready,” followed by that you want to dial. After each
a tone. digit is entered, the system
Dial or Call: The dial or call
repeats back the digit it heard
command can be used 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” followed by a tone. After the last
interchangeably to dial a phone
3. Say “911.” digit has been entered,
number or a stored name tag.
say “Dial.”
Digit Dial: This command allows a 4. Say “Dial” or “Call.”
Once connected, the person called
phone number to be dialed by Using the “Digit Dial” Command will be heard through the audio
entering the digits one at a time.
The digit dial command allows a speakers.
Re-dial: This command is used to phone number to be dialed by
dial the last number used on the cell Using the “Re-dial” Command
entering the digits one at a time.
phone. After each digit is entered, the 1. Press b / g. The system
Using the “Dial” or “Call” system repeats back the digit it responds “Ready,” followed by
Command heard followed by a tone. a tone.
If an unwanted number is 2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.” The
1. Press b / g. The system recognized by the system, say system dials the last number
responds “Ready,” followed by “Clear” at any time to clear the last called from the connected cell
a tone. number. phone.
2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” To hear all of the numbers Once connected, the person called
3. Say the entire number without recognized by the system, say will be heard through the audio
pausing or say the name tag. “Verify” at any time. speakers.
Once connected, the person called 1. Press b / g. The system
will be heard through the audio responds “Ready,” followed by
speakers. a tone.
Receiving a Call Three-Way Calling To mute a call, press b / g , and

When an incoming call is received, Three-way calling must be then say “Mute Call.”
the audio system mutes and a ring supported on the cell phone and To cancel mute, press b / g , and
tone is heard in the vehicle. enabled by the wireless service
then say “Un-mute Call.”
carrier.
. Press b / g to answer the call. Transferring a Call
1. While on a call, press b / g.
. Press $ / i to ignore a call. Audio can be transferred between
2. Say “Three-way call.” the Bluetooth system and the cell
Call Waiting 3. Use the dial or call command to phone.
Call waiting must be supported on dial the number of the third party The cell phone must be paired and
the cell phone and enabled by the to be called. connected with the Bluetooth
wireless service carrier.
4. Once the call is connected, system before a call can be
. Press b / g to answer an press b / g to link all callers transferred. The connection process
incoming call when another call together. can take up to two minutes after the
is active. The original call is ignition is turned to ON/RUN.
placed on hold. Ending a Call
To Transfer Audio from the
. Press b / g again to return to Press $ / i to end a call. Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone
the original call. Muting a Call During a call with the audio in the
. To ignore the incoming call, no vehicle:
During a call, all sounds from inside
action is required. the vehicle can be muted so that the 1. Press b / g.
. Press $ / i to disconnect the person on the other end of the call 2. Say “Transfer Call.”
current call and switch to the call cannot hear them.
on hold.
To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth 3. Say “Voice.” The system 2. Say “Dial.”
System from a Cell Phone responds “OK, accessing 3. Say the number or name tag
During a call with the audio on the <phone name>.” to send.
cell phone, press b / g. The audio The cell phone's normal prompt
Clearing the System
transfers to the vehicle. If the audio messages will go through their cycle
does not transfer to the vehicle, use according to the phone's operating Unless information is deleted out of
the audio transfer feature on the cell instructions. the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it
phone. See your cell phone will be retained indefinitely. This
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency includes all saved name tags in the
manufacturer's user guide for more
(DTMF) Tones phone book and phone pairing
information.
The Bluetooth system can send information. For information on how
Voice Pass-Thru numbers and the numbers stored as to delete this information, see the
Voice pass-thru allows access to the name tags during a call. You can previous sections on “Deleting a
voice recognition commands on the use this feature when calling a Paired Phone” and “Deleting
cell phone. See your cell phone menu-driven phone system. Name Tags.”
manufacturer's user guide to see if Account numbers can also be
the cell phone supports this feature. stored for use.
To access contacts stored in the cell Sending a Number or Name Tag
phone: During a Call
1. Press b / g. The system 1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone. a tone.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
Trademarks and iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, and

iPod touch are trademarks of Apple
License Agreements Inc., registered in the U.S. and other
countries.
FCC Information
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13‑15 for more information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal Manufactured under license from
Communications Commission (FCC) Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the
rules and Industry Canada double-D symbol are trademarks of
Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. Dolby Laboratories.
Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee,
taxes, one time activation fee, and
other fees may apply. Subscription
fee is consumer only. All fees and
programming subject to change.
Subscriptions subject to Customer
Agreement available at
Manufactured under license under “Made for iPod and iPhone” means www.siriusxm.com. SiriusXM®
U.S. Patent #'s: 5,451,942; that an electronic accessory has service only available in the
5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; been designed to connect 48 contiguous United States and
6,487,535 & other U.S. and specifically to iPod and has been Canada.
worldwide patents issued & certified by the developer to meet
In Canada: Some deterioration of
pending. DTS and the Symbol are Apple performance standards.
service may occur in extreme
registered trademarks and DTS iPod is a trademark of Apple northern latitudes. This is beyond
Digital Surround and the DTS logos Computer, Inc., registered in the the control of SiriusXM® Satellite
are trademarks of DTS Inc. All U.S. and other countries. Radio.
Rights Reserved.
Explicit Language Notice: Channels Furthermore, the AMBER voice

with frequent explicit language are compression software included in
indicated with an “XL” preceding the this product is protected by
channel name. Channel blocking is intellectual property rights including
available for SiriusXM Satellite patent rights, copyrights, and trade
Radio receivers by notifying secrets of Digital Voice
SiriusXM: Systems, Inc.
Music and video recognition
. USA Customers — Visit General Requirements: technology and related data are
www.siriusxm.com or call 1. A License Agreement from provided by Gracenote®. Gracenote
1-866-635-2349. SiriusXM is required for any is the industry standard in music
. Canadian Customers — Visit product that incorporates recognition technology and related
www.xmradio.ca or call SiriusXM Technology and/or for content delivery. For more
1-877-209-0079. use of any of the SiriusXM information, visit
marks to be manufactured, www.gracenote.com.
It is prohibited to copy, decompile,
disassemble, reverse engineer, distributed, or marketed in the CD, DVD, Blu-ray Disc, and
hack, manipulate, or otherwise SiriusXM service Area. music and video-related data from
make available any technology or 2. For products to be distributed, Gracenote, Inc., copyright © 2000 to
software incorporated in receivers marketed, and/or sold in present Gracenote. One or more
compatible with the SiriusXM® Canada, a separate agreement patents owned by Gracenote
Satellite Radio System or that is required with Canadian apply to this product and service.
support the SiriusXM website, the Satellite Radio Inc. (operating as See the Gracenote website for a
Online Service or any of its content. SiriusXM Canada). non-exhaustive list of applicable
Gracenote patents. Gracenote and
CDDB, MusicID, Media VOCS, the file identification and obtain will terminate if you violate these
Gracenote logo and logotype, and music-related information, including restrictions. If your license
the “Powered by Gracenote” logo name, artist, track, and title terminates, you agree to cease any
are either registered trademarks or information (“Gracenote Data”) from and all use of the Gracenote Data,
trademarks of Gracenote in the online servers or embedded the Gracenote Software, and
United States and/or other databases (collectively, “Gracenote Gracenote Servers.
countries. Servers”) and to perform other Gracenote reserves all rights in
If you require more information functions. You may use Gracenote Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
regarding the use of the Data only by means of the intended Software, and the Gracenote
Gracenote Service, visit: End-User functions of this Servers, including all ownership
www.gracenote.com/corporate. application or device. You agree that rights.
you will use Gracenote Data, the
For the data provided by Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Under no circumstances will
Gracenote® Music Recognition Servers for your own personal Gracenote become liable for any
Service, the content is not non-commercial use only. You agree payment to you for any information
necessarily guaranteed 100%. not to assign, copy, transfer or that you provide. You agree that
Regarding the use of Gracenote transmit the Gracenote Software or Gracenote, Inc. may enforce its
Music Recognition Service, when any Gracenote Data to any third rights under this Agreement against
this product is used, it is necessary party. you directly in its own name.
to agree to the following articles. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR The Gracenote service uses a
EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE unique identifier to track queries for
Gracenote® End User License statistical purposes.
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR
This application or device contains GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT The purpose of a randomly
software from Gracenote, Inc. of AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED assigned numeric identifier is to
Emeryville, California (“Gracenote”). HEREIN. You agree that your allow the Gracenote service to
The software from Gracenote (the non-exclusive license to use the count queries without knowing
“Gracenote Software”) enables this Gracenote Data, the Gracenote anything about who you are.
application to perform disc and/or Software, and Gracenote Servers
For more information, see the web Gracenote is not obligated to

page for the Gracenote Privacy provide you with new enhanced or
Policy for the Gracenote service. additional data types or categories
The Gracenote Software and each that Gracenote may provide in the
item of Gracenote Data are licensed future and is free to discontinue its
to you “AS IS.” Gracenote makes no services at any time.
representations or warranties, Gracenote disclaims all warranties
express or implied, regarding the express or implied, including, but
accuracy of any Gracenote Data not limited to, implied warranties of
from in the Gracenote Servers. merchantability, fitness for a
Gracenote reserves the right to particular purpose, title, and
delete data from the Gracenote non-infringement. Gracenote does
Servers or to change data not warrant the results that will be
categories for any cause that obtained by your use of the
Gracenote deems sufficient. Gracenote Software or any
Gracenote Server. In no case will
No warranty is made that the Gracenote be liable for any
Gracenote Software or Gracenote consequential or incidental
Servers are error-free or that damages or for any lost profits or
functioning of Gracenote Software lost revenues.
or Gracenote Servers will be
uninterrupted.
Climate Controls 8-1
Climate Controls Climate Control 6. Driver and Passenger Heated

Seats (If Equipped)
Systems 7. Rear Window Defogger
Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, defrosting, and 8. Defog
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1 ventilation for the vehicle can be
Automatic Climate Control controlled with these systems. 9. Defrost
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Vehicles with Air Conditioning
Vehicles without Air Conditioning
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
1. Temperature Control 1. Temperature Control

2. Bi-level Air Mode 2. Bi-level Air Mode
3. Floor Air Mode 3. Floor Air Mode
4. Vent Air Mode 4. Vent Air Mode
5. Fan Control 5. Fan Control
8-2 Climate Controls
6. Driver and Passenger Heated W (Defog): Clears the windows of It helps to quickly cool the air inside
Seats (If Equipped) fog or moisture. Air is directed to the the vehicle or prevent outside air
7. Rear Window Defogger windshield and floor outlets. and odors from entering.
8. Recirculation 0 (Defrost): Clears the Rear Window Defogger

windshield of fog or frost more 1 (Rear Defogger): Press to turn
9. Defog quickly. Air is directed to the the rear window defogger on or off.
10. Air Conditioning windshield and side window outlets. The rear window defogger turns off
11. Defrost For best results, clear all snow and after about 10 minutes. It can also
ice from the windshield before be turned off by turning the ignition
Fan Control: Turn to increase or
defrosting. to ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/
decrease the fan speed.
Do not drive the vehicle until all the OFF. If turned on again it runs for
Temperature Control: Turn to about five minutes before
windows are clear.
increase or decrease the turning off.
temperature. Air Conditioning Do not drive the vehicle until all the
Air Delivery Mode Control: To # (Air Conditioning, If windows are clear.
change the current mode, press one Equipped): Press to turn the air Notice: Do not use a razor blade
of the following: conditioning on or off. If the fan is or sharp object to clear the inside
F (Vent): Air is directed to the turned off or the outside rear window. Do not adhere
instrument panel outlets. temperature falls below freezing, the anything to the defogger grid
air conditioning compressor will lines in the rear glass. These
* (Bi-level): Air is directed to the not work.
instrument panel outlets and the actions may damage the rear
floor outlets. h (Recirculation, If Equipped): defogger. Repairs would not be
Press to turn on the recirculation. covered by your warranty.
7 (Floor): Air is directed to the An indicator light comes on. Air is
floor outlets. recirculated inside the vehicle.
Heated Seats (If Equipped): Press 4. Defrost To place the system in automatic
to turn the heated seats on or off. 5. Fan Control mode do the following:
See Heated Front Seats on 1. Press AUTO.
page 3‑6 6. Driver and Passenger Heated
Seats (If Equipped) 2. Set the temperature. Allow the
Automatic Climate 7. Power system time to stabilize. Then
adjust the temperature as
Control System 8. Recirculation needed for best comfort.
The heating, cooling, and ventilation 9. MODE (Air Delivery Mode) English units can be changed to
for the vehicle can be controlled metric units through the Driver
with this system. 10. AQS (Air Quality Sensor)
Information Center (DIC). See
11. Air Conditioning Vehicle Personalization on
Automatic Operation page 5‑30.
The system automatically controls Manual Operation
the fan speed, air delivery, air O (Power): Press to turn the
conditioning, and recirculation in climate control system on or off.
order to heat or cool the vehicle to
the desired temperature. A (Fan Control): Turn the knob
clockwise or counterclockwise to
When the indicator light is on, the increase or decrease the fan speed.
system is in full automatic operation. The selected fan speed is indicated
If the air delivery mode or fan by a number on the display screen.
setting is manually adjusted, the Press AUTO to return to automatic
auto indicator turns off and displays operation.
1. Temperature Control will show the selected settings.
2. Rear Window Defogger
3. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
MODE (Air Delivery Mode): Press # (Air Conditioning): Press to AQS (Air Quality Sensor): For
to change the direction of the turn the automatic air conditioning vehicles with an air quality sensor,
airflow. The current mode appears on or off. If the fan is turned off or the climate control system adjusts to
in the display screen. Automatic the outside temperature falls below limit some exhaust fumes from
operation is cancelled and manual freezing, the air conditioning being pulled inside your vehicle.
mode is initiated. Press AUTO to compressor will not run. Press the AQS button on the
return to automatic operation. climate control to activate the air
Press AUTO to return to automatic
To change the current mode, select operation and the air conditioner quality sensor. The air quality
one of the following: runs as needed. When the indicator sensor will not maintain recirculation
Y (Vent): Air is directed to the light is on, the air conditioner runs for an extended period to prevent
instrument panel outlets. automatically to cool the air inside the air inside the vehicle from
the vehicle or to dry the air needed becoming too dry or stuffy.
\ (Bi-level): Air is divided to defog the windshield faster. To adjust the sensitivity of the
between the instrument panel Air Quality Control, see “Climate
outlets and the floor outlets. h (Recirculation): Press to turn and Air Quality” under Vehicle
on recirculation. An indicator light Personalization on page 5‑30.
C (Tri-level): Air is divided comes on. Air is recirculated to
between the windshield, instrument quickly cool the inside of the vehicle Auto Defog: The climate control
panel, and floor outlets. or prevent outside air and odors system may have a sensor to
[ (Floor): Air is directed to the from entering. automatically detect high humidity
floor outlets. inside the vehicle. When high
Automatic Air Recirculation: humidity is detected, the climate
- (Defog): Clears the windows of When the AUTO indicator light is control system may adjust to
fog or moisture. Air is directed to the on, the air is automatically outside air supply and turn on the
windshield and floor outlets. recirculated as needed to help air conditioner. If the climate control
quickly cool the inside of the
0 (Defrost): Clears the vehicle.
system does not detect possible
windshield of fog or frost more window fogging, it returns to normal
quickly. Air is directed to the operation. To turn Auto Defog off or
windshield.
on, see “Climate and Air Quality” For vehicles with heated outside inside of the vehicle. The rear defog
under Vehicle Personalization on rearview mirrors, they turn on when may come on during remote start
page 5‑30. the rear window defogger button is based on cold ambient conditions.
on and help to clear fog or frost from The rear defog indicator light does
Rear Window Defogger the surface of the mirrors. See not come on during a remote start.
= (Rear Window Defogger): Heated Mirrors on page 2‑12. If the vehicle has front heated seats,
Press to turn the rear window Notice: Do not try to clear frost they may come on during a remote
defogger on or off. or other material from the inside start. The heated seat indicator
of the front windshield and rear lights do not come on during a
The rear window defogger turns off
window with a razor blade or remote start. See Remote Vehicle
automatically after about
anything else that is sharp. This Start on page 2‑5 and Heated Front
10 minutes. If turned on again it
may damage the rear window Seats on page 3‑6.
runs for about five minutes before
turning off. defogger grid and affect the Sensors
radio's ability to pick up stations
The rear window defogger can be The solar sensor, located on top of
clearly. The repairs would not be
set to automatic operation; see the instrument panel near the
covered by the vehicle warranty.
“Climate and Air Quality” under windshield, monitors the solar heat.
Vehicle Personalization on Heated Seats (If Equipped): Press
page 5‑30. When auto rear defog is to turn the heated seats on or off. The climate control system uses
selected, the rear window defogger See Heated Front Seats on the sensor information to adjust
turns on automatically when the page 3‑6. the temperature, fan speed,
interior temperature is cold and the recirculation, and air delivery mode
Remote Start Climate Control for best comfort.
outside temperature is about 4°C Operation: For vehicles with the
(40°F) and below. The auto rear remote vehicle start feature, the If the sensor is covered, the
defogger turns off automatically climate control system may run automatic climate control system
after about 10 minutes. At higher when the vehicle is started remotely. may not work properly.
speeds, the rear window defogger The system uses the driver’s
may stay on continuously. previous settings to heat or cool the
Air Vents Additional air vents are located

beneath the windshield and the
Adjustable air vents are in the driver and passenger side door
center and on the side of the windows, and in the footwells.
instrument panel. These are fixed and cannot be
adjusted.
Operation Tips
. Clear away any ice, snow,
or leaves from air inlets at the
base of the windshield that could
block the flow of air into the
vehicle.
. Keep the path under the front
seats clear of objects to help
circulate the air inside of the
vehicle more effectively.
. Use of non-GM approved hood
Move the slats (1) to change the deflectors can adversely affect
direction of the airflow. Use the the performance of the system.
thumbwheels (2) near the air vents Check with your dealer before
to open or close off the airflow. adding equipment to the outside
of the vehicle.
Driving and Operating 9-1
Driving and Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 9-19 Object Detection Systems

Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-33
Operating Parking over Things Rear Vision
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20 Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Driving Information Engine Exhaust Fuel
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Running the Vehicle While Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . 9-38
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21 Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . 9-38
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 California Fuel
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Automatic Transmission Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-21 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-39
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-39
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Manual Transmission Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . 9-24 Filling a Portable Fuel
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-6 Brakes
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Antilock Brake Towing
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 9-8 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26 General Towing
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27 Driving Characteristics and
Starting and Operating Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-13 Ride Control Systems Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-45
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14 Traction Control Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . 9-16 System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17 StabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . . 9-29 Conversions and Add-Ons
Retained Accessory Add-On Electrical
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18 Cruise Control Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
9-2 Driving and Operating

. Designate a front seat
Driving Information passenger to handle potential { WARNING
distractions.
Distracted Driving . Become familiar with vehicle
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often could cause a
Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as
and can take your focus from the crash resulting in injury or death.
programming favorite radio
task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate Focus your attention on driving.
judgment and do not let other control and seat settings.
activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into Defensive Driving
from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to
governments have enacted laws driving. Defensive driving means “always
regarding driver distraction. Become expect the unexpected.” The first
. Wait until the vehicle is parked step in driving defensively is to wear
familiar with the local laws in
to retrieve items that have fallen the safety belt. See Safety Belts on
your area.
to the floor. page 3‑15.
To avoid distracted driving, always . Stop or park the vehicle to tend . Assume that other road users
keep your eyes on the road, hands
to children. (pedestrians, bicyclists, and
on the wheel, and mind on the drive.
. Keep pets in an appropriate other drivers) are going to be
. Do not use a phone in careless and make mistakes.
carrier or restraint.
demanding driving situations. Anticipate what they might do
Use a hands-free method to . Avoid stressful conversations
and be ready.
place or receive necessary while driving, whether with a
phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone. . Allow enough following distance
.
between you and the driver in
Watch the road. Do not read, front of you.
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other . Focus on the task of driving.
electronic devices.
Drunk Driving Braking power brake assist but it will be

used when the brake is applied.
Death and injury associated with Braking action involves perception Once the power assist is used up, it
drinking and driving is a global time and reaction time. Deciding to can take longer to stop and the
tragedy. push the brake pedal is perception brake pedal will be harder to push.
time. Actually doing it is
{ WARNING reaction time. Steering
Average driver reaction time is
Drinking and then driving is very about three-quarters of a second. In Electric Power Steering
dangerous. Your reflexes, that time, a vehicle moving at The vehicle has electric power
perceptions, attentiveness, and 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m steering. It does not have power
judgment can be affected by even (66 ft), which could be a lot of steering fluid. Regular maintenance
a small amount of alcohol. You distance in an emergency. is not required.
can have a serious — or even
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind If power steering assist is lost due
fatal — collision if you drive after
include: to a system malfunction, the vehicle
drinking.
. Keep enough distance between can be steered, but may require
Do not drink and drive or ride with you and the vehicle in front increased effort. See your dealer if
a driver who has been drinking. of you. there is a problem.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are If the steering wheel is turned until it
with a group, designate a driver
. Avoid needless heavy braking.
reaches the end of its travel and is
who will not drink. . Keep pace with traffic. held against that position for an
If the engine ever stops while the extended period of time, power
Control of a Vehicle vehicle is being driven, brake steering assist may be reduced.
normally but do not pump the Normal use of the power steering
Braking, steering, and accelerating brakes. Doing so could make the assist should return when the
are important factors in helping to pedal harder to push down. If the system cools down.
control a vehicle while driving. engine stops, there will be some
See specific vehicle steering

. The Antilock Brake System 2. Turn the steering wheel about
messages under Service Vehicle (ABS) allows steering while one-eighth of a turn, until the
Messages on page 5‑28. braking. right front tire contacts the
See your dealer if there is a pavement edge.
problem.
Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go
straight down the roadway.
Curve Tips
. Take curves at a reasonable Loss of Control
speed.
Skidding
. Reduce speed before entering a
curve. There are three types of skids that
correspond to the vehicle's three
. Maintain a reasonable steady control systems:
speed through the curve.
. Braking Skid — wheels are not
. Wait until the vehicle is out of rolling.
the curve before accelerating
gently into the straightaway. . Steering or Cornering Skid —
too much speed or steering in a
Steering in Emergencies The vehicle's right wheels can drop curve causes tires to slip and
. There are some situations when off the edge of a road onto the lose cornering force.
steering around a problem may shoulder while driving. Follow . Acceleration Skid — too much
be more effective than braking. these tips: throttle causes the driving
. Holding both sides of the 1. Ease off the accelerator and wheels to spin.
steering wheel allows you to turn then, if there is nothing in the
180 degrees without removing way, steer the vehicle so that it
a hand. straddles the edge of the
pavement.
Defensive drivers avoid most skids

. Try to avoid sudden steering,
by taking reasonable care suited to acceleration, or braking, WARNING (Continued)
existing conditions, and by not including reducing vehicle speed
overdriving those conditions. But by shifting to a lower gear. Any After driving through a large
skids are always possible. sudden changes could cause puddle of water or a car/vehicle
the tires to slide. wash, lightly apply the brake
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow pedal until the brakes work
these suggestions: Remember: Antilock brakes help
avoid only the braking skid. normally.
. Ease your foot off the Flowing or rushing water creates
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
Driving on Wet Roads strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the
The vehicle may straighten out. Rain and wet roads can reduce
Be ready for a second skid if it vehicle traction and affect your vehicle to be carried away. If this
occurs. ability to stop and accelerate. happens, you and other vehicle
Always drive slower in these types occupants could drown. Do not
. Slow down and adjust your ignore police warnings and be
driving according to weather of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and very cautious about trying to drive
conditions. Stopping distance through flowing water.
can be longer and vehicle deep‐standing or flowing water.
control can be affected when
traction is reduced by water, { WARNING Hydroplaning
snow, ice, gravel, or other Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
material on the road. Learn to Wet brakes can cause crashes.
They might not work as well in a can build up under the vehicle's
recognize warning clues — such tires so they actually ride on the
as enough water, ice, or packed quick stop and could cause
pulling to one side. You could water. This can happen if the road is
snow on the road to make a wet enough and you are going fast
mirrored surface — and slow lose control of the vehicle.
enough. When the vehicle is
down when you have any doubt. (Continued) hydroplaning, it has little or no
contact with the road.
There is no hard and fast rule about Other driving tips include:
hydroplaning. The best advice is to . Keep the vehicle well ventilated.
{ WARNING
slow down when the road is wet.
. Keep the interior If you do not shift down, the
Other Rainy Weather Tips temperature cool. brakes could get so hot that they
Besides slowing down, other wet .
would not work well. You would
Keep your eyes moving — scan
weather driving tips include: then have poor braking or even
the road ahead and to the sides.
none going down a hill. You could
. Allow extra following distance. . Check the rearview mirror and crash. Shift down to let the engine
. Pass with caution. vehicle instruments often. assist the brakes on a steep
. Keep windshield wiping downhill slope.
equipment in good shape.
Hill and Mountain Roads
. Keep the windshield washer fluid Driving on steep hills or through
reservoir filled. mountains is different than driving
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for
{ WARNING
. Have good tires with proper driving in these conditions include: Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
tread depth. See Tires on or with the ignition off is
page 10‑37.
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in
good shape. dangerous. The brakes will have
. Turn off cruise control. to do all the work of slowing down
. Check all fluid levels and brakes,
and they could get so hot that
tires, cooling system, and
Highway Hypnosis transmission. they would not work well. You
Always be alert and pay attention to would then have poor braking or
. Shift to a lower gear when going even none going down a hill.
your surroundings while driving. down steep or long hills.
If you become tired or sleepy, find a Steering may also be affected
safe place to park the vehicle when ignition is off. You could
and rest. (Continued)
Wet ice can occur at about 0°C shaded areas. The surface of a
WARNING (Continued) (32°F) when freezing rain begins to curve or an overpass can remain icy
fall, resulting in even less traction. when the surrounding roads are
crash. Always have the engine Avoid driving on wet ice or in clear. Avoid sudden steering
running and the vehicle in gear freezing rain until roads can be maneuvers and braking while
when going downhill. treated with salt or sand. on ice.
Drive with caution, whatever the Turn off cruise control on slippery
. Stay in your own lane. Do not condition. Accelerate gently so surfaces.
swing wide or cut across the traction is not lost. Accelerating too
center of the road. Drive at quickly causes the wheels to spin Blizzard Conditions
speeds that let you stay in your and makes the surface under the Being stuck in snow can be a
own lane. tires slick, so there is even less serious situation. Stay with the
. Be alert on top of hills; traction. vehicle unless there is help
something could be in your lane Try not to break the fragile traction. nearby. If possible, use Roadside
(stalled car, accident). If you accelerate too fast, the drive Assistance. See Roadside
. wheels will spin and polish the Assistance Program on page 13‑5.
Pay attention to special road
surface under the tires even more. To get help and keep everyone in
signs (falling rocks area, winding
the vehicle safe:
roads, long grades, passing or The Antilock Brake System (ABS) . Turn on the hazard warning
no-passing zones) and take improves vehicle stability during
appropriate action. hard stops on slippery roads, but flashers.
apply the brakes sooner than when . Tie a red cloth to an outside
Winter Driving on dry pavement. See Antilock mirror.
Brake System (ABS) on page 9‑26.
Driving on Snow or Ice
Allow greater following distance on
Drive carefully when there is snow any slippery road and watch for
or ice between the tires and the slippery spots. Icy patches can
road, creating less traction or grip. occur on otherwise clear roads in
If it takes some time for help to

{ WARNING WARNING (Continued) arrive, now and then when you run
the engine, push the accelerator
Snow can trap engine exhaust . Fully open the air outlets on pedal slightly so the engine runs
under the vehicle. This may or under the instrument faster than the idle speed. This
cause exhaust gases to get panel. keeps the battery charged to restart
inside. Engine exhaust contains . Adjust the climate control the vehicle and to signal for help
carbon monoxide (CO) which system to a setting that with the headlamps. Do this as little
cannot be seen or smelled. It can circulates the air inside the as possible to save fuel.
cause unconsciousness and even vehicle and set the fan speed
death. to the highest setting. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck
If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: “Climate Control Systems” in
the Index. Slowly and cautiously spin the
. Clear away snow from around wheels to free the vehicle when
the base of your vehicle, For more information about stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
especially any that is blocking carbon monoxide, see Engine
If stuck too severely for the traction
the exhaust pipe. Exhaust on page 9‑20.
system to free the vehicle, turn the
. Check again from time to traction system off and use the
time to be sure snow does To save fuel, run the engine for only rocking method. See Traction
not collect there. short periods as needed to warm Control System (TCS) on
the vehicle and then shut the engine page 9‑28.
. Open a window about 5 cm off and close the window most of
(2 in) on the side of the
vehicle that is away from the
the way to save heat. Repeat this
until help arrives but only when you
{ WARNING
wind to bring in fresh air. feel really uncomfortable from the If the vehicle's tires spin at high
(Continued) cold. Moving about to keep warm speed, they can explode, and you
also helps. or others could be injured. The
(Continued)
Slowly spinning the wheels in the

WARNING (Continued) forward and reverse directions { WARNING
causes a rocking motion that could
vehicle can overheat, causing an free the vehicle. If that does not get Do not load the vehicle any
engine compartment fire or other the vehicle out after a few tries, it heavier than the Gross
damage. Spin the wheels as little might need to be towed out. If the Vehicle Weight Rating
as possible and avoid going vehicle does need to be towed out, (GVWR), or either the
above 56 km/h (35 mph). see Towing the Vehicle on maximum front or rear Gross
page 10‑75. Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
Rocking the Vehicle to Get This can cause systems to
it Out Vehicle Load Limits break and change the way the
Turn the steering wheel left and It is very important to know how vehicle handles. This could
right to clear the area around the much weight the vehicle can cause loss of control and a
front wheels. Turn off any traction carry. This weight is called the crash. Overloading can also
system. Shift back and forth vehicle capacity weight and shorten the life of the vehicle.
between R (Reverse) and a low includes the weight of all
forward gear, spinning the wheels occupants, cargo, and all
as little as possible. To prevent nonfactory-installed options.
transmission wear, wait until the
Two labels on the vehicle show
wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator how much weight it may
pedal while shifting, and press properly carry: the Tire and
lightly on the accelerator pedal Loading Information label and
when the transmission is in gear. the Certification label.
Tire and Loading Information positions (1), and the maximum Steps for Determining Correct
Label vehicle capacity weight (2) in Load Limit
kilograms and pounds. 1. Locate the statement “The
The Tire and Loading combined weight of
Information label also shows occupants and cargo should
the tire size of the original never exceed XXX kg or
equipment tires (3) and the XXX lbs” on your vehicle's
recommended cold tire inflation placard.
pressures (4). For more 2. Determine the combined
information on tires and inflation weight of the driver and
see Tires on page 10‑37 and passengers that will be riding
Tire Pressure on page 10‑43. in your vehicle.
There is also important loading 3. Subtract the combined
Label Example information on the Certification
weight of the driver and
A vehicle-specific Tire and label. It tells you the Gross
passengers from XXX kg or
Loading Information label is Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
XXX lbs.
attached to the vehicle center and the Gross Axle Weight
pillar (B-pillar). With the driver Rating (GAWR) for the front and 4. The resulting figure equals
door open, you will find the label rear axle; see “Certification the available amount of cargo
attached below the door lock Label” later in this section. and luggage load capacity.
post. The Tire and Loading For example, if the “XXX”
Information label shows the amount equals 1400 lbs and
number of occupant seating there will be five 150 lb
passengers in your vehicle,
the amount of available cargo
and luggage load capacity is

650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150)
= 650 lbs).
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing Example 1 Example 2
a trailer, the load from your
trailer will be transferred to 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
your vehicle. Consult this Example 1 = 453 kg Example 2 = 453 kg
manual to determine how this (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs).
reduces the available cargo 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @
and luggage load capacity of 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg
your vehicle. (300 lbs). (750 lbs).
See Trailer Towing on page 9‑45 3. Available Occupant and 3. Available Cargo Weight =
for important information on Cargo Weight = 317 kg 113 kg (250 lbs).
towing a trailer, towing safety (700 lbs).
rules, and trailering tips.
seating positions. The combined and cargo. Never exceed the

weight of the driver, passengers, GVWR for the vehicle, or the
and cargo should never exceed Gross Axle Weight Rating
the vehicle's capacity weight. (GAWR) for either the front or
rear axle.
Certification Label
And, if you do have a heavy
load, you should spread it out.
See “Steps for Determining
Correct Load Limit” earlier in this
section.
Example 3 { WARNING
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 3 = 453 kg Do not load the vehicle any
(1,000 lbs). heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ (GVWR), or either the
91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg Label Example maximum front or rear Gross
(1,000 lbs). A vehicle-specific Certification Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
3. Available Cargo Weight = label, found on the vehicle This can cause systems to
0 kg (0 lbs). center pillar (B-pillar), tells you break and change the way the
the gross weight capacity of the vehicle handles. This could
Refer to the vehicle's Tire and cause loss of control and a
Loading Information label for vehicle, called the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating (GVWR). The crash. Overloading can also
specific information about the shorten the life of the vehicle.
vehicle's capacity weight and GVWR includes the weight of
the vehicle, all occupants, fuel,
If you put things inside the Starting and

vehicle — like suitcases, tools, WARNING (Continued)
packages, or anything else — Operating
. Never stack heavier
they will go as fast as the things, like suitcases,
vehicle goes. If you have to stop New Vehicle Break-In
inside the vehicle so that
or turn quickly, or if there is a some of them are above Notice: The vehicle does not
crash, they will keep going. the tops of the seats. need an elaborate break-in. But it
will perform better in the long run
{ WARNING . Do not leave an
unsecured child restraint
if you follow these guidelines:
. Do not drive at any one
Things inside the vehicle can in the vehicle. constant speed, fast or slow,
strike and injure people in a . Secure loose items in the for the first 805 km (500 mi).
sudden stop or turn, or in a vehicle. Do not make full-throttle
crash. starts. Avoid downshifting to
. Do not leave a seat folded brake or slow the vehicle.
. Put things in the cargo down unless needed.
area of the vehicle. In the . During the first 1 000 km
cargo area, put them as (600 mi), avoid using more
far forward as possible. than moderate acceleration
in lower gears and avoid
Try to spread the weight vehicle speeds above
evenly. 110 km/h (68 mph).
(Continued)

. Between the first 1 000 km Following break‐in, engine speed and turn it only with your hand.
(600 mi) and 5 000 km and load can be gradually If the key cannot be turned by
(3,000 mi), heavy increased. hand, see your dealer.
acceleration in lower gears
can be used. Vehicle speeds To shift out of P (Park), turn the
Ignition Positions ignition to ON/RUN and apply the
above 110 km/h (68 mph)
should be limited to brake pedal.
five minutes per use. 1 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/
. Avoid making hard stops for OFF): When the vehicle is stopped,
the first 322 km (200 mi) or turn the ignition switch to LOCK/
so. During this time the new OFF to turn the engine off. Retained
brake linings are not yet Accessory Power (RAP) will remain
broken in. Hard stops with active. See Retained Accessory
new linings can mean Power (RAP) on page 9‑18 for more
premature wear and earlier information.
replacement. Follow this This is the only position from which
breaking-in guideline every the key can be removed. Removing
time you get new brake the key locks the steering wheel.
linings.
The ignition switch has four different The ignition switch can bind in the
. Do not tow a trailer during positions. LOCK/OFF position with the key
break-in. See Driving removed and wheels turned off
Characteristics and Towing Notice: Using a tool to force the center. If this happens, move the
Tips on page 9‑42 for the key to turn in the ignition could steering wheel from right to left
trailer towing capabilities of cause damage to the switch or while turning the key to ACC/
your vehicle and more break the key. Use the correct ACCESSORY. If this does not work,
information. key, make sure it is all the way in, then the vehicle needs service.
Do not turn the engine off when the This position can also be used for
vehicle is moving. This will cause a { WARNING service and diagnostics, and to
loss of power assist in the brake verify the proper operation of the
and steering systems and disable Turning off the vehicle while malfunction indicator lamp as may
the airbags. moving may cause loss of power be required for emission inspection
assist in the brake and steering purposes.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an systems and disable the airbags.
emergency: While driving, only shut the The battery could be drained if the
1. Brake using a firm and steady vehicle off in an emergency. key is left in the ACC/ACCESSORY
pressure. Do not pump the or ON/RUN position with the engine
brakes repeatedly. This may off. The vehicle might not restart if
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, the battery is allowed to drain for an
deplete power assist, requiring
and must be shut off while driving, extended period of time.
increased brake pedal force.
turn the ignition to ACC/
2. Shift the vehicle to neutral. This 4 (START): This position starts the
ACCESSORY.
can be done while the vehicle is engine. When the engine starts,
2 (ACC/ACCESSORY): This release the key. The ignition switch
moving. After shifting to neutral,
position provides power to some of will return to ON/RUN for normal
firmly apply the brakes and steer
the electrical accessories. It unlocks driving.
the vehicle to a safe location.
the steering wheel. To move the key
3. Come to a complete stop. Shift A warning tone sounds when the
from ACC/ACCESSORY to LOCK/
to P (Park) with an automatic driver door is opened and the key is
OFF, the shift lever must be in
transmission, or Neutral with a in the ignition. If the key becomes
P (Park).
manual transmission. Turn the difficult to turn, see Keys on
3 (ON/RUN): The ignition switch page 2‑1.
ignition to LOCK/OFF.
stays in this position when the
4. Set the parking brake. See engine is running. This position can
Parking Brake on page 9‑27. be used to operate the electrical
accessories, as well as to display
some warning and indicator lights.
Key Lock Release If charging or jump starting the resulting damage would not be
battery does not work, there is a covered by the vehicle warranty.
manual key lock release. Locate the See Add-On Electrical Equipment
hole below the ignition lock. Insert a on page 9‑47.
tool or key into the opening. Locate
the lever, and press it toward the Manual Transmission
driver while removing the key from The shift lever should be in Neutral
the ignition. and the parking brake engaged.
Hold the clutch pedal down to the
Starting the Engine floor and start the engine. The
vehicle will not start if the clutch
Place the transmission in the pedal is not all the way down.
proper gear.
Starting Procedure
Automatic Transmission
1. With your foot off the accelerator
Vehicles with an automatic Move the shift lever to P (Park) or pedal, turn the ignition key to
transmission are equipped with an N (Neutral). The engine will not start START. When the engine starts,
electronic key lock release system. in any other position. To restart the let go of the ignition.
This system is to prevent ignition vehicle when it is already moving,
key removal unless the shift lever is use N (Neutral) only. The idle speed will go down as
in P (Park). your engine gets warm. Do not
Notice: Do not try to shift to race the engine immediately
The key lock release will not work if P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. after starting it. Operate the
the battery is charged less than If you do, you could damage the engine and transmission gently
9-volts, or uncharged. Try charging transmission. Shift to P (Park) to allow the oil to warm up and
or jump starting the battery. See only when the vehicle is stopped. lubricate all moving parts.
Jump Starting on page 10‑73 Notice: If you add electrical parts
or accessories, you could change
the way the engine operates. Any
The vehicle has a Notice: Cranking the engine for engine immediately after starting
Computer-Controlled Cranking long periods of time, by returning it. Operate the engine and
System. This feature assists in the key to the START position transmission gently until the oil
starting the engine and protects immediately after cranking has warms up and lubricates all
components. If the ignition key is ended, can overheat and damage moving parts.
turned to the START position, the cranking motor, and drain the
and then released when the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds Engine Heater
engine begins cranking, the between each try, to let the
engine will continue cranking for cranking motor cool down. The engine heater can help in cold
a few seconds or until the weather conditions at or below
2. If the engine does not start after −18°C (0°F) for easier starting and
vehicle starts. If the engine does five to 10 seconds, especially in
not start and the key is held in better fuel economy during engine
very cold weather (below −18°C warm-up. Plug in the heater at least
START for many seconds, or 0°F), it could be flooded with
cranking will be stopped after four hours before starting the
too much gasoline. Try pushing vehicle. An internal thermostat in
15 seconds to prevent cranking the accelerator pedal all the way
motor damage. To prevent gear the plug-end of the cord will prevent
to the floor and holding it there engine heater operation at
damage, this system also as you hold the key in START
prevents cranking if the engine temperatures above −18°C (0°F).
for up to a maximum of
is already running. Engine 15 seconds. Wait at least To Use The Engine Heater
cranking can be stopped by 15 seconds between each try, to
turning the ignition switch to 1. Turn off the engine.
allow the cranking motor to cool
ACC/ACCESSORY or down. When the engine starts, 2. Open the hood and unwrap the
LOCK/OFF. let go of the key or button, and electrical cord stored near the air
the accelerator. If the vehicle cleaner.
starts briefly but then stops 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded
again, do the same thing. This 110-volt AC outlet.
clears the extra gasoline from
the engine. Do not race the
Retained Accessory Shifting Into Park

{ WARNING Power (RAP) Use this procedure to shift into
Plugging the cord into an These vehicle accessories may be P (Park):
ungrounded outlet could cause an used for up to 10 minutes after the 1. Hold the brake pedal down and
electrical shock. Also, the wrong engine is turned off: set the parking brake.
kind of extension cord could
overheat and cause a fire. You
. Audio System See Parking Brake on page 9‑27
could be seriously injured. Plug . Power Windows for more information.
the cord into a properly grounded . Sunroof 2. Hold the button on the shift
three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. lever and push the lever toward
If the cord will not reach, use a The power windows and sunroof the front of the vehicle into
heavy-duty three-prong extension will continue to work for up to P (Park).
cord rated for at least 15 amps. 10 minutes or until any door is
opened. The radio will work when 3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
the key is in ON/RUN or ACC/
4. Before starting the engine, be ACCESSORY. Once the key is
sure to unplug and store the turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF,
cord as it was before to keep it the radio will continue to work for
away from moving engine parts. 10 minutes, or until the driver door is
If you do not it could be opened.
damaged.
The length of time the heater should
remain plugged in depends on
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
area where you will be parking the
vehicle for the best advice on this.
Leaving the Vehicle with the If you have to leave the vehicle with Shifting out of Park
Engine Running the engine running, the vehicle must
be in P (Park) and the parking To shift out of P (Park):
brake set.
{ WARNING 1. Apply the brake pedal.
Release the button and check that 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN.
It can be dangerous to leave the the shift lever cannot be moved out
vehicle with the engine running. of P (Park). 3. Press the shift lever button.
It could overheat and catch fire. 4. Move the shift lever.
Torque Lock
It is dangerous to get out of the If you still are unable to shift out of
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully Torque lock is when the weight P (Park):
in P (Park) with the parking brake of the vehicle puts too much
force on the parking pawl in the 1. Fully release the shift lever
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. button.
transmission. This happens when
Do not leave the vehicle when the parking on a hill and shifting the 2. Hold the brake pedal down and
engine is running. If you have left transmission into P (Park) is not press the shift lever button
the engine running, the vehicle done properly and then it is difficult again.
can move suddenly. You or others to shift out of P (Park). To prevent
torque lock, set the parking brake 3. Move the shift lever.
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when and then shift into P (Park). To find If you still cannot move the shift
you are on fairly level ground, out how, see “Shifting Into Park” lever from P (Park), see your dealer
always set the parking brake and listed previously. for service.
move the shift lever to P (Park). If torque lock does occur, the
See Shifting Into Park on vehicle may need to be pushed
page 9‑18. If you are towing a uphill by another vehicle to relieve
trailer, see Driving Characteristics the parking pawl pressure, so you
and Towing Tips on page 9‑42. can shift out of P (Park).
Parking Engine Exhaust WARNING (Continued)

If the vehicle has a manual
transmission, before getting out of { WARNING . There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
the vehicle, move the shift lever into
R (Reverse), and firmly apply the Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket
parking brake. Once the shift lever monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not
has been placed into R (Reverse) seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed.
with the clutch pedal pressed in, can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or
turn the ignition key to LOCK/OFF, even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is
remove the key and release the coming into the vehicle:
clutch. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
. The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows
If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle completely down.
is pulling a trailer, see Driving with poor ventilation (parking
Characteristics and Towing Tips on garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired
page 9‑42. that may block underbody immediately.
airflow or tail pipes).
Never park the vehicle with the
Parking over Things . The exhaust smells or engine running in an enclosed
sounds strange or different.
That Burn area such as a garage or a
. The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air
{ WARNING due to corrosion or damage. ventilation.
. The vehicle exhaust system
Things that can burn could touch has been modified, damaged,
hot exhaust parts under the or improperly repaired.
vehicle and ignite. Do not park (Continued)
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
or other things that can burn.
Running the Vehicle Automatic

While Parked
{ WARNING
Transmission It is dangerous to get out of the
It is better not to park with the
engine running. vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
If the vehicle is left with the engine firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move. Do not leave the vehicle when the
See Shifting Into Park on page 9‑18 engine is running. If you have left
and Engine Exhaust on page 9‑20. the engine running, the vehicle
If the vehicle has a manual can move suddenly. You or others
transmission, see Parking on could be injured. To be sure the
page 9‑20. vehicle will not move, even when
If parking on a hill and pulling a you are on fairly level ground,
trailer, see Driving Characteristics always set the parking brake and
and Towing Tips on page 9‑42. move the shift lever to P (Park).
The selected gear is also shown in See Shifting Into Park on
the instrument cluster. page 9‑18 and Driving
P (Park): This position locks the Characteristics and Towing Tips
drive wheels. It is the best position on page 9‑42.
to use when starting the engine
because the vehicle cannot move
easily.
Make sure the shift lever is fully in To rock the vehicle back and forth to
P (Park) before starting the engine. get out of snow, ice or sand without WARNING (Continued)
The vehicle has an automatic damaging the transmission, see If
transmission shift lock control the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑8. vehicle could move very rapidly.
system. The regular brake must be You could lose control and hit
N (Neutral): In this position, the people or objects. Do not shift
fully applied first and then the shift engine does not connect with the
lever button pressed before shifting into a drive gear while the engine
wheels. To restart the engine when is running at high speed.
from P (Park) when the ignition key the vehicle is already moving, use
is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out N (Neutral) only. Also, use
of P (Park), ease pressure on the N (Neutral) when the vehicle is Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) or
shift lever, then push the shift lever being towed. N (Neutral) with the engine
all the way into P (Park) as you running at high speed may
maintain brake application. Then The vehicle has an automatic damage the transmission. The
press the shift lever button and neutral shift feature which allows the
repairs would not be covered by
move the shift lever into another transmission to automatically shift to the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
gear. See Shifting out of Park on N (Neutral) when the vehicle is engine is not running at high
page 9‑19. stopped with a forward gear speed when shifting the vehicle.
engaged. The reduced load on the
R (Reverse): Use this gear to engine improves vehicle fuel D (Drive): This position is for
back up. economy. normal driving. It provides the best
Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) fuel economy. If more power is
while the vehicle is moving
forward could damage the
{ WARNING needed for passing, and the
vehicle is:
transmission. The repairs would Shifting into a drive gear while the . Going less than 56 km/h
not be covered by the vehicle engine is running at high speed is (35 mph), push the accelerator
warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only dangerous. Unless your foot is pedal about halfway down.
after the vehicle is stopped. firmly on the brake pedal, the
(Continued)

. Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or Driver Shift Control (DSC) allows
more, push the accelerator all you to shift an automatic
the way down. transmission similar to a manual
Notice: If the vehicle seems to transmission. To use the DSC
accelerate slowly or not shift feature:
gears when you go faster, and
you continue to drive the vehicle
that way, you could damage the
transmission. Have the vehicle
serviced right away.
Manual Mode
2. Press the shift lever forward (+)
Driver Shift Control (DSC)
to upshift or rearward (−) to
Notice: Driving with the engine at downshift. An M and the current
a high rpm without upshifting gear will be displayed in the DIC.
while using Driver Shift Control
While using the DSC feature, the
(DSC), could damage the vehicle.
1. Move the shift lever from vehicle will have firmer, quicker
Always upshift when necessary
D (Drive) to the left into the (+) or shifting. You can use this for sport
while using DSC.
(−) manual position. driving or when climbing or
descending hills, to stay in gear
longer, or to down shift for more
power or engine braking.
The transmission will only allow Manual Transmission Notice: Do not rest your foot on
you to shift into gears appropriate the clutch pedal while driving or
for the vehicle speed and engine The manual transmission has a shift while stopped. The pressure can
revolutions per minute (rpm). The lever located on the console cause premature wear in the
transmission will not automatically between the seats. clutch. The repairs would not be
shift to the next lower gear if the covered by the vehicle warranty.
engine rpm is too high, nor to the 1 (First): Press the clutch pedal
next higher gear when the maximum fully to the pedal stop and shift into
engine rpm is reached. 1 (First). Then slowly let up on the
If shifting is prevented for any clutch pedal as you press the
reason, the currently selected gear accelerator pedal.
will flash multiple times, indicating If you come to a complete stop and
that the transmission has not shifted it is hard to shift into 1 (First), put
gears. the shift lever in Neutral and let up
While in the DSC mode, the on the clutch. Press the clutch pedal
transmission will automatically back down. Then shift into 1 (First).
downshift when the vehicle comes 2 (Second): Press the clutch pedal
to a stop. This will allow for more To operate the transmission: fully to the pedal stop as you let up
power during take-off. on the accelerator pedal and shift
Notice: Do not rest your hand on
When accelerating the vehicle from the shift lever while driving. The into 2 (Second). Then, slowly let up
a stop in snowy and icy conditions, pressure could cause premature on the clutch pedal as you press the
you may want to shift into second wear in the transmission. The accelerator pedal.
gear. A higher gear allows the repairs would not be covered by
vehicle to gain more traction on the vehicle warranty.
slippery surfaces.
3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth) and To stop, let up on the accelerator

6 (Sixth): Shift into 3 (Third), pedal and press the brake pedal. { WARNING
4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth) and 6 (Sixth) the Just before the vehicle stops, press
same way you do for 2 (Second). the clutch pedal and the brake If you skip a gear when you
Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as pedal, and shift to Neutral. downshift, you could lose control
you press the accelerator pedal. of the vehicle. You could injure
Neutral: Use this position when yourself or others. Do not shift
For the best fuel economy, use you start or idle the engine. The down more than one gear at a
6 (Sixth) gear whenever vehicle shift lever is in Neutral when it is time when you downshift.
speed and driving conditions allow. centered in the shift pattern, not in
any gear.
Notice: Do not skip gears
R (Reverse): To back up, with the
while upshifting. This can
vehicle at a complete stop, press
cause premature wear in the
down the clutch pedal. Then pull up
transmission. The repairs would
the ring on the shift lever, and shift
not be covered by the vehicle
into R (Reverse). Let up on the
warranty.
clutch pedal slowly while pressing
The vehicle may have an up-shift the accelerator pedal.
light in the instrument cluster.
It shows when to shift to the next If the gear does not engage, shift
higher gear for the best fuel the transmission to neutral, release
economy. the clutch pedal and press it back
down. Repeat the gear selection.
During normal driving, upshifts
should occur between 1,300 and
2,500 rpm, and downshifts should
occur between 1,500 and
1,000 rpm.
Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it suddenly slows or stops. Always
becomes necessary to slam on the leave enough room up ahead to
brakes and continue braking to stop, even with ABS.
Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a
System (ABS) computer senses that the wheels Using ABS
are slowing down. If one of the Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
This vehicle has the Antilock Brake
wheels is about to stop rolling, the the brake pedal down firmly and let
System (ABS), an advanced
computer will separately work the ABS work. You might hear the ABS
electronic braking system that helps
brakes at each wheel. pump or motor operating and feel
prevent a braking skid.
ABS can change the brake pressure the brake pedal pulsate, but this is
When the engine is started and the normal.
to each wheel, as required, faster
vehicle begins to drive away, ABS
than any driver could. This can help Braking in Emergencies
checks itself. A momentary motor or
the driver steer around the obstacle
clicking noise might be heard while ABS allows the driver to steer and
while braking hard.
this test is going on, and it might brake at the same time. In many
even be noticed that the brake As the brakes are applied, the emergencies, steering can help
pedal moves a little. This is normal. computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best
on wheel speed and controls braking.
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
If there is a problem with ABS, this there will not be enough time to
warning light stays on. See Antilock apply the brakes if that vehicle
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
on page 5‑15.
Parking Brake 2. Pull the parking brake handle up Brake Assist

until you can press the release
button. This vehicle has a brake assist
feature designed to assist the driver
3. Hold the release button in as in stopping or decreasing vehicle
you move the brake handle all speed in emergency driving
the way down. conditions. This feature uses the
Notice: Driving with the parking stability system hydraulic brake
brake on can overheat the brake control module to supplement the
system and cause premature power brake system under
wear or damage to brake system conditions where the driver has
parts. Make sure that the parking quickly and forcefully applied the
brake is fully released and the brake pedal in an attempt to quickly
brake warning light is off before stop or slow down the vehicle. The
driving. stability system hydraulic brake
To apply the parking brake, pull up control module increases brake
on the parking brake handle. It is Driving with the parking brake
pressure at each corner of the
not necessary to push in on the applied will cause a warning chime
vehicle until the ABS activates.
release button while applying the to sound and the RELEASE
Minor brake pedal pulsation or
parking brake. If the ignition is in the PARKING BRAKE message to
pedal movement during this time is
ON/RUN position, the brake system appear in the DIC. The message will
normal and the driver should
warning light will come on. See remain on until the parking brake is
continue to apply the brake pedal as
Brake System Warning Light on released or the vehicle is stopped.
the driving situation dictates. The
page 5‑14. If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle brake assist feature will
To release the parking brake: is pulling a trailer, see Driving automatically disengage when the
Characteristics and Towing Tips on brake pedal is released or brake
1. Hold the brake pedal down. page 9‑42. pedal pressure is quickly
decreased.
Ride Control Systems If the TCS/StabiliTrak light comes

on and stays on, reset the system:
Traction Control 1. Stop the vehicle.
System (TCS) 2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds.
The vehicle has a Traction Control
System (TCS) that limits wheel spin. TCS/StabiliTrak Light 3. Start the engine.
On a front-wheel-drive vehicle, the The TCS/StabiliTrak light flashes to If the TCS/StabiliTrak light still
system operates if it senses that indicate that the traction control comes on and stays on at a speed
one or both of the front wheels are system is active. above 20 km/h (13 mph), see your
spinning or beginning to lose dealer for service.
If there is a problem detected with
traction. When this happens, the
TCS, SERVICE TRACTION A chime may also sound when the
system brakes the spinning
CONTROL and SERVICE light comes on steady.
wheel(s), and/or reduces engine
STABILITRAK may be displayed on
power to limit wheel spin. Notice: Do not repeatedly brake
the Driver Information Center (DIC).
The system may be heard or felt See Ride Control System Messages or accelerate heavily when TCS is
while it is working, but this is on page 5‑28. When this message off. The vehicle's driveline could
normal. is displayed and the TCS/StabiliTrak be damaged.
TCS is on whenever the vehicle is light comes on and stays on, the
started. To limit wheel spin, vehicle is safe to drive but the
especially in slippery road system is not operational. Driving
conditions, the system should should be adjusted accordingly.
always be left on. But, TCS can be
turned off if needed.
accordingly. Press and release the StabiliTrak® System

TCS/StabiliTrak button again to turn
the system back on. The vehicle has a vehicle stability
enhancement system called
It may be necessary to turn the StabiliTrak. It is an advanced
system off if the vehicle gets stuck computer controlled system that
in sand, mud, or snow and rocking assists with directional control of the
the vehicle is required. See If the vehicle in difficult driving conditions.
Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑8 for
more information. See also Winter StabiliTrak activates when the
Driving on page 9‑7 for information computer senses a difference
on using TCS when driving in snowy between the intended path, and the
or icy conditions. direction the vehicle is actually
TCS/StabiliTrak Button traveling. StabiliTrak selectively
If cruise control is being used when applies braking pressure at any one
TCS activates, cruise control will of the vehicle's brakes to help steer
automatically disengage. Press the the vehicle in the intended direction.
cruise control button to reengage
when road conditions allow. See StabiliTrak is on automatically
Cruise Control on page 9‑31. whenever the vehicle is started. To
assist with directional control of the
Adding non‐GM accessories can vehicle, the system should always
TCS Off Light
affect the vehicle performance. See be left on.
TCS can be turned off by pressing Accessories and Modifications on
and releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak page 10‑3 for more information.
button. When TCS is turned off, the
TCS Off light comes on and the
system will not limit wheel spin.
Driving should be adjusted
If the TCS/StabiliTrak light comes

on and stays on, reset the system:
1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds.
TCS/StabiliTrak Light 3. Start the engine. TCS Off Light StabiliTrak OFF
When the stability control system Light
If the TCS/StabiliTrak light still
activates, the TCS/StabiliTrak light comes on and stays on at a speed StabiliTrak can be turned off if
flashes on the instrument panel. above 20 km/h (13 mph), see your needed by pressing and holding the
This also occurs when traction dealer for service. TCS/StabiliTrak button until the TCS
control is activated. A noise may
Off light and the StabiliTrak OFF
be heard or vibration may be felt in
light come on. When StabiliTrak is
the brake pedal. This is normal.
turned off, the system will not assist
Continue to steer the vehicle in the
with directional control of the vehicle
intended direction.
or limit wheel spin. Driving should
If there is a problem detected be adjusted accordingly. Press and
with StabiliTrak, SERVICE release the TCS/StabiliTrak button
STABILITRAK is displayed on the again to turn both systems back on.
Driver Information Center (DIC).
If cruise control is being used when
See Ride Control System Messages
StabiliTrak activates, cruise control
on page 5‑28. When this message
will automatically disengage. Press
is displayed and/or the TCS/
the cruise control button to
StabiliTrak light comes on and stays TCS/StabiliTrak Button reengage when road conditions
on, the vehicle is safe to drive but
allow. See Cruise Control on
the system is not operational.
page 9‑31 for more information.
Driving should be adjusted
accordingly.
Cruise Control { WARNING

For vehicles with cruise control, the
vehicle can maintain a speed of Cruise control can be dangerous
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more where you cannot drive safely at
without keeping your foot on the a steady speed. So, do not use
accelerator. Cruise control does not the cruise control on winding
work at speeds below 40 km/h roads or in heavy traffic.
(25 mph). Cruise control can be dangerous
If the brakes are applied, the cruise on slippery roads. On such roads,
control shuts off. fast changes in tire traction can
The vehicle has a Traction Control cause excessive wheel slip, and
System (TCS) or StabiliTrak system you could lose control. Do not use
that begins to limit wheel spin while cruise control on slippery roads. 1 (On/Off): Press to turn the
cruise control system on and off.
using cruise control and the cruise
control will automatically disengage. RES/+ (Resume/Accelerate):
See Traction Control System (TCS) Move the thumbwheel up to resume
on page 9‑28 or StabiliTrak® System a previously set speed or to
on page 9‑29. When road conditions accelerate.
allow you to safely use it again, the SET/− (Set/Coast): Move the
cruise control can be turned on. thumbwheel down to set a speed or
to make the vehicle decelerate.
* (Cancel): Press to disengage
cruise control without erasing the
set speed from memory.
Setting Cruise Control Increasing Speed While Using

. To slow down in small amounts,
Cruise Control move the thumbwheel toward
If the cruise button is on when not in SET/− briefly. Each time this is
use, it could get bumped and go into If the cruise control system is done, the vehicle goes about
cruise when not desired. Keep the already activated: 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.
cruise control switch off when cruise . Move the thumbwheel up toward
is not being used. Passing Another Vehicle While
RES/+ and hold it until the
Using Cruise Control
1. Press 1. desired speed is reached, then
release it. Use the accelerator pedal to
2. Get to the speed desired. increase the vehicle speed. When
. To increase the speed in small
3. Move the thumbwheel down and you take your foot off the pedal, the
amounts, move the thumbwheel
release it. vehicle slows down to the previous
up toward RES/+ briefly and
set cruise control speed.
4. Take your foot off the accelerator then release it. Each time this is
pedal. done, the vehicle goes about Using Cruise Control on Hills
1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster.
Resuming a Set Speed How well the cruise control works
Reducing Speed While Using on hills depends upon the vehicle
If the cruise control is set at a Cruise Control speed, load, and the steepness of
desired speed and then the brakes the hills. When going up steep hills,
or clutch for manual transmissions If the cruise control system is
you might have to step on the
are applied, the cruise control is already activated:
accelerator pedal to maintain the
disengaged without erasing the set . Move the thumbwheel toward vehicle speed. When going
speed from memory. SET/− and hold until the desired downhill, you might have to brake or
Once the vehicle reaches about lower speed is reached, then shift to a lower gear to maintain the
40 km/h (25 mph) or more, move the release it. vehicle speed. When the brakes are
thumbwheel up toward RES/+ applied, the cruise control is
briefly. The vehicle returns to the disengaged.
speed selected previously and stays
there.
Ending Cruise Control Object Detection WARNING (Continued)

There are three ways to end cruise
control:
Systems damage, even with URPA, always
. To disengage cruise control, check the area around the vehicle
Ultrasonic Parking Assist and check all mirrors before
step lightly on the brake pedal or
clutch for a manual transmission. For vehicles with the Ultrasonic backing.
Rear Parking Assist (URPA) system,
. Press * on the steering wheel. it assists the driver with parking and
avoiding objects while in How the System Works
. To turn off cruise control, press
1 on the steering wheel. R (Reverse). URPA operates at URPA comes on automatically when
speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph), the shift lever is moved into
Erasing Speed Memory and the sensors on the rear bumper R (Reverse). A single tone sounds
The cruise control set speed is detect objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) to indicate the system is working.
behind the vehicle, and at least
erased from memory if 1 is pressed URPA operates only at speeds less
20 cm (8 in) off the ground.
or if the ignition is turned off. than 8 km/h (5 mph).
{ WARNING An obstacle is indicated by audible

beeps. The interval between the
The URPA system does not beeps becomes shorter as the
detect children, pedestrians, vehicle gets closer to the obstacle.
bicyclists, animals, or objects When the distance is less than
below the bumper or that are too 30 cm (12 in) the beeping is a
close or too far from the vehicle. continuous tone for five seconds.
It is not available at speeds
greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To
prevent injury, death, or vehicle
(Continued)
To be detected, objects must be at When the System Does Not PARK ASSIST OFF: If the URPA
least 20 cm (8 in) off the ground and Seem to Work Properly system does not activate due to a
below liftgate level. Objects must temporary condition, the message
also be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from the The following messages may be displays on the DIC. This can occur
rear bumper. The distance objects displayed on the DIC: under the following conditions:
can be detected may be less during SERVICE PARKING ASSIST: If . The driver has disabled the
warmer or humid weather. this message occurs, check the system.
following conditions:
Turning the System On and Off . A trailer was attached to the
. The ultrasonic sensors are not vehicle, or an object was
The URPA system can be turned on clean. Keep the vehicle's rear
and off using the infotainment hanging out of the liftgate during
bumper free of mud, dirt, snow, the last drive cycle. Once the
system controls. See Vehicle ice, and slush. For cleaning
Personalization on page 5‑30 for object is removed, URPA will
instructions, see Exterior Care return to normal operation.
more information. on page 10‑78.
When the system is off, PARK
. A tow bar is attached to the
. The park assist sensors are vehicle.
ASSIST OFF displays on the Driver covered by frost or ice. Frost or
Information Center (DIC). The ice can form around and behind . The bumper is damaged. Take
message disappears after a short the sensors and may not always the vehicle to your dealer to
period of time. be seen; this can occur after repair the system.
URPA defaults to the on setting washing the vehicle in cold . Other conditions, such as
each time the vehicle is started. weather. The message may not vibrations from a jackhammer or
clear until the frost or ice has the compression of air brakes on
melted. a very large truck, are affecting
If the above conditions do not exist, system performance.
take the vehicle to your dealer to
repair the system.
Rear Vision WARNING (Continued)

Turning the Rear Vision Camera
System On or Off
Camera (RVC)
injury, death, or vehicle damage. To turn the rear vision camera
The vehicle may have a Rear Vision system on or off:
Camera (RVC) system. Read this Always check behind and around
entire section before using it. the vehicle before backing. 1. Shift into P (Park).
The RVC can assist the driver when 2. Press the CONFIG button.
backing up by displaying a view of An image appears on the radio
3. Select Display.
the area behind the vehicle. screen with the message Check
Surroundings for Safety when the 4. Select Rear Camera Options.
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).
{ WARNING The radio screen goes to the
5. Select Camera. When a check
mark appears next to the
The RVC system does not display previous screen after approximately Camera option, then the RVC
children, pedestrians, bicyclists, 10 seconds once the vehicle is system is on.
shifted out of R (Reverse).
animals, or any other object Symbols
located outside the camera's field To cancel the delay, do one of the
of view, below the bumper, following: The RVC system may have a
or under the vehicle. Perceived feature that lets the driver view
. Press a button on the radio.
distances may be different from symbols on the radio screen while
actual distances. Do not back the
. Shift into P (Park). using the RVC. The Ultrasonic Rear
vehicle using only the RVC . Reach a vehicle speed of Park Assist (URPA) system must
8 km/h (5 mph). not be disabled to use the caution
screen, during longer, higher
symbols. The error message Rear
speed backing maneuvers,
Parking Assist Symbols Unavailable
or where there could be cross may display if URPA has been
traffic. Failure to use proper care disabled and the symbols have
before backing may result in been turned on. See Ultrasonic
(Continued) Parking Assist on page 9‑33.
The symbols appear and may cover To turn the guidelines on or off: Rear Vision Camera Location
an object when viewing the radio 1. Shift into P (Park).
screen when an object is detected
by the URPA system. 2. Press the CONFIG button.
To turn the symbols on or off: 3. Select Display.
1. Shift into P (Park). 4. Select Rear Camera Options.
2. Press the CONFIG button. 5. Select Guidelines. When a
check mark appears next to the
3. Select Display. Guidelines option, guidelines will
4. Select Rear Camera Options. appear.
5. Select Symbols. When a check Rear Vision Camera Error
mark appears next to the Messages
Symbols option, symbols will
appear. SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA
SYSTEM: This message can The camera is located above the
Guidelines display on the radio screen when license plate.
The RVC system has a guideline the system is not receiving The area displayed by the camera is
overlay that can help the driver align information it requires from other limited.
the vehicle when backing into a vehicle systems.
It does not display objects that are
parking spot. If any other problem occurs or if a close to either corner or under the
problem persists, see your dealer. bumper and can vary depending on
vehicle orientation or road
conditions. The distance of the
image that appears on the screen is
different from the actual distance.
The following illustration shows the

. It is dark.
field of view that the camera . The sun or the beam of
provides. headlights is shining directly into
the camera lens.
. Ice, snow, mud, or anything else
builds up on the camera lens.
Clean the lens, rinse it with
water, and wipe it with a soft
1. View displayed by the camera. cloth.
2. Corner of the rear bumper.
. The back of the vehicle is in an
accident, the position and
When the System Does Not mounting angle of the camera
Seem To Work Properly can change or the camera can
be affected. Be sure to have the
The RVC system may not work
camera and its position and
properly or display a clear image if:
1. View displayed by the camera. mounting angle checked at your
. The RVC is turned off. See dealer.
“Turning the Rear Vision Camera
System On or Off” earlier in this
section.
Fuel Gasoline Specifications

Use of the recommended fuel is an At a minimum, gasoline should
important part of the proper meet ASTM specification D 4814.
maintenance of this vehicle. To help Some gasolines contain an
keep the engine clean and maintain octane-enhancing additive called
optimum vehicle performance, we methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
recommend the use of gasoline tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend
advertised as TOP TIER Detergent against the use of gasolines
Gasoline. containing MMT. See Fuel Additives
on page 9‑39 for additional
Look for the TOP TIER label on the information.
fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets
enhanced detergency standards
developed by auto companies. A list Recommended Fuel California Fuel
of marketers providing TOP TIER Use regular unleaded gasoline with Requirements
Detergent Gasoline can be found at a posted octane rating of 87 or If the vehicle is certified to meet
www.toptiergas.com. TOP TIER higher. If the octane rating is less California Emissions Standards, it is
gasoline is only available in the U.S. than 87, an audible knocking noise, designed to operate on fuels that
and Canada. commonly referred to as spark meet California specifications. See
knock, might be heard when driving. the underhood emission control
If this occurs, use a gasoline rated label. If this fuel is not available in
at 87 octane or higher as soon as states adopting California Emissions
possible. If heavy knocking is heard Standards, the vehicle will operate
when using gasoline rated at satisfactorily on fuels meeting
87 octane or higher, the engine federal specifications, but emission
needs service. control system performance might
be affected. The malfunction
indicator lamp could turn on and the
vehicle might fail a smog‐check test. deposits from forming, allowing the System Treatment PLUS is the only
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on emission control system to work gasoline additive recommended by
page 5‑12. If this occurs, return to properly. In most cases, nothing General Motors. It is available at
your authorized dealer for diagnosis. should have to be added to the fuel. your dealer.
If it is determined that the condition However, some gasolines contain Gasolines containing oxygenates,
is caused by the type of fuel used, only the minimum amount of such as ethers and ethanol, and
repairs might not be covered by the additive required to meet U.S. reformulated gasolines might be
vehicle warranty. Environmental Protection Agency available in your area. We
regulations. To help keep fuel recommend that you use these
Fuels in Foreign injectors and intake valves clean gasolines, if they comply with the
and avoid problems due to dirty
Countries injectors or valves, look for gasoline
specifications described earlier.
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and
Never use leaded gasoline or any that is advertised as TOP TIER other fuels containing more than
other fuel not recommended in the Detergent Gasoline. Look for the 10% ethanol must not be used in
previous text on fuel. Costly repairs TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to vehicles that were not designed for
caused by use of improper fuel ensure gasoline meets enhanced those fuels.
would not be covered by the vehicle detergency standards developed by
warranty. the auto companies. A list of Notice: This vehicle was not
marketers providing TOP TIER designed for fuel that contains
To check the fuel availability, ask an
Detergent Gasoline can be found at methanol. Do not use fuel
auto club, or contact a major oil
www.toptiergas.com. containing methanol. It can
company that does business in the
corrode metal parts in the fuel
country where you will be driving. For customers who do not use TOP system and also damage plastic
TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, and rubber parts. That damage
Fuel Additives one bottle of GM Fuel System would not be covered under the
Treatment PLUS, added to the fuel vehicle warranty.
To provide cleaner air, all gasolines tank at every engine oil change, can
in the United States are now help clean deposits from fuel
required to contain additives that injectors and intake valves. GM Fuel
help prevent engine and fuel system
Some gasolines that are Filling the Tank WARNING (Continued)

not reformulated for low
emissions can contain an
octane-enhancing additive called { WARNING . Fuel can spray out if the fuel
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese cap is opened too quickly.
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn This spray can happen if the
tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant
violently and can cause injury or tank is nearly full, and is
where you buy gasoline whether the
death. more likely in hot weather.
fuel contains MMT. We recommend
against the use of such gasolines. . To help avoid injuries to you Open the fuel cap slowly and
Fuels containing MMT can reduce and others, read and follow wait for any hiss noise to stop
spark plug life and affect emission all the instructions on the fuel then unscrew the cap all
control system performance. The pump island. the way
malfunction indicator lamp might . Turn off the engine when
turn on. If this occurs, return to your refueling.
dealer for service.
. Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away
from fuel.
. Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended.
. Do not reenter the vehicle
while pumping fuel.
. Keep children away from the
fuel pump and never let
children pump fuel.
(Continued)
The tethered fuel cap is behind the Notice: If a new fuel cap is
fuel door on the vehicle's passenger needed, be sure to get the right WARNING (Continued)
side. Turn the fuel cap type of cap from your dealer. The
counterclockwise to remove. While wrong type of fuel cap might not
. Remove container from
refueling, hang the tethered fuel cap fit properly, might cause the vehicle, trunk, or pickup bed
from the disk on the end of the fuel malfunction indicator lamp to before filling.
cap to the mating feature on the fuel light, and could damage the fuel . Place container on the
door hinge. Reinstall the cap by tank and emissions system. See ground.
turning it clockwise until it clicks. Malfunction Indicator Lamp on . Place the nozzle inside the fill
Do not top off or overfill the tank. page 5‑12. opening of the container
Wait a few seconds before removing before dispensing fuel, and
the nozzle. Clean fuel from painted Filling a Portable Fuel keep it in contact with the fill
surfaces as soon as possible. See Container opening until filling is
Exterior Care on page 10‑78. complete.
{ WARNING . Do not smoke while
{ WARNING pumping fuel.
Filling a portable fuel container
If a fire starts while you are while it is in the vehicle can cause
refueling, do not remove the fuel vapors that can ignite either
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by by static electricity or other
shutting off the pump or by means. You or others could be
notifying the station attendant. badly burned and the vehicle
Leave the area immediately. could be damaged. Always:
. Use approved fuel
containers.
(Continued)

. Do not tow a trailer during the
Towing first 800 km (500 mi), to prevent WARNING (Continued)
damage to the engine, axle or
General Towing other parts. When towing a trailer:
Information . Then, during the first 800 km . Do not drive with the liftgate,
Only use towing equipment that has (500 mi) trailer towing, do not trunk/hatch, or rear-most
been designed for the vehicle. drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and window open.
Contact your dealer or trailering do not make starts at full throttle. . Fully open the air outlets on
dealer for assistance with preparing . Vehicles with automatic or under the instrument
the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read transmissions can tow in D panel.
the entire section before towing a (Drive) but M (Manual Mode) is . Also adjust the Climate
trailer. recommended. See Manual Control system to a setting
For towing a disabled vehicle, see Mode on page 9‑23. Use a lower that brings in only outside air.
Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑75. gear if the transmission shifts See “Climate Control
For towing the vehicle behind too often. For vehicles with a Systems” in the Index.
another vehicle such as a motor manual transmission, it is better
not to use the highest gear. For more information about
home, see Recreational Vehicle
Carbon Monoxide, see Engine
Towing on page 10‑76.
{ WARNING Exhaust on page 9‑20.
Driving Characteristics
When towing a trailer, exhaust Towing a trailer requires a certain
and Towing Tips gases may collect at the rear of amount of experience. The
Driving with a Trailer the vehicle and enter if the combination you are driving is
liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most longer and not as responsive as the
When towing a trailer: window is open. vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
. Become familiar with the state (Continued) the handling and braking of the rig
and local laws that apply before setting out for the open road.
specifically to trailer towing.
Before starting, check all trailer hitch This can help to avoid situations When turning with a trailer, make
parts and attachments, safety that require heavy braking and wider turns than normal so the
chains, electrical connectors, lamps, sudden turns. trailer will not strike soft shoulders,
tires and mirrors. If the trailer has curbs, road signs, trees or other
electric brakes, start the Passing objects. Use the turn signal well in
combination moving and then apply More passing distance is needed advance and avoid jerky or sudden
the trailer brake controller by hand when towing a trailer. Because the maneuvers.
to be sure the brakes work. rig is longer, it is necessary to go
farther beyond the passed vehicle Turn Signals When Towing a
During the trip, check occasionally Trailer
to be sure that the load is secure before returning to the lane.
and the lamps and any trailer The turn signal indicators on the
Backing Up instrument cluster flash whenever
brakes still work.
Hold the bottom of the steering signaling a turn or lane change.
Towing with a Stability Control wheel with one hand. To move the Properly hooked up, the trailer
System trailer to the left, move your hand to lamps also flash, telling other
When towing, the sound of the the left. To move the trailer to the drivers the vehicle is turning,
stability control system might be right, move your hand to the right. changing lanes or stopping.
heard. The system is reacting to the Always back up slowly and, When towing a trailer, the arrows on
vehicle movement caused by the if possible, have someone the instrument cluster flash for turns
trailer, which mainly occurs during guide you. even if the bulbs on the trailer are
cornering. This is normal when Making Turns burned out. Check occasionally to
towing heavier trailers. be sure the trailer bulbs are still
Notice: Making very sharp turns working.
Following Distance while trailering could cause the
Stay at least twice as far behind the trailer to come in contact with the Driving on Grades
vehicle ahead as you would when vehicle. The vehicle could be Reduce speed and shift to a
driving the vehicle without a trailer. damaged. Avoid making very lower gear before starting down
sharp turns while trailering. a long or steep downgrade.
If the transmission is not shifted Parking on Hills 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
down, the brakes might have to be apply the parking brake and shift
used so much that they would get
hot and no longer work well.
{ WARNING into P (Park) for vehicles with an
automatic transmission or into
The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Parking the vehicle on a hill with gear for vehicles with a manual
Use a lower gear if the transmission the trailer attached can be transmission.
shifts too often. dangerous. If something goes 5. Release the brake pedal.
wrong, the rig could start to move.
When towing at high altitude on Leaving After Parking on a Hill
People can be injured, and both
steep uphill grades, engine coolant
boils at a lower temperature than at the vehicle and the trailer can be 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal
normal altitudes. If the engine is damaged. When possible, always while you:
turned off immediately after towing park the rig on a flat surface. . Start the engine.
at high altitude on steep uphill . Shift into a gear.
grades, the vehicle could show If parking the rig on a hill:
signs similar to engine overheating. . Release the parking brake.
To avoid this, let the engine run 1. Press the brake pedal, but do
not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn 2. Let up on the brake pedal.
while parked, preferably on level
ground, with the transmission in the wheels into the curb if facing 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is
P (Park) for a few minutes before downhill or into traffic if facing clear of the chocks.
turning the engine off. If the uphill.
4. Stop and have someone pick up
overheat warning comes on, see 2. Have someone place chocks and store the chocks.
Engine Overheating on page 10‑17. under the trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel chocks are in
place, release the brake pedal
until the chocks absorb the load.
Maintenance When Trailer Trailer Towing Maximum trailer weight is calculated

Towing assuming only the driver is in the
Before pulling a trailer, there are tow vehicle and it has all the
The vehicle needs service more three important considerations that required trailering equipment. The
often when pulling a trailer. See the have to do with weight: weight of additional optional
Maintenance Schedule on equipment, passengers, and cargo
. The weight of the trailer.
page 11‑2. Things that are in the tow vehicle must be
especially important in trailer . The weight of the trailer tongue. subtracted from the maximum trailer
operation are automatic . The total weight on your weight.
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle vehicle's tires.
lubricant, belts, cooling system and Ask your dealer for trailering
brake system. Inspect these before Weight of the Trailer information or advice, or write us at
and during the trip. our Customer Assistance Offices.
How heavy can a trailer safely be? See Customer Assistance Offices
Check periodically to see that all on page 13‑3.
It should never weigh more than
hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
454 kg (1,000 lbs). But even that
can be too heavy.
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
Engine Cooling When Trailer
Towing It depends on how the rig is used. The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
For example, speed, altitude, road an important weight to measure
The cooling system may temporarily because it affects the total gross
overheat during severe operating grades, outside temperature, and
how much the vehicle is used to pull weight of the vehicle. The Gross
conditions. See Engine Overheating Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the
on page 10‑17. a trailer are all important. It can
depend on any special equipment curb weight of the vehicle, any
on the vehicle, and the amount of cargo carried in it, and the people
tongue weight the vehicle can carry. who will be riding in the vehicle.
See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue”
later in this section.
If there are a lot of options, After loading the trailer, weigh the bumper-type hitches to it. Use
equipment, passengers, or cargo in trailer and then the tongue, only a frame-mounted hitch that
the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue separately, to see if the weights are does not attach to the bumper.
weight the vehicle can carry, which proper. If they are not, adjustments . Will any holes be made in the
will also reduce the trailer weight the might be made by moving some body of the vehicle when the
vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, items around in the trailer. trailer hitch is installed? If so,
the tongue load must be added to seal the holes when the hitch is
the GVW because the vehicle will Total Weight on Your Vehicle's
Tires removed. If the holes are not
be carrying that weight, too. See sealed, dirt, water, and deadly
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑9. Be sure the vehicle's tires are carbon monoxide (CO) from the
inflated to the upper limit for cold exhaust can get into the vehicle.
tires. These numbers can be found See Engine Exhaust on
on the Tire and Loading Information page 9‑20.
label. See Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9‑9. Make sure not to go over Safety Chains
the GVW limit for the vehicle, Always attach chains between the
including the weight of the trailer vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
tongue. safety chains under the tongue of
the trailer to help prevent the tongue
Towing Equipment from contacting the road if it
becomes separated from the hitch.
Hitches Leave enough slack so the rig can
Use the correct hitch equipment. turn. Never allow safety chains to
The trailer tongue (1) should weigh See your dealer or a hitch dealer for drag on the ground.
10 to 15 percent of the total loaded assistance.
trailer weight (2). . The rear bumper on the vehicle
is not intended for hitches. Do
not attach rental hitches or other
Trailer Brakes Conversions and Add-on equipment can drain the

vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
Does the trailer have its own Add-Ons vehicle is not operating.
brakes? Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for the trailer brakes The vehicle has an airbag system.
so they are installed, adjusted, and Add-On Electrical Before attempting to add anything
maintained properly. Equipment electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Because the vehicle has antilock Notice: Some electrical Vehicle on page 3‑30 and Adding
brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's equipment can damage the Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
brake system. If this is done, both vehicle or cause components to Vehicle on page 3‑30.
brake systems will not work well, not work and would not be
or at all. covered by the warranty. Always
check with your dealer before
adding electrical equipment.
2 NOTES
Vehicle Care 10-1
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18

Vehicle Care Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-29
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
General Information Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-22 Electrical System
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Automatic Transmission Shift Electrical System
California Proposition Lock Control Function Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Fuses and Circuit
California Perchlorate Ignition Transmission Lock Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23 Engine Compartment Fuse
Accessories and Park Brake and P (Park) Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-23 Instrument Panel Fuse
Wiper Blade Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23 Wheels and Tires
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Headlamp Aiming Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Engine Compartment Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 Bulb Replacement Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-38
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 10-9 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Automatic Transmission Headlamps, Front Turn Tire Terminology and
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 Signal, Sidemarker, and Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Manual Transmission Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Tire Pressure Monitor
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11 Taillamps, Turn Signal, System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-11 Sidemarker, and Tire Pressure Monitor
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Stoplamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-17
10-2 Vehicle Care
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49 Jump Starting General Information

When It Is Time for New Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50 For service and parts needs, visit
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51 Towing your dealer. You will receive
Different Size Tires and Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-75 genuine GM parts and GM-trained
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 Recreational Vehicle and supported service people.
Uniform Tire Quality Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76
Genuine GM parts have one of
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 Appearance Care these marks:
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-55
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Storing the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-72
Vehicle Care 10-3
California Proposition Accessories and Damage to vehicle components

resulting from modifications or the
65 Warning Modifications installation or use of non‐GM
Most motor vehicles, including this Adding non‐dealer accessories or certified parts, including control
one, contain and/or emit chemicals making modifications to the vehicle module or software modifications, is
known to the State of California to can affect vehicle performance and not covered under the terms of the
cause cancer and birth defects or safety, including such things as vehicle warranty and may affect
other reproductive harm. Engine airbags, braking, stability, ride and remaining warranty coverage for
exhaust, many parts and systems, handling, emissions systems, affected parts.
many fluids, and some component aerodynamics, durability, and GM Accessories are designed to
wear by-products contain and/or electronic systems like antilock complement and function with other
emit these chemicals. brakes, traction control, and stability systems on the vehicle. See your
control. These accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle
California Perchlorate modifications could even cause using genuine GM Accessories
malfunction or damage not covered
Materials Requirements by the vehicle warranty.
installed by a dealer technician.
Certain types of automotive Also, see Adding Equipment to the
applications, such as airbag Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
initiators, safety belt pretensioners, page 3‑30.
and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
may contain perchlorate materials.
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
10-4 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Checks This vehicle has an airbag system. Hood

Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the To open the hood:
Doing Your Own Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
Service Work page 3‑30.
Keep a record with all parts receipts
{ WARNING and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
It can be dangerous to work on Maintenance Records on
your vehicle if you do not have page 11‑14.
the proper knowledge, service
manual, tools, or parts. Always Notice: Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
follow owner manual procedures
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
and consult the service manual
contaminants to contact the
for your vehicle before doing any fluids, reservoir caps,
service work. or dipsticks.
1. Pull up on the hood release
handle. It is located inside the
If doing some of your own service vehicle to the left of the steering
work, use the proper service column.
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering Information
on page 13‑11.
Vehicle Care 10-5
To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, be sure
all the filler caps are on properly.
Then, lift the hood to relieve
pressure on the hood prop.
Remove the hood prop from the
slot on the underside of the hood
and return the prop to its
retainer. The prop rod must click
into place when returning it to
the retainer to prevent hood
damage.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle and 3. Lift the hood and release the 2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in)
push the secondary hood hood prop from its retainer, above the vehicle and release it
release handle toward the driver located above the radiator. so it fully latches. Check to
side of the vehicle. Securely place the hood prop make sure the hood is closed
into the slot on the underside of and repeat the process if
the hood. necessary.
10-6 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview

Vehicle Care 10-7
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on 11. Windshield Washer Fluid

. Always dispose of engine oil
page 10‑11. Reservoir. See Washer Fluid properly. See “What to Do with
on page 10‑18. Used Oil” in this section.
2. Engine Cover.
3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of Checking Engine Oil
Engine Oil
View). See Cooling System on It is a good idea to check the engine
page 10‑13. To ensure proper engine oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
performance and long life, careful get an accurate reading, the vehicle
4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine attention must be paid to engine oil.
Oil on page 10‑7. must be on level ground. The
Following these simple, but engine oil dipstick handle is a loop.
5. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of important steps will help protect See Engine Compartment Overview
View). See Engine Oil on your investment: on page 10‑6 for the location of the
page 10‑7. . Always use engine oil approved engine oil dipstick.
6. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See to the proper specification and of Obtaining an accurate oil level
Brakes on page 10‑19. the proper viscosity grade. See reading is essential:
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
7. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and 1. If the engine has been running
in this section.
Pressure Cap. See Engine recently, turn off the engine and
Coolant on page 10‑13. . Check the engine oil level allow several minutes for the oil
regularly and maintain the to drain back into the oil pan.
8. Battery on page 10‑21 (Out
proper oil level. See “Checking Checking the oil level too soon
of View).
Engine Oil” and “When to Add after engine shutoff will not
9. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. Engine Oil” in this section. provide an accurate oil level
See Jump Starting on reading.
. Change the engine oil at the
page 10‑73.
appropriate time. See Engine Oil
10. Engine Compartment Fuse Life System on page 10‑9.
Block on page 10‑31.
10-8 Vehicle Care
what kind of oil to use. For engine Selecting the Right Engine Oil
{ WARNING oil crankcase capacity, see
Selecting the right engine oil
Capacities and Specifications on
The engine oil dipstick handle depends on both the proper oil
page 12‑2.
may be hot; it could burn you. specification and viscosity grade.
Use a towel or glove to touch the Notice: Do not add too much oil. See Recommended Fluids and
dipstick handle. Oil levels above or below the Lubricants on page 11‑12.
acceptable operating range
shown on the dipstick are harmful Specification
2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it to the engine. If you find that you Use and ask for licensed engine oils
with a paper towel or cloth, then have an oil level above the with the dexos1® approved
push it back in all the way. operating range, i.e., the engine certification mark. Engine oils
Remove it again, keeping the tip has so much oil that the oil level meeting the requirements for the
down, and check the level. gets above the cross-hatched vehicle should have the dexos1
area that shows the proper approved certification mark. This
When to Add Engine Oil
operating range, the engine could certification mark indicates that the
be damaged. You should drain oil has been approved to the dexos1
out the excess oil or limit driving specification.
of the vehicle and seek a service
professional to remove the
excess amount of oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10‑6 for the location of the
If the oil is below the cross-hatched engine oil fill cap.
area at the tip of the dipstick, add
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil Add enough oil to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating Notice: Failure to use the
and then recheck the level. See recommended engine oil or
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through. equivalent can result in engine
this section for an explanation of damage not covered by the
Vehicle Care 10-9
vehicle warranty. Check with your Engine Oil Additives/Engine Used oil can be a threat to the
dealer or service provider on Oil Flushes environment. If you change your
whether the oil is approved to the own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
dexos1 specification. Do not add anything to the oil. The from the filter before disposal. Never
recommended oils with the dexos dispose of oil by putting it in the
Viscosity Grade specification and displaying the trash or pouring it on the ground,
SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity dexos certification mark are all that into sewers, or into streams or
grade for the vehicle. Do not use is needed for good performance and bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
other viscosity grade oils such as engine protection. it to a place that collects used oil.
SAE 10W-30, 10W-40, or 20W-50. Engine oil system flushes are not
Cold Temperature Operation: In an recommended and could cause Engine Oil Life System
area of extreme cold, where the engine damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty. When to Change Engine Oil
temperature falls below −29°C
(−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be What to Do with Used Oil This vehicle has a computer system
used. An oil of this viscosity grade that indicates when to change the
will provide easier cold starting Used engine oil contains certain engine oil and filter. This is based
for the engine at extremely low elements that can be unhealthy for on a combination of factors which
temperatures. When selecting an oil your skin and could even cause include engine revolutions, engine
of the appropriate viscosity grade, cancer. Do not let used oil stay on temperature, and miles driven.
always select an oil of the correct your skin for very long. Clean your Based on driving conditions, the
specification. See “Specification” skin and nails with soap and water, mileage at which an oil change is
earlier in this section for more or a good hand cleaner. Wash or indicated can vary considerably. For
information. properly dispose of clothing or rags the oil life system to work properly,
containing used engine oil. See the the system must be reset every time
manufacturer's warnings about the the oil is changed.
use and disposal of oil products.
10-10 Vehicle Care
When the system has calculated How to Reset the Engine Oil If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
that oil life has been diminished, it Life System message comes back on when the
indicates that an oil change is vehicle is started, the engine oil life
necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE Reset the system whenever the system has not been reset. Repeat
OIL SOON message comes on. See engine oil is changed so that the the procedure.
Engine Oil Messages on page 5‑26. system can calculate the next
engine oil change. To reset the
Change the oil as soon as possible
system:
Automatic Transmission
within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
It is possible that, if driving under 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
Fluid
the best conditions, the oil life the engine off. How to Check Automatic
system might indicate that an oil Transmission Fluid
2. Press the DIC MENU button on
change is not necessary for up to a
the turn signal lever to enter the It is not necessary to check
year. The engine oil and filter must
Vehicle Information Menu. Use the transmission fluid level.
be changed at least once a year
the thumbwheel to scroll through A transmission fluid leak is the only
and, at this time, the system must
the menu items until you reach reason for fluid loss. If a leak
be reset. Your dealer has trained
REMAINING OIL LIFE. occurs, take the vehicle to your
service people who will perform this
work and reset the system. It is also 3. Press the SET/CLR button to dealer and have it repaired as soon
important to check the oil regularly reset the oil life at 100%. as possible.
over the course of an oil drain 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. There is a special procedure for
interval and keep it at the proper checking and changing the
level. The system is reset when the transmission fluid. Because this
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON procedure is difficult, this should be
If the system is ever reset message is off and the REMAINING
accidentally, the oil must be done at your dealer. Contact your
OIL LIFE 100% message is dealer for additional information or
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) displayed.
since the last oil change. the procedure can be found in the
Remember to reset the oil life service manual. To purchase a
system whenever the oil is changed.
Vehicle Care 10-11
service manual, see Service Hydraulic Clutch How to Check and Add Fluid
Publications Ordering Information
For vehicles with a manual Visually check the brake/clutch fluid
on page 13‑11.
transmission, it is not necessary to reservoir to make sure the fluid level
Change the fluid and filter at the regularly check brake/clutch fluid is at the MIN (minimum) line on the
intervals listed in Maintenance unless there is a leak suspected. side of the reservoir. The brake/
Schedule on page 11‑2, and be sure Adding fluid will not correct a leak. hydraulic clutch fluid system should
to use the fluid listed in A fluid loss in this system could be closed and sealed.
Recommended Fluids and indicate a problem. Have the Do not remove the cap to check the
Lubricants on page 11‑12. system inspected and repaired. fluid level or to top-off the fluid level.
When to Check and What Remove the cap only when
Manual Transmission necessary to add the proper fluid
Fluid to Use until the level reaches the MIN line.
How to Check Manual Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
Transmission Fluid
See Engine Compartment Overview
It is not necessary to check the on page 10‑6 for the location of the
manual transmission fluid level. engine air cleaner/filter.
A transmission fluid leak is the only
reason for fluid loss. If a leak When to Inspect the Engine Air
occurs, take the vehicle to your The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid
Cleaner/Filter
dealer and have it repaired as soon reservoir cap has this symbol on it.
as possible. See Recommended The common brake/clutch fluid Inspect or replace the air cleaner/
Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑12 reservoir is filled with DOT 4 brake filter at the scheduled maintenance
for the proper fluid to use. fluid as indicated on the reservoir intervals. See Maintenance
cap. See Engine Compartment Schedule on page 11‑2 for more
Overview on page 10‑6 for reservoir information. If driving in dusty/dirty
location. conditions, inspect the filter at each
engine oil change.
10-12 Vehicle Care
How to Inspect the Engine Air 2. Align the air cleaner housing
Cleaner/Filter cover tabs to the air cleaner
housing.
To inspect the air cleaner/filter,
remove the filter from the vehicle 3. Install the air cleaner housing
and lightly shake the filter to release cover using the six screws.
loose dust and dirt. If the filter
remains covered with dirt, a new { WARNING
filter is required.
Operating the engine with the air
To inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
cleaner/filter:
others to be burned. The air
1. Open the hood. See Hood on cleaner not only cleans the air; it
page 10‑4. 3. Remove the six air cleaner helps to stop flames if the engine
housing cover screws.
2. Locate the air filter housing on backfires. Use caution when
the passenger side of the engine 4. Pull straight up on the cover, and working on the engine and do not
compartment. See Engine while holding the cover, remove drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
Compartment Overview on the air cleaner filter.
page 10‑6. 5. Inspect or replace the air cleaner Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is
filter. off, dirt can easily get into the
How to Reinstall Engine Air engine, which could damage it.
Always have the air cleaner/filter
Cleaner/Filter in place when you are driving.
1. Install the air cleaner filter into
the air cleaner housing. The
outer air cleaner filter seal must
be fitted properly in the air
cleaner housing.
Vehicle Care 10-13
Cooling System If the coolant inside the coolant If there seems to be no leak, with
surge tank is boiling, do not do the engine on, check to see if the
anything else until it cools down. electric engine cooling fan is
The vehicle should be parked on a running. If the engine is
level surface. overheating, the fan should be
The coolant level should be at the running. If it is not, the vehicle
COLD FILL line. If it is not, the needs service. Turn off the engine.
vehicle may have a leak at the Notice: Using coolant other than
radiator hoses, heater hoses, DEX-COOL® can cause premature
radiator, water pump, or somewhere engine, heater core, or radiator
else in the cooling system. corrosion. In addition, the engine
coolant could require changing
{ WARNING sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi)
or 24 months, whichever occurs
1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out Heater and radiator hoses, and first. Any repairs would not be
of View) other engine parts, can be very covered by the vehicle warranty.
hot. Do not touch them. If you do, Always use DEX-COOL
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and (silicate-free) coolant in the
Pressure Cap you can be burned.
vehicle.
Do not run the engine if there is a
{ WARNING leak. If you run the engine, it Engine Coolant
could lose all coolant. That could
An electric engine cooling fan cause an engine fire, and you The cooling system in the vehicle is
under the hood can start up even could be burned. Get any leak filled with DEX-COOL® engine
when the engine is not running fixed before you drive the vehicle. coolant. This coolant is designed to
and can cause injury. Keep remain in the vehicle for 5 years or
hands, clothing, and tools away 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever
from any underhood electric fan. occurs first.
10-14 Vehicle Care
The following explains the cooling Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, Never dispose of engine coolant by
system and how to check and add drinkable water and DEX-COOL putting it in the trash, pouring it on
coolant when it is low. If there is a coolant. If using this mixture, the ground, or into sewers, streams,
problem with engine overheating, nothing else needs to be added. or bodies of water. Have the coolant
see Engine Overheating on This mixture: changed by an authorized service
page 10‑17. . Gives freezing protection down center, familiar with legal
to −37°C (−34°F), outside requirements regarding used
What to Use coolant disposal. This will help
temperature.
protect the environment and your
{ WARNING . Gives boiling protection up to health.
129°C (265°F), engine
Adding only plain water or some temperature. Checking Coolant
other liquid to the cooling system The vehicle must be on a level
. Protects against rust and
can be dangerous. Plain water corrosion. surface when checking the coolant
and other liquids, can boil before level.
the proper coolant mixture will.
. Will not damage aluminum parts.
Check to see if coolant is visible in
The coolant warning system is set . Helps keep the proper engine the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
for the proper coolant mixture. temperature. inside the coolant surge tank is
With plain water or the wrong Notice: If an improper coolant boiling, do not do anything else until
mixture, the engine could get too mixture is used, the engine could it cools down. If coolant is visible
hot but you would not get the overheat and be badly damaged. but the coolant level is not at or
overheat warning. The engine The repair cost would not be above the COLD FILL line, add a
could catch fire and you or covered by the vehicle warranty. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
others could be burned. Use a Too much water in the mixture water and DEX-COOL coolant at the
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable can freeze and crack the engine, coolant surge tank, but be sure the
water and DEX-COOL coolant. radiator, heater core, and other cooling system is cool before this is
parts. done. See Cooling System on
page 10‑13.
Vehicle Care 10-15
The coolant surge tank is in the

engine compartment on the driver { WARNING WARNING (Continued)
side of the vehicle. See Engine
Compartment Overview on Steam and scalding liquids from a The coolant warning system is set
page 10‑6. hot cooling system can blow out for the proper coolant mixture.
and burn you badly. They are With plain water or the wrong
How to Add Coolant to the under pressure, and if you turn mixture, the engine could get too
Coolant Surge Tank the coolant surge tank pressure hot but you would not get the
Notice: This vehicle has a cap — even a little — they can overheat warning. The engine
specific coolant fill procedure. come out at high speed. Never could catch fire and you or others
Failure to follow this procedure turn the cap when the cooling could be burned. Use a 50/
could cause the engine to system, including the coolant 50 mixture of clean, drinkable
overheat and be severely surge tank pressure cap, is hot. water and DEX-COOL coolant.
damaged. Wait for the cooling system and
coolant surge tank pressure cap
If you have not found a problem
to cool if you ever have to turn
yet, check to see if coolant is visible
in the coolant surge tank. If coolant the pressure cap. { WARNING
is visible but the coolant level is You can be burned if you spill
not at the COLD FILL line, add a coolant on hot engine parts.
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant at the
{ WARNING Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts
coolant surge tank, but be sure the Adding only plain water or some are hot enough. Do not spill
cooling system, including the other liquid to the cooling system coolant on a hot engine.
coolant surge tank pressure cap, is can be dangerous. Plain water
cool before you do it. See Engine and other liquids, can boil before
Overheating on page 10‑17. the proper coolant mixture will.
(Continued)
10-16 Vehicle Care
Notice: In cold weather, water 2. Keep turning the pressure cap 4. With the coolant surge tank
can freeze and crack the engine, slowly, and remove it. pressure cap off, start the
radiator, heater core and other engine and let it run until the
parts. Use the recommended upper radiator hose can be felt
coolant and the proper coolant getting hot. Watch out for the
mixture. engine cooling fan.
By this time, the coolant level
inside the coolant surge tank
may be lower. If the level is
lower, add more of the proper
DEX-COOL coolant mixture to
the coolant surge tank until the
level reaches the cold fill line.
1. Remove the coolant surge tank
5. Replace the pressure cap tightly.
pressure cap when the cooling
system, including the coolant 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with Check the level in the coolant
surge tank pressure cap and the proper DEX-COOL coolant surge tank when the cooling system
upper radiator hose, is no mixture, to the cold fill line mark has cooled down. If the coolant is
longer hot. below the ISO symbol. The not at the proper level, repeat
location of the ISO symbol is Steps 1–3 and reinstall the pressure
Turn the pressure cap slowly
indicated by the arrow. cap. If the coolant still is not at the
counterclockwise about
proper level when the system cools
one-quarter of a turn. If you hear
down again, see your dealer.
a hiss, wait for that to stop. This
will allow any pressure still left to
be vented out the
discharge hose.
Vehicle Care 10-17
Engine Overheating If Steam is Coming from the If No Steam is Coming from

Engine Compartment the Engine Compartment
The vehicle has an engine coolant
temperature gauge to warn of If the engine coolant temperature
engine overheating. See Engine { WARNING gauge is in the overheat zone but
Coolant Temperature Gauge on no steam can be seen or heard, the
page 5‑10. Steam from an overheated engine problem may not be too serious.
can burn you badly, even if you Sometimes the engine can get a
The decision may be made not just open the hood. Stay away little too hot when the vehicle:
to lift the hood when this warning from the engine if you see or hear . Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
appears, but instead get service steam coming from it. Just turn it
help right away. See Roadside off and get everyone away from . Stops after high-speed driving.
Assistance Program on page 13‑5. the vehicle until it cools down. . Idles for long periods in traffic.
If the decision to lift the hood is Wait until there is no sign of
made, make sure the vehicle is steam or coolant before you open
. Tows a trailer.
parked on a level surface. the hood. If the engine coolant temperature
Then check to see if the engine gauge is in the overheat zone with
If you keep driving when the
cooling fan is running. If the engine no sign of steam:
engine is overheated, the liquids
is overheating, the fan should be in it can catch fire. You or others 1. Turn the air conditioning off.
running. If they are not, do not could be badly burned. Stop the
continue to run the engine and have 2. Turn the heater on to the highest
engine if it overheats, and get out temperature and to the highest
the vehicle serviced.
of the vehicle until the engine fan speed. Open the windows as
Notice: Engine damage from is cool. necessary.
running the engine without
coolant is not covered by the
warranty.
10-18 Vehicle Care
3. In heavy traffic, let the engine Washer Fluid Notice

idle in N (Neutral) while stopped. . When using concentrated
If it is safe to do so, pull off the What to Use washer fluid, follow the
road, shift to P (Park) or Read the manufacturer's manufacturer instructions for
N (Neutral) and let the instructions before refilling the adding water.
engine idle. windshield washer fluid. If operating . Do not mix water with
If the engine coolant temperature the vehicle in an area where the
ready-to-use washer fluid.
gauge is no longer in the overheat temperature may fall below freezing,
Water can cause the solution
zone, the vehicle can be driven. use a fluid that has sufficient to freeze and damage the
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly protection against freezing. washer fluid tank and other
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe parts of the washer system.
vehicle distance from the vehicle in Adding Washer Fluid
front. If the engine coolant . Fill the washer fluid tank only
temperature gauge does not go into three-quarters full when it is
the overheat zone, continue to drive very cold. This allows for
normally. fluid expansion if freezing
occurs, which could damage
If the engine coolant temperature the tank if it is
gauge is still in the overheat zone, completely full.
pull over, stop, and park the vehicle
right away. Open the cap with the washer . Do not use engine coolant
symbol on it and add washer fluid (antifreeze) in the windshield
If there is no sign of steam, idle the until full. See Engine Compartment washer. It can damage the
engine for three minutes while Overview on page 10‑6 for reservoir windshield washer system
parked. If the engine coolant location. and paint.
temperature gauge is still in the
overheat zone, turn off the engine
until it cools down.
Vehicle Care 10-19
Brakes Some driving conditions or climates Replacing Brake System Parts

can cause a brake squeal when the
This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc The braking system on a vehicle is
brakes are first applied or lightly
brake pads have built-in wear complex. Its many parts have to be
applied. This does not mean
indicators that make a high-pitched of top quality and work well together
something is wrong with the brakes.
warning sound when the brake pads if the vehicle is to have really good
are worn and new pads are needed. Properly torqued wheel nuts are braking. The vehicle was designed
The sound can come and go or be necessary to help prevent brake and tested with top-quality brake
heard all the time the vehicle is pulsation. When tires are rotated, parts. When parts of the braking
moving, except when applying the inspect brake pads for wear and system are replaced, be sure to get
brake pedal firmly. evenly tighten wheel nuts in the new, approved replacement parts.
proper sequence to torque If this is not done, the brakes might
specifications in Capacities and not work properly. For example,
{ WARNING Specifications on page 12‑2. installing disc brake pads that are
The brake wear warning sound Brake linings should always be wrong for the vehicle, can change
means that soon the brakes will replaced as complete axle sets. the balance between the front and
not work well. That could lead to rear brakes — for the worse. The
a crash. When the brake wear
Brake Pedal Travel braking performance expected can
See your dealer if the brake pedal change in many other ways if the
warning sound is heard, have the
does not return to normal height, wrong replacement brake parts are
vehicle serviced. installed.
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign
Notice: Continuing to drive with that brake service might be
worn-out brake pads could result required.
in costly brake repair.
Brake Adjustment
Every time the brakes are applied,
with or without the vehicle moving,
the brakes adjust for wear.
10-20 Vehicle Care
Brake Fluid clutch hydraulic system fixed, Checking Brake Fluid

since a leak means that sooner
The brake/clutch fluid can be
or later the brakes will not
checked without taking off the cap
work well.
by looking at the brake/clutch fluid
Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid. reservoir.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
The fluid level should be above
If fluid is added when the linings are
MIN. If it is not, have the brake/
worn, there will be too much fluid
clutch hydraulic system checked to
The brake master cylinder and, on when new brake linings are
see if there is a leak.
manual transmission vehicles, the installed. Add or remove fluid, as
clutch hydraulic system use the necessary, only when work is done After work is done on the brake/
same reservoir. See Engine on the brake/clutch hydraulic clutch hydraulic system, make sure
Compartment Overview on system. the level is above MIN but not over
page 10‑6 for the location of the the MAX mark.
reservoir. The reservoir is filled with { WARNING When the brake/clutch fluid falls to a
DOT 4 brake fluid. low level, the brake warning light
If too much brake fluid is added, it comes on. See Brake System
There are only two reasons why the
can spill on the engine and burn, Warning Light on page 5‑14.
brake fluid level in the reservoir
if the engine is hot enough. You
might go down: What to Add
or others could be burned, and
. The brake fluid level goes down the vehicle could be damaged. Use only new DOT 4 brake fluid
because of normal brake lining Add brake fluid only when work is from a sealed container. It is
wear. When new linings are done on the brake/clutch recommended that the brake/clutch
installed, the fluid level goes hydraulic system. hydraulic system be flushed and
back up. refilled with new DOT 4 fluid at a
. A fluid leak in the brake/clutch regular maintenance service every
hydraulic system can also cause
a low fluid level. Have the brake/
Vehicle Care 10-21
two years. See Recommended they will have to be replaced. Vehicle Storage
Fluids and Lubricants on Do not let someone put in
page 11‑12. the wrong kind of fluid. { WARNING
Always clean the brake/clutch fluid . If brake fluid is spilled on the
reservoir cap and the area around vehicle's painted surfaces, Batteries have acid that can burn
the cap before removing it. This the paint finish can be you and gas that can explode.
helps keep dirt from entering the damaged. Be careful not to You can be badly hurt if you are
reservoir. spill brake fluid on the not careful. See Jump Starting on
vehicle. If you do, wash it off page 10‑73 for tips on working
{ WARNING immediately. around a battery without
getting hurt.
With the wrong kind of fluid in the Battery
brake/clutch hydraulic system, the Infrequent Usage: Remove the
Refer to the replacement number
brakes might not work well. This shown on the original battery label black, negative (−) cable from the
could cause a crash. Always use when a new battery is needed. See battery to keep the battery from
the proper brake/clutch fluid. Engine Compartment Overview on running down.
page 10‑6 for battery location. Extended Storage: Remove the
Notice black, negative (−) cable from the
. Using the wrong fluid can { WARNING battery or use a battery trickle
badly damage brake/clutch charger.
Battery posts, terminals, and
hydraulic system parts. For
example, just a few drops of related accessories contain lead
mineral-based oil, such as and lead compounds, chemicals
engine oil, in the brake known to the State of California to
hydraulic system can cause cancer and reproductive
damage brake hydraulic harm. Wash hands after handling.
system parts so badly that
10-22 Vehicle Care
Starter Switch Check 3. For automatic transmission Automatic Transmission

vehicles, try to start the engine
in each gear. The vehicle should
Shift Lock Control
{ WARNING start only in P (Park) or Function Check
When you are doing this N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts
inspection, the vehicle could
in any other position, contact
your dealer for service.
{ WARNING
move suddenly. If the vehicle
For manual transmission When you are doing this
moves, you or others could be
vehicles, put the shift lever in inspection, the vehicle could
injured.
Neutral, push the clutch pedal move suddenly. If the vehicle
down halfway, and try to start moves, you or others could be
1. Before starting this check, be the engine. The vehicle should injured.
sure there is enough room start only when the clutch pedal
around the vehicle. is pushed down all the way to 1. Before starting this check, be
2. Firmly apply both the parking the floor. If the vehicle starts sure there is enough room
brake and the regular brake. when the clutch pedal is not around the vehicle. It should be
See Parking Brake on pushed all the way down, parked on a level surface.
page 9‑27. contact your dealer for service.
2. Firmly apply the parking brake.
Do not use the accelerator See Parking Brake on
pedal, and be ready to turn off page 9‑27.
the engine immediately if it
starts. Be ready to apply the regular
brake immediately if the vehicle
begins to move.
Vehicle Care 10-23

. To check the P (Park)
3. With the engine off, turn the Park Brake and P (Park) mechanism's holding ability:
ignition on, but do not start the
engine. Without applying the
Mechanism Check With the engine running, shift to
regular brake, try to move the P (Park). Then release the
shift lever out of P (Park) with { WARNING parking brake followed by the
normal effort. If the shift lever regular brake.
moves out of P (Park), contact When you are doing this check,
Contact your dealer if service is
your dealer for service. the vehicle could begin to move. required.
You or others could be injured
Ignition Transmission and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front
Wiper Blade Replacement
Lock Check of the vehicle in case it begins to Front Wiper Blade
While parked, and with the parking roll. Be ready to apply the regular Replacement
brake set, try to turn the ignition to brake at once should the vehicle
LOCK/OFF in each shift lever Windshield wiper blades should be
begin to move.
position. inspected for wear or cracking. See
Maintenance Schedule on
. For automatic transmission Park on a fairly steep hill, with the page 11‑2.
vehicles, the ignition should turn vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
to LOCK/OFF only when the Replacement blades come in
your foot on the regular brake, set different types and are removed
shift lever is in P (Park). The the parking brake.
ignition key should come out in different ways. For proper
only in LOCK/OFF.
. To check the parking brake's windshield wiper blade length
holding ability: With the engine and type, see Maintenance
. For manual transmission running and the transmission in Replacement Parts on page 11‑13.
vehicles, the ignition key should N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
come out only in LOCK/OFF. pressure from the regular brake
Contact your dealer if service is pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
required. held by the parking brake only.
10-24 Vehicle Care
Notice: Allowing the wiper arm to 2. Push the release lever (2) to
touch the windshield when no disengage the hook and push
wiper blade is installed could the wiper arm (1) out of the
damage the windshield. Any blade assembly (3).
damage that occurs would not be 3. Push the new blade assembly
covered by your warranty. Do not securely on the wiper arm until
allow the wiper arm to touch the the release lever clicks into
windshield. place.
Rear Wiper Blade Replacement
3. Once the blade pin disengages

from the wiper arm, remove the
wiper blade by sliding the blade
off the arm.
4. Reverse the steps to install the
1. Wiper Arm new blade.
2. Release Lever
1. Pull the wiper arm a short
3. Blade Assembly
distance away from the
To replace the windshield wiper glass (1).
blade:
2. Push the blade away from
1. Lift the wiper arm (1) away from the arm (2).
the windshield.
It may require extra effort to
remove the old blade.
Vehicle Care 10-25
Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement Headlamps, Front Turn

Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement Signal, Sidemarker, and
should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on Parking Lamps
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, page 10‑30.
High-Beam Headlamp/
the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb‐changing procedure Low-Beam Headlamp
If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact
necessary, see your dealer. your dealer.
Halogen Bulbs
{ WARNING
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the instructions
on the bulb package.
1. Connector Retaining Tab
2. Connector Release
3. Headlamp Bulb
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
page 10‑4.
10-26 Vehicle Care
2. Remove the connector Parking/Turn Signal Lamp 3. Remove the bulb socket from
retaining tab (1). the headlamp assembly by
3. Disconnect the wiring harness turning counterclockwise.
connector from the bulb (3) by 4. Remove the bulb from the bulb
pressing the connector socket by pulling straight out.
release (2) and pulling 5. Install the new bulb in the bulb
straight back. socket.
4. Remove the bulb (3) from the 6. Install the bulb socket into the
headlamp assembly by turning headlamp assembly by turning
counterclockwise and pulling clockwise.
straight back.
7. On the driver side, replace the
5. Install the new bulb in the battery cover.
headlamp assembly by turning
clockwise. Passenger Side Shown, Driver Sidemarker Lamp
6. Install the wiring harness Side Similar
connector to the bulb. Be sure 1. Parking Lamp
the connector release (2) locks
into place. 2. Turn Signal Lamp
7. Install the connector To replace one of these bulbs:
retaining tab (1). 1. Open the hood. See Hood on
page 10‑4.
2. For the driver side bulb, remove
the battery cover by firmly
pulling it straight up until it 1. Remove the socket from the
releases. lamp assembly by turning
counterclockwise.
Vehicle Care 10-27
2. Remove the bulb from the bulb 4. Install the new bulb by turning it
socket by pulling it straight out. clockwise into the assembly.
3. Install the new bulb in the bulb 5. Reconnect the electrical
socket. connector to the bulb assembly.
4. Replace the bulb socket into the
headlamp assembly by turning Taillamps, Turn Signal,
clockwise. Sidemarker, and
Stoplamps
Fog Lamps 3. Remove the bulb socket by
Liftgate Inboard Taillamps turning counterclockwise and
1. Open the liftgate. pulling straight out.
4. Remove the bulb from the
socket by pulling it straight out.
5. Install the new bulb in the bulb
socket.
6. Install the bulb socket by turning
clockwise.
1. Locate the bulb assembly under 7. Install the liftgate taillamp

the front fascia. access cover.
2. Remove the bulb by turning it 2. Remove the liftgate taillamp

counterclockwise and pulling it access cover.
straight out of the assembly.
3. Disconnect the electrical
connector from the bulb.
10-28 Vehicle Care
Stoplamp/Taillamp, Turn Signal,

Back-up, and Sidemarker Lamp
1. Open the liftgate.
1. Turn Signal Lamp 3. Remove the two screws, which

2. Stop Lamp/Taillamp secure the taillamp assembly.
3. Sidemarker Lamp
2. Open the two screw covers.

Vehicle Care 10-29
9. Install the taillamp assembly and License Plate Lamp

tighten the two screws.
To replace the license plate
10. Close the two screw covers. lamp bulb:
Back-Up Lamps
4. Remove the taillamp assembly

by pulling it straight back until
the two posts disengage from
the grommets. 1. Locate the bulb assembly under
5. Remove the bulb socket from the rear fascia.
1. Remove the two screws from the
the taillamp assembly by turning 2. Remove the bulb by turning it license plate lamp assembly.
it counterclockwise. counterclockwise and pulling it
6. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out of the assembly.
straight out. 3. Disconnect the electrical
7. Install a new bulb into the bulb connector from the bulb.
socket. 4. Install the new bulb by turning it
8. Install the bulb socket into the clockwise into the assembly.
taillamp assembly by turning it 5. Reconnect the electrical
clockwise. connector to the bulb assembly.
10-30 Vehicle Care
Replacement Bulbs Electrical System

Bulb
Exterior Lamp
Number Electrical System
Back-Up Lamp 3157K Overload
Front Fog Lamp H8LL The vehicle has fuses and circuit
breakers to protect against an
Front and Rear 194 (W5W) electrical system overload.
Sidemarker Lamp
When the current electrical load is
Front Parking Lamp 194 (W5W) too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
Front Turn 3457NAK and closes, protecting the circuit
Signal Lamp until the current load returns to
2. Turn and pull the license plate normal or the problem is fixed.
lamp assembly down. High‐Beam/Low‐ H13LL This greatly reduces the chance of
Beam Headlamp circuit overload and fire caused by
3. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise and pull the Liftgate Taillamp 3057K electrical problems.
bulb straight out of the socket. Fuses and circuit breakers protect
Rear Stop Lamp/ 3057K
4. Push the new bulb into the Taillamp power devices in the vehicle.
socket. Replace a bad fuse with a new one
Rear Turn 5702NAK
5. Install the bulb socket by turning Signal Lamp of the identical size and rating.
clockwise into the license plate If there is a problem on the road and
lamp assembly. For replacement bulbs not listed a fuse needs to be replaced, the
6. Replace the license plate lamp here, contact your dealer. same amperage fuse can be
assembly by using the two borrowed. Choose some feature of
screws to secure. the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.
Vehicle Care 10-31
Headlamp Wiring Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment

An electrical overload may cause Breakers Fuse Block
the lamps to go on and off, or in
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
some cases to remain off. Have the
protected from short circuits by a
headlamp wiring checked right away
combination of fuses and circuit
if the lamps go on and off or
breakers. This greatly reduces the
remain off.
chance of damage caused by
Windshield Wipers electrical problems.
If the wiper motor overheats due to To check a fuse, look at the
heavy snow or ice, the windshield silver-colored band inside the fuse.
wipers will stop until the motor cools If the band is broken or melted,
and will then restart. replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
a bad fuse with a new one of the
Although the circuit is protected identical size and rating.
from electrical overload, overload
due to heavy snow or ice may Fuses of the same amperage can To remove the fuse block cover,
cause wiper linkage damage. be temporarily borrowed from squeeze the clips and lift it up.
Always clear ice and heavy snow another fuse location, if a fuse goes
from the windshield before using the out. Replace the fuse as soon as Notice: Spilling liquid on any
windshield wipers. possible. electrical component on the
vehicle may damage it. Always
If the overload is caused by an To identify and check fuses, circuit keep the covers on any electrical
electrical problem and not snow or breakers, and relays, see Engine component.
ice, be sure to get it fixed. Compartment Fuse Block on
page 10‑31 and Instrument Panel
Fuse Block on page 10‑34.
10-32 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage
5 Ignition, Engine Control
Module/Transmission
Control Module
6 Front Wipers
7 Not Used
8 Fuel Injectors 2 and 4
9 Fuel Injectors 1 and 3
10 Engine Control Module
11 Lambda Sensor 2
12 Starter Solenoid
13 Canister Vent Solenoid
Engine Compartment Fuse Block 14 Not Used

15 Rear Wiper
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage 16 Ignition, Air Quality
with all of the fuses, relays, and
1 Transmission Control Sensor Shutter
features shown.
Module 17 Ignition, Airbag
2 Engine Control Module 18 Fuel System Control
3 Not Used Module
4 Canister Vent Solenoid 19 Not Used

Vehicle Care 10-33
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

20 Fuel Pump 35 Amplifier 53 Inside Rearview Mirror
21 Rear Power Windows 36 Not Used 54 MHL Light Center
22 Not Used 37 High Beam, Right Side 55 Folding Mirror
23 Not Used 38 High Beam, Left Side 56 Front Washer
24 Front Power Windows 39 Not Used 57 Steering Column Lock
25 Electronic Vacuum Pump 40 Not Used 58 Not Used
26 Antilock Brake 41 Not Used 59 Secondary Air Pump
System Pump
42 Cooling Fan K2 60 Mirror Defogger
27 Passive Entry/Passive
43 Not Used 61 Mirror Defogger
Start
44 Not Used 62 Air Conditioning
28 Rear Window Defogger
Compressor Clutch
45 Cooling Fan K1
29 Not Used
63 Rear Window Sensor
46 Cooling Fan
30 Antilock Brake System
64 Automatic Occupant
Valve 47 Lambda Sensor 1
Sensing System
31 Body Control Module, 48 Fog Lamps
65 Rear Fog Lamp
VBAT 07
49 Not Used
66 Rear Washer
32 Body Control Module 50 Not Used
VBAT 06 67 Fuel System Control
51 Horn Module
33 Front Seat Heating
52 MIL 68 Not Used
34 Sunroof
10-34 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Relays Usage Instrument Panel Fuse

69 Battery Voltage Sensor 10 Cooling Fan K3 Block
70 Rain Sensor 11 Not Used The instrument panel fuse block is
in the driver side of instrument
71 Not Used 12 Cooling Fan K3 panel. To access the fuses:
13 Cooling Fan K1
Relays Usage
14 Not Used
1 Air Conditioning
Compressor Clutch 15 Ignition 15
2 Starter Solenoid 16 Secondary

AIR Pump
3 Cooling Fan K7
17 Window/Mirror
4 Front Wiper Speed Defogger
5 Front Wiper On
6 Not Used
7 Ignition 87 Main
1. Open the storage compartment
8 Fuel Pump
by pulling out at the top.
9 Cooling Fan K2
Vehicle Care 10-35
2. Squeeze the sides of the 3. Remove the compartment.

compartment in and rotate it To reinstall the compartment,
downward. reverse the steps above.
Instrument Panel Fuse Block

The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
10-36 Vehicle Care
Circuit Usage Circuit Usage Circuit Usage

Number Number Number
1 OnStar/Hands‐Free 11 Air Conditioning 22 Ignition/Electronic
Phone Blower Motor Key System
2 DC/DC Converter 12 Not Used 23 Body Control
Module 1
3 Body Control 13 Power Front Seat,
Module 5 Left Side 24 Body Control
Module 2
4 Audio 14 Dynamic Light
Control 25 Steering
5 Information Display,
Column Lock
Face Plate 15 Airbag
26 Rear Power Outlet
6 Front Power Outlet 16 Tailgate
7 Power Outlet 17 Air Conditioning Relays Usage
System
8 Body Control K1 Trunk Open
Module 3 18 Trailer
K2 Logistic Mode
9 Body Control 19 Battery Sensor
Module 4 K3 Retained Accessory
20 Not Used Power
10 Body Control
21 Instrument Cluster
Module 8
Vehicle Care 10-37
Wheels and Tires WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued)

Tires . Underinflated tires pose the . Improperly repaired tires can
same danger as overloaded cause a crash. Only the
Every new GM vehicle has tires. The resulting crash dealer or an authorized tire
high-quality tires made by a could cause serious injury. service center should repair,
leading tire manufacturer. See Check all tires frequently to replace, dismount, and mount
the warranty manual for maintain the recommended the tires.
information regarding the tire pressure. Tire pressure . Do not spin the tires in
warranty and where to get should be checked when the excess of 56 km/h (35 mph)
service. For additional tires are cold. on slippery surfaces such as
information refer to the tire . Overinflated tires are more snow, mud, ice, etc.
manufacturer. likely to be cut, punctured, Excessive spinning may
or broken by a sudden cause the tires to explode.
{ WARNING impact— such as when
hitting a pothole. Keep tires at
. Poorly maintained and the recommended pressure. All-Season Tires
improperly used tires are . Worn or old tires can cause a This vehicle may come with
dangerous. crash. If the tread is badly all-season tires. These tires
. Overloading the tires can worn, replace them. are designed to provide good
cause overheating as a result overall performance on most road
. Replace any tires that have surfaces and weather conditions.
of too much flexing. There been damaged by impacts
could be a blowout and a Original equipment tires designed to
with potholes, curbs, etc. GM's specific tire performance
serious crash. See Vehicle
Load Limits on page 9‑9. (Continued) criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
(Continued)
10-38 Vehicle Care
Original equipment all-season tires availability and proper tire selection. Summer Tires
can be identified by the last two Also, see Buying New Tires on
characters of this TPC code, which page 10‑51. This vehicle may come with high
will be “MS.” performance summer tires. These
With winter tires, there may be tires have a special tread and
Consider installing winter tires on decreased dry road traction, compound that are optimized for
the vehicle if frequent driving on increased road noise, and shorter maximum dry and wet road
snow or ice-covered roads is tread life. After changing to winter performance. This special tread and
expected. All-season tires provide tires, be alert for changes in vehicle compound will decrease
adequate performance for most handling and braking. performance in cold climates, and
winter driving conditions, but they If using winter tires: on ice and snow. We recommend
may not offer the same level of installing winter tires on the vehicle
traction or performance as winter . Use tires of the same brand and if frequent driving in cold
tires on snow or ice-covered roads. tread type on all four wheel temperatures or on snow or ice
See Winter Tires on page 10‑38. positions.
covered roads is expected. See
. Use only radial ply tires of the Winter Tires on page 10‑38.
Winter Tires same size, load range, and
This vehicle was not, originally, speed rating as the original Tire Sidewall Labeling
equipped with winter tires. Winter equipment tires.
Useful information about a tire is
tires are designed for increased Winter tires with the same speed molded into its sidewall. The
traction on snow and ice-covered rating as the original equipment tires
roads. Consider installing winter may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
examples show a typical
tires on the vehicle if frequent and ZR speed rated tires. If winter passenger tire sidewall.
driving on snow or ice-covered tires with a lower speed rating are
roads is expected. See your dealer chosen, never exceed the tire's
for details regarding winter tire maximum speed capability.
Vehicle Care 10-39
criteria have a TPC specification (4) Tire Identification Number

code molded onto the sidewall. (TIN): The letters and numbers
GM's TPC specifications meet or following the DOT code are
exceed all federal safety the Tire Identification Number
guidelines. (TIN). The TIN shows the
(3) DOT (Department of manufacturer and plant code,
Transportation): The tire size, and date the tire was
Department of Transportation manufactured. The TIN is
(DOT) code indicates that the molded onto both sides of the
tire is in compliance with tire, although only one side may
the U.S. Department of have the date of manufacture.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example Transportation Motor Vehicle (5) Tire Ply Material : The type
(1) Tire Size: The tire size is a Safety Standards. of cord and number of plies in
combination of letters and DOT Tire Date of the sidewall and under the tread.
numbers used to define a Manufacture: The last four (6) Uniform Tire Quality
particular tire's width, height, digits of the TIN indicate the tire Grading (UTQG): Tire
aspect ratio, construction type, manufactured date. The first two manufacturers are required to
and service description. See the digits represent the week grade tires based on three
“Tire Size” illustration later in this (01-52) and the last two digits, performance factors: treadwear,
section for more detail. the year. For example, the third traction, and temperature
(2) TPC Spec (Tire week of the year 2010 would resistance. For more information
Performance Criteria have a four-digit DOT date see Uniform Tire Quality
Specification): Original of 0310. Grading on page 10‑53.
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
10-40 Vehicle Care
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation vehicle tire engineered to (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
Load Limit: Maximum load that standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches.
can be carried and the and Rim Association. (6) Service Description: These
maximum pressure needed to (2) Tire Width: The three-digit characters represent the load
support that load. number indicates the tire section index and speed rating of the
width in millimeters from tire. The load index represents
Tire Designations sidewall to sidewall. the load carrying capacity a tire
Tire Size (3) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit is certified to carry. The speed
number that indicates the tire rating is the maximum speed a
The following is an example of a
height-to-width measurements. tire is certified to carry a load.
typical passenger vehicle
tire size. For example, if the tire size
aspect ratio is 60, as shown in Tire Terminology and
item 3 of the illustration, it would Definitions
mean that the tire's sidewall is Air Pressure: The amount of
60 percent as high as it is wide. air inside the tire pressing
(4) Construction Code: A letter outward on each square inch
code is used to indicate the type of the tire. Air pressure is
of ply construction in the tire. expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: or psi (pounds per square inch).
The United States version of a The letter R means radial ply
metric tire sizing system. The construction; the letter D Accessory Weight: The
letter P as the first character in means diagonal or bias ply combined weight of optional
the tire size means a passenger construction; and the letter B accessories. Some examples
means belted-bias ply of optional accessories are
construction. automatic transmission, power
Vehicle Care 10-41
steering, power brakes, power before a tire has built up heat GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight
windows, power seats, and air from driving. See Tire Pressure Rating for the front axle. See
conditioning. on page 10‑43. Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑9.
Aspect Ratio: The relationship Curb Weight: The weight of a GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight
of a tire's height to its width. motor vehicle with standard and Rating for the rear axle. See
Belt: A rubber coated layer of optional equipment including the Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑9.
cords between the plies and the maximum capacity of fuel, oil, Intended Outboard Sidewall :
tread. Cords may be made from and coolant, but without The side of an asymmetrical tire,
steel or other reinforcing passengers and cargo. that must always face outward
materials. DOT Markings: A code molded when mounted on a vehicle.
Bead: The tire bead contains into the sidewall of a tire Kilopascal (kPa): The metric
steel wires wrapped by steel signifying that the tire is in unit for air pressure.
cords that hold the tire onto compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: A
the rim. tire used on light duty trucks and
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire Standards. The DOT code some multipurpose passenger
in which the plies are laid at includes the Tire Identification vehicles.
alternate angles less than Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Load Index: An assigned
90 degrees to the centerline of designator which can also number ranging from 1 to 279
the tread. identify the tire manufacturer, that corresponds to the load
Cold Tire Pressure: The production plant, brand, and carrying capacity of a tire.
amount of air pressure in a tire, date of production.
measured in kPa (kilopascal) GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight
or psi (pounds per square inch) Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9‑9.
10-42 Vehicle Care
Maximum Inflation Pressure: outward when mounted on a Rim: A metal support for a tire
The maximum air pressure to vehicle. The side of the tire that and upon which the tire beads
which a cold tire can be inflated. contains a whitewall, bears are seated.
The maximum air pressure is white lettering, or bears Sidewall: The portion of a tire
molded onto the sidewall. manufacturer, brand, and/or between the tread and the bead.
Maximum Load Rating: The model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same Speed Rating: An
load rating for a tire at the alphanumeric code assigned to
maximum permissible inflation moldings on the other sidewall
of the tire. a tire indicating the maximum
pressure for that tire. speed at which a tire can
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A operate.
Weight: The sum of curb tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and Traction: The friction between
weight, accessory weight, the tire and the road surface.
vehicle capacity weight, and multipurpose vehicles.
The amount of grip provided.
production options weight. Recommended Inflation
Pressure: Vehicle Tread: The portion of a tire that
Normal Occupant Weight: The comes into contact with
number of occupants a vehicle manufacturer's recommended
tire inflation pressure as shown the road.
is designed to seat multiplied by
68 kg (150 lbs). See Vehicle on the tire placard. See Tire Treadwear Indicators: Narrow
Load Limits on page 9‑9. Pressure on page 10‑43 and bands, sometimes called wear
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑9. bars, that show across the tread
Occupant Distribution : of a tire when only 1.6 mm
Designated seating positions. Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic
tire in which the ply cords that (1/16 in) of tread remains. See
Outward Facing Sidewall: The extend to the beads are laid at When It Is Time for New Tires
side of an asymmetrical tire that 90 degrees to the centerline of on page 10‑50.
has a particular side that faces the tread.
Vehicle Care 10-43
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Vehicle Placard: A label . Premature or

Grading Standards): A tire permanently attached to a irregular wear.
information system that vehicle showing the vehicle . Poor handling.
provides consumers with capacity weight and the
ratings for a tire's traction, original equipment tire size
. Reduced fuel economy.
temperature, and treadwear. and recommended inflation Overinflated tires, or tires that
Ratings are determined by pressure. See “Tire and Loading have too much air, can
tire manufacturers using Information Label” under Vehicle result in:
government testing procedures. Load Limits on page 9‑9. . Unusual wear.
The ratings are molded into the
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform Tire Pressure . Poor handling.
Tire Quality Grading on Tires need the correct amount of
. Rough ride.
page 10‑53. air pressure to operate . Needless damage from
Vehicle Capacity Weight: effectively. road hazards.
The number of designated Notice: Neither tire
seating positions multiplied by The Tire and Loading
underinflation nor Information label on the
68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated overinflation is good. vehicle indicates the original
cargo load. See Vehicle Load Underinflated tires, or tires
Limits on page 9‑9. equipment tires and the correct
that do not have enough air, cold tire inflation pressures. The
Vehicle Maximum Load on the can result in: recommended pressure is the
Tire: Load on an individual tire . Tire overloading and minimum air pressure needed to
due to curb weight, accessory overheating which could support the vehicle's maximum
weight, occupant weight, and lead to a blowout. load carrying capacity.
cargo weight.
10-44 Vehicle Care
For additional information has not been driven for at least Tire Pressure Monitor
regarding how much weight the three hours or no more than System
vehicle can carry, and an 1.6 km (1 mi).
example of the Tire and Loading The Tire Pressure Monitor System
Remove the valve cap from the (TPMS) uses radio and sensor
Information label, see Vehicle tire valve stem. Press the tire technology to check tire pressure
Load Limits on page 9‑9. How gauge firmly onto the valve to levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
the vehicle is loaded affects get the pressure measurement. the air pressure in your tires and
vehicle handling and ride If the cold tire inflation pressure transmit tire pressure readings to a
comfort. Never load the vehicle matches the recommended receiver located in the vehicle.
with more weight than it was pressure on the Tire and Each tire, including the spare (if
designed to carry. Loading Information label, no provided), should be checked
When to Check further adjustment is necessary. monthly when cold and inflated to
the inflation pressure recommended
Check the tires once a month If the inflation pressure is low, by the vehicle manufacturer on the
or more. add air until the recommended vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure is reached. If the pressure label. (If your vehicle has
How to Check inflation pressure in high, press tires of a different size than the size
Use a good quality pocket-type on the metal stem in the center indicated on the vehicle placard or
gauge to check the tire of the tire valve to release air. tire inflation pressure label, you
pressure. Proper tire inflation Re‐check the tire pressure with should determine the proper tire
cannot be determined by looking the tire gauge. inflation pressure for those tires.)
at the tire. Check the tire Return the valve caps on the As an added safety feature, your
inflation pressure when the tires vehicle has been equipped with a
valve stems to keep out dirt and tire pressure monitoring system
are cold, meaning the vehicle moisture and prevent leaks. (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
Vehicle Care 10-45
pressure telltale when one or more The TPMS malfunction indicator is Federal Communications
of your tires is significantly combined with the low tire pressure Commission (FCC) Rules and
under-inflated. telltale. When the system detects a with Industry Canada
Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for Standards
pressure telltale illuminates, you approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated. See Radio Frequency Statement on
should stop and check your tires as page 13‑15 for information
soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as regarding Part 15 of the Federal
to the proper pressure. Driving on a Communications Commission (FCC)
significantly under-inflated tire long as the malfunction exists.
Rules and with Industry Canada
causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation illuminated, the system may not be
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire able to detect or signal low tire
tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS
Tire Pressure Monitor
vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety Operation
ability. of reasons, including the installation This vehicle may have a Tire
Please note that the TPMS is of replacement or alternate tires or Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
not a substitute for proper tire wheels on the vehicle that prevent The TPMS is designed to warn the
maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly. driver when a low tire pressure
responsibility to maintain correct tire Always check the TPMS malfunction condition exists. TPMS sensors are
pressure, even if under-inflation has telltale after replacing one or more mounted onto each tire and wheel
not reached the level to trigger tires or wheels on your vehicle to assembly, excluding the spare tire
illumination of the TPMS low tire ensure that the replacement or and wheel assembly. The TPMS
pressure telltale. alternate tires and wheels allow the sensors monitor the air pressure in
TPMS to continue to function the tires and transmit the tire
Your vehicle has also been properly. pressure readings to a receiver
equipped with a TPMS malfunction
See Tire Pressure Monitor located in the vehicle.
indicator to indicate when the
system is not operating properly. Operation on page 10‑45.
10-46 Vehicle Care
details about the DIC operation and Notice: Tire sealant materials are
displays see Driver Information not all the same. A non-approved
Center (DIC) on page 5‑21. tire sealant could damage the
The low tire pressure warning light TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor
may come on in cool weather when damage caused by using an
the vehicle is first started, and then incorrect tire sealant is not
When a low tire pressure condition turn off as the vehicle is driven. This covered by the vehicle
is detected, the TPMS illuminates could be an early indicator that the warranty. Always use only the
the low tire pressure warning light air pressure is getting low and must GM-approved tire sealant
located on the instrument cluster. be inflated to the proper pressure. available through your dealer or
If the warning light comes on, stop included in the vehicle.
A Tire and Loading Information label
as soon as possible and inflate the Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits
shows the size of the original
tires to the recommended pressure use a GM-approved liquid tire
equipment tires and the correct
shown on the Tire and Loading sealant. Using non-approved tire
inflation pressure for the tires when
Information label. See Vehicle Load sealants could damage the TPMS
they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9‑9. sensors. See Tire Sealant and
Limits on page 9‑9, for an example
A message to check the pressure in of the Tire and Loading Information Compressor Kit on page 10‑58 for
a specific tire displays in the Driver label and its location. Also see Tire information regarding the inflator kit
Information Center (DIC) display. Pressure on page 10‑43. materials and instructions.
The low tire pressure warning light
The TPMS can warn about a low
and the DIC warning message come
tire pressure condition but it
on at each ignition cycle until the
does not replace normal tire
tires are inflated to the correct
maintenance. See Tire Inspection
inflation pressure. Using the DIC,
on page 10‑48, Tire Rotation on
tire pressure levels can be viewed.
page 10‑49 and Tires on
For additional information and
page 10‑37.
Vehicle Care 10-47
TPMS Malfunction Light and

. The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or
Message process was not done or not being near facilities using radio
completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the
The TPMS will not function properly rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS
if one or more of the TPMS sensors malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction.
are missing or inoperable. When the message should go off after
system detects a malfunction, the If the TPMS is not functioning
successfully completing the properly, it cannot detect or signal a
low tire warning light flashes for sensor matching process. See
about one minute and then stays on low tire condition. See your dealer
"TPMS Sensor Matching for service if the TPMS malfunction
for the remainder of the ignition Process" later in this section.
cycle. A DIC warning message also light and DIC message come on
displays. The malfunction light and
. One or more TPMS sensors are and stay on.
DIC warning message come on at missing or damaged. The DIC
message and the malfunction TPMS Sensor Matching
each ignition cycle until the problem Process
is corrected. Some of the conditions light should go off when the
that can cause these to come TPMS sensors are installed and Each TPMS sensor has a unique
on are: the sensor matching process is identification code. The identification
performed successfully. See code needs to be matched to a new
. One of the road tires has been your dealer for service. tire/wheel position after rotating the
replaced with the spare tire. The tires or replacing one or more of the
spare tire does not have a
. Replacement tires or wheels do
not match the original equipment TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor
TPMS sensor. The malfunction matching process should also be
light and DIC message should tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
other than those recommended performed after replacing a spare
go off after the road tire is tire with a road tire containing the
replaced and the sensor could prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly. See Buying TPMS sensor. The malfunction
matching process is performed light and the DIC message should
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor New Tires on page 10‑51.
go off at the next ignition cycle.
Matching Process" later in this
section.
10-48 Vehicle Care
The sensors are matched to the tire/ 5. Press the SET/CLR button to 10. Proceed to the passenger side
wheel positions, using a TPMS begin the sensor matching rear tire, and repeat the
relearn tool, in the following order: process. procedure in Step 8.
driver side front tire, passenger side A message requesting 11. Proceed to the driver side rear
front tire, passenger side rear tire, acceptance of the process tire, and repeat the procedure
and driver side rear. See your should display. in Step 8. The horn sounds two
dealer for service or to purchase a times to indicate the sensor
relearn tool. 6. Press the SET/CLR button again
to confirm the selection. identification code has been
There are two minutes to match the matched to the driver side rear
first tire/wheel position, and The horn sounds twice to signal tire, and the TPMS sensor
five minutes overall to match all four the receiver is in relearn mode matching process is no longer
tire/wheel positions. If it takes and the TIRE LEARNING active. The TIRE LEARNING
longer, the matching process stops ACTIVE message displays on ACTIVE message on the DIC
and must be restarted. the DIC screen. display screen goes off.
The TPMS sensor matching 7. Start with the driver side 12. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
process is: front tire.
13. Set all four tires to the
1. Set the parking brake. 8. Place the relearn tool against recommended air pressure
the tire sidewall, near the valve level as indicated on the Tire
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with stem. Then press the button to
the engine off. and Loading Information label.
activate the TPMS sensor.
3. Use the MENU button to select A horn chirp confirms that the Tire Inspection
the Vehicle Information menu in sensor identification code has
the Driver Information been matched to this tire and We recommend that the tires,
Center (DIC). wheel position. including the spare tire, if the
4. Use the thumbwheel to scroll to 9. Proceed to the passenger side vehicle has one, be inspected
the Tire Pressure Menu item front tire, and repeat the for signs of wear or damage at
screen. procedure in Step 8. least once a month.
Vehicle Care 10-49
Replace the tire if: Tire Rotation

. The indicators at three or Tires should be rotated every
more places around the tire 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
can be seen. Maintenance Schedule on
. There is cord or fabric page 11‑2.
showing through the tire's Tires are rotated to achieve a
rubber. more uniform wear for all tires.
. The tread or sidewall is The first rotation is the most
cracked, cut, or snagged important.
deep enough to show cord or Anytime unusual wear is
fabric. noticed, rotate the tires as soon When rotating the tires, always
. The tire has a bump, bulge, as possible, check for proper tire use the correct rotation pattern
or split. inflation pressure, and check for shown here.
damaged tires or wheels. If the
. The tire has a puncture, cut, Do not include the spare tire in
unusual wear continues after the
or other damage that cannot the tire rotation.
rotation, check the wheel
be repaired well because of alignment. See When It Is Time Adjust the front and rear tires to
the size or location of the for New Tires on page 10‑50 the recommended inflation
damage. and Wheel Replacement on pressure on the Tire and
page 10‑55. Loading Information Label after
the tires have been rotated. See
Tire Pressure on page 10‑43
and Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9‑9.
10-50 Vehicle Care
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor Lightly coat the center of the
System. See Tire Pressure wheel hub with wheel bearing
Monitor Operation on grease after a wheel change or
page 10‑45. tire rotation to prevent corrosion
Check that all wheel nuts are or rust build-up. Do not get
properly tightened. See “Wheel grease on the flat wheel
Nut Torque” under Capacities mounting surface or on the
and Specifications on wheel nuts or bolts.
page 12‑2.
When It Is Time for New
{ WARNING Tires
Factors such as maintenance, Treadwear indicators are one way to
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the temperatures, driving speeds, tell when it is time for new tires.
parts to which it is fastened, can vehicle loading, and road conditions Treadwear indicators appear when
make wheel nuts become loose affect the wear rate of the tires. the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
after time. The wheel could come or less of tread remaining. See Tire
off and cause an accident. When Inspection on page 10‑48 and Tire
changing a wheel, remove any Rotation on page 10‑49.
rust or dirt from places where the The rubber in tires ages over time.
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In This also applies to the spare tire,
an emergency, a cloth or a paper if the vehicle has one, even if it is
towel can be used; however, use never used. Multiple factors
a scraper or wire brush later to including temperatures, loading
remove all rust or dirt. conditions, and inflation pressure
maintenance affect how fast aging
takes place. GM recommends that
tires, including the spare if
Vehicle Care 10-51
equipped, be replaced after six at least a month, remove the tires or number is molded onto the tire's
years, regardless of tread wear. The raise the vehicle to reduce the sidewall near the tire size. If the
tire manufacturer date is the last weight from the tires. tires have an all-season tread
four digits of the DOT Tire design, the TPC spec number
Identification Number (TIN) which is Buying New Tires will be followed by MS, for mud
molded into one side of the tire
sidewall. The first two digits GM has developed and matched and snow. See Tire Sidewall
represent the week (01–52) and the specific tires for the vehicle. The Labeling on page 10‑38.
last two digits, the year. For original equipment tires installed GM recommends replacing worn
example, the third week of the year were designed to meet General tires in complete sets of four.
2010 would have a four-digit DOT Motors Tire Performance Criteria Uniform tread depth on all tires
date of 0310. Specification (TPC Spec) will help to maintain the
Vehicle Storage system rating. When performance of the vehicle.
replacement tires are needed, Braking and handling
Tires age when stored normally GM strongly recommends
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park performance may be adversely
a vehicle that will be stored for at
buying tires with the same TPC affected if all the tires are not
least a month in a cool, dry, clean Spec rating. replaced at the same time.
area away from direct sunlight to GM's exclusive TPC Spec If proper rotation and
slow aging. This area should be free system considers over a dozen maintenance have been done,
of grease, gasoline, or other critical specifications that impact all four tires should wear out at
substances that can deteriorate the overall performance of the about the same time. See Tire
rubber. Rotation on page 10‑49 for
vehicle, including brake system
Parking for an extended period can performance, ride and handling, information on proper tire
cause flat spots on the tires that traction control, and tire rotation. However, if it is
may result in vibrations while pressure monitoring necessary to replace only one
driving. When storing a vehicle for axle set of worn tires, place the
performance. GM's TPC Spec
new tires on the rear axle.
10-52 Vehicle Care
Winter tires with the same speed If the vehicle tires must be
rating as the original equipment { WARNING replaced with a tire that does not
tires may not be available for H, Mixing tires of different sizes, have a TPC Spec number, make
V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated brands, or types may cause sure they are the same size,
tires. Never exceed the winter loss of control of the vehicle, load range, speed rating, and
tire's maximum speed capability resulting in a crash or other construction (radial) as the
when using winter tires with a vehicle damage. Use the original tires.
lower speed rating. correct size, brand, and type Vehicles that have a tire
of tire on all wheels. pressure monitoring system
{ WARNING could give an inaccurate
Tires could explode during low-pressure warning if non-TPC
improper service. Attempting { WARNING Spec rated tires are installed.
to mount or dismount a tire See Tire Pressure Monitor
could cause injury or death. Using bias-ply tires on the System on page 10‑44.
Only your dealer or authorized vehicle may cause the wheel The Tire and Loading
tire service center should rim flanges to develop cracks Information Label indicates the
mount or dismount the tires. after many miles of driving. original equipment tires on the
A tire and/or wheel could fail vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
suddenly and cause a crash. on page 9‑9, for the label
Use only radial-ply tires with location and more information
the wheels on the vehicle. about the Tire and Loading
Information label.
Vehicle Care 10-53
Different Size Tires and WARNING (Continued)

(NHTSA), which grades tires
Wheels by treadwear, traction, and
specific wheel and tire systems temperature performance. This
If wheels or tires are installed that applies only to vehicles sold in
are a different size than the original developed for the vehicle, and
have them properly installed by a the United States. The grades
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking, GM certified technician. are molded on the sidewalls of
ride and handling characteristics, most passenger car tires. The
stability, and resistance to rollover See Buying New Tires on
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
may be affected. If the vehicle has page 10‑51 and Accessories and (UTQG) system does not apply
electronic systems such as antilock Modifications on page 10‑3. to deep tread, winter tires,
brakes, rollover airbags, traction compact spare tires, tires with
control, electronic stability control, Uniform Tire Quality nominal rim diameters of
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
of these systems can also be Grading
or to some limited-production
affected. Quality grades can be found tires.
where applicable on the tire
{ WARNING sidewall between tread shoulder While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
and maximum section width. For
If different sized wheels are used,
example: and light trucks may vary with
there may not be an acceptable respect to these grades, they
level of performance and safety if Treadwear 200 Traction AA must also conform to federal
tires not recommended for those Temperature A safety requirements and
wheels are selected. This additional General Motors Tire
increases the chance of a crash The following information relates
to the system developed by the Performance Criteria (TPC)
and serious injury. Only use GM standards.
United States National Highway
(Continued)
Traffic Safety Administration
10-54 Vehicle Care
All Passenger Car Tires Must Traction – AA, A, B, C conditions on a specified indoor
Conform to Federal Safety The traction grades, from laboratory test wheel. Sustained
Requirements In Addition To highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, high temperature can cause the
These Grades. and C. Those grades represent material of the tire to degenerate
the tire's ability to stop on wet and reduce tire life, and
Treadwear
pavement as measured under excessive temperature can
The treadwear grade is a lead to sudden tire failure. The
controlled conditions on
comparative rating based on the grade C corresponds to a level
specified government test
wear rate of the tire when tested of performance which all
surfaces of asphalt and
under controlled conditions on a passenger car tires must meet
concrete. A tire marked C may
specified government test under the Federal Motor Safety
have poor traction performance.
course. For example, a tire Standard No. 109. Grades B and
Warning: The traction grade
graded 150 would wear one and A represent higher levels of
assigned to this tire is based on
one-half (1½) times as well on performance on the laboratory
straight-ahead braking traction
the government course as a tire test wheel than the minimum
tests, and does not include
graded 100. The relative required by law. Warning: The
acceleration, cornering,
performance of tires depends temperature grade for this tire is
hydroplaning, or peak traction
upon the actual conditions of established for a tire that is
characteristics.
their use, however, and may properly inflated and not
depart significantly from the Temperature – A, B, C overloaded. Excessive speed,
norm due to variations in driving The temperature grades are A underinflation, or excessive
habits, service practices and (the highest), B, and C, loading, either separately or in
differences in road representing the tire's resistance combination, can cause heat
characteristics and climate. to the generation of heat and its buildup and possible tire failure.
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled
Vehicle Care 10-55
Wheel Alignment and Tire Your dealer will know the kind of Notice: The wrong wheel can
wheel that is needed. also cause problems with bearing
Balance life, brake cooling, speedometer
Each new wheel should have the
The tires and wheels were aligned same load-carrying capacity, or odometer calibration,
and balanced at the factory to diameter, width, offset, and be headlamp aim, bumper height,
provide the longest tire life and best mounted the same way as the one it vehicle ground clearance, and tire
overall performance. Adjustments to replaces. or tire chain clearance to the
wheel alignment and tire balancing body and chassis.
will not be necessary on a regular Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
basis. However, check the nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor Used Replacement Wheels
alignment if there is unusual tire System (TPMS) sensors with new
wear or if the vehicle is pulling to GM original equipment parts. { WARNING
one side or the other. If the vehicle
vibrates when driving on a smooth { WARNING Replacing a wheel with a used
one is dangerous. How it has
road, the tires and wheels might
need to be rebalanced. See your Using the wrong replacement been used or how far it has been
dealer for proper diagnosis. wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel driven may be unknown. It could
nuts can be dangerous. It could fail suddenly and cause a crash.
Wheel Replacement affect the braking and handling of When replacing wheels, use a
the vehicle. Tires can lose air, new GM original equipment
Replace any wheel that is bent, wheel.
and cause loss of control, causing
cracked, or badly rusted or
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming a crash. Always use the correct
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
wheel nuts should be replaced. nuts for replacement.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
Some aluminum wheels can be
repaired. See your dealer if any of
these conditions exist.
10-56 Vehicle Care
Tire Chains If a Tire Goes Flat

{ WARNING
It is unusual for a tire to blow out
{ WARNING while driving, especially if the tires Driving on a flat tire will cause
are maintained properly. See Tires permanent damage to the tire.
Do not use tire chains. There is on page 10‑37. If air goes out of a Re-inflating a tire after it has been
not enough clearance. Tire chains tire, it is much more likely to leak driven on while severely
used on a vehicle without the out slowly. But if there is ever a underinflated or flat may cause a
proper amount of clearance can blowout, here are a few tips about blowout and a serious crash.
cause damage to the brakes, what to expect and what to do: Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
suspension, or other vehicle that has been driven on while
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
parts. The area damaged by the severely underinflated or flat.
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
tire chains could cause loss of toward that side. Take your foot off Have your dealer or an authorized
control and a crash. the accelerator pedal and grip the tire service center repair or
Use another type of traction steering wheel firmly. Steer to replace the flat tire as soon as
device only if its manufacturer maintain lane position, and then possible.
recommends it for the vehicle's gently brake to a stop, well off the
tire size combination and road road, if possible.
conditions. Follow that
manufacturer's instructions. To
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
{ WARNING
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow may require the same correction as Lifting a vehicle and getting
and readjust or remove the used in a skid. Stop pressing the under it to do maintenance or
traction device if it contacts the accelerator pedal and steer to repairs is dangerous without the
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. straighten the vehicle. It may be appropriate safety equipment and
If traction devices are used, install very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake training. If a jack is provided with
them on the front tires. to a stop, well off the road,
the vehicle, it is designed only for
if possible.
(Continued)
Vehicle Care 10-57
This vehicle may come with a jack

WARNING (Continued) { WARNING and spare tire or a tire sealant and
compressor kit. To use the jacking
changing a flat tire. If it is used for Changing a tire can be equipment to change a spare tire
anything else, you or others could dangerous. The vehicle can slip safely, follow the instructions below.
be badly injured or killed if the off the jack and roll over or fall Then see Tire Changing on
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack causing injury or death. Find a page 10‑65. To use the tire sealant
is provided with the vehicle, only level place to change the tire. To and compressor kit, see Tire
use it for changing a flat tire. help prevent the vehicle from Sealant and Compressor Kit on
moving: page 10‑58.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire 1. Set the parking brake firmly. When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
and wheel damage by driving slowly 2. Put an automatic use the following example as a
to a level place, well off the road, transmission in P (Park) or a guide to assist you in the placement
if possible. Turn on the hazard manual transmission in of wheel blocks (1).
warning flashers. See Hazard 1 (First) or R (Reverse).
Warning Flashers on page 6‑4.
3. Turn off the engine and do
not restart while the vehicle
is raised.
4. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle.
5. Place wheel blocks on both
sides of the tire at the
opposite corner of the tire 1. Wheel Block
being changed.
2. Flat Tire
10-58 Vehicle Care
The following information explains If this vehicle has a tire sealant

how to repair or change a tire. { WARNING and compressor kit, there may not
be a spare tire or tire changing
Overinflating a tire could cause
Tire Sealant and the tire to rupture and you or
equipment, and on some vehicles
there may not be a place to store
Compressor Kit others could be injured. Be sure a tire.
to read and follow the tire sealant
{ WARNING and compressor kit instructions The tire sealant and compressor
can be used to temporarily seal
and inflate the tire to its
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in)
recommended pressure. Do not
area with poor ventilation is in the tread area of the tire.
exceed the recommended
dangerous. Engine exhaust may It can also be used to inflate an
pressure. underinflated tire.
enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust
contains carbon monoxide (CO) If the tire has been separated from
which cannot be seen or smelled. the wheel, has damaged sidewalls,
It can cause unconsciousness { WARNING or has a large puncture, the tire is
and even death. Never run the too severely damaged for the tire
engine in an enclosed area that Storing the tire sealant and sealant and compressor kit to be
has no fresh air ventilation. For compressor kit or other effective. See Roadside Assistance
more information, see Engine equipment in the passenger Program on page 13‑5.
Exhaust on page 9‑20. compartment of the vehicle could
Read and follow all of the tire
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
sealant and compressor kit
collision, loose equipment could instructions.
strike someone. Store the tire
sealant and compressor kit in its
original location.
Vehicle Care 10-59
The kit includes: There is only enough sealant to seal

one tire. After usage, the tire sealant
canister must be replaced.
Using the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit to Temporarily
Seal and Inflate a
Punctured Tire
When using the tire sealant and
compressor kit during cold
temperatures, warm the kit in a
heated environment for five minutes.
9. Power Plug This will help to inflate the tire
faster.
1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve 10. Air Only Hose
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
2. Sealant/Air Hose Tire Sealant and wheel damage by driving slowly
3. Base of Sealant Canister Read and follow the safe handling to a level place. Turn on the hazard
instructions on the label adhered to warning flashers. See Hazard
4. Tire Sealant Canister Warning Flashers on page 6‑4.
the tire sealant canister (4).
5. On/Off Button See If a Tire Goes Flat on
Check the tire sealant expiration
6. Slot on Top of Compressor date on the tire sealant canister. page 10‑56 for other important
The tire sealant canister (4) should safety warnings.
7. Pressure Deflation Button
be replaced before its expiration
8. Pressure Gauge date. Replacement tire sealant
canisters are available at your local
dealer.
10-60 Vehicle Care
Do not remove any objects that 4. Attach the air only hose (10) to
have penetrated the tire. the sealant canister inlet
1. Remove the tire sealant valve (1) by turning it clockwise
canister (4) and compressor until tight.
from its storage location. See
Storing the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit on page 10‑65.
2. Remove the air only hose (10)
and the power plug (9) from the
bottom of the compressor.
3. Place the compressor on the
ground near the flat tire. 7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2) to
the tire valve stem by turning it
clockwise until tight.
8. Plug the power plug (9) into the
accessory power outlet in the
5. Slide the base of the tire sealant vehicle. Unplug all items from
canister (3) into the slot on the other accessory power outlets.
top of the compressor (6) to hold See Power Outlets on page 5‑6.
it upright.
If the vehicle has an accessory
Make sure the tire valve stem is power outlet, do not use the
positioned close to the ground cigarette lighter.
so the hose will reach it.
6. Remove the valve stem cap from
the flat tire by turning it
counterclockwise.
Vehicle Care 10-61
If the vehicle only has a cigarette 11. Inflate the tire to the the tire valve. See Roadside
lighter, use the cigarette lighter. recommended inflation Assistance Program on
Do not pinch the power plug pressure using the pressure page 13‑5.
cord in the door or window. gauge (8). The recommended 12. Press the on/off button (5) to
inflation pressure can be found turn the tire sealant and
9. Start the vehicle. The vehicle on the Tire and Loading
must be running while using the compressor kit off.
Information label. See Tire
air compressor. Pressure on page 10‑43. The tire is not sealed and will
10. Press the on/off button (5) to continue to leak air until the
The pressure gauge (8) may vehicle is driven and the
turn the tire sealant and read higher than the actual tire
compressor kit on. sealant is distributed in the tire.
pressure while the compressor Therefore, Steps 13–21 must
The compressor will inject is on. Turn the compressor off be done immediately after
sealant and air into the tire. to get an accurate pressure Step 12.
reading. The compressor may
The pressure gauge (8) will be turned on/off until the Be careful while handling the
initially show a high pressure correct pressure is reached. tire sealant and compressor kit
while the compressor pushes as it could be warm after
the sealant into the tire. Once Notice: If the recommended usage.
the sealant is completely pressure cannot be reached after
dispersed into the tire, the approximately 25 minutes, the 13. Unplug the power plug (9) from
pressure will quickly drop and vehicle should not be driven the accessory power outlet in
start to rise again as the tire farther. The tire is too severely the vehicle.
inflates with air only. damaged and the tire sealant and 14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)
compressor kit cannot inflate the counterclockwise to remove it
tire. Remove the power plug from from the tire valve stem.
the accessory power outlet and
unscrew the inflating hose from 15. Replace the tire valve
stem cap.
10-62 Vehicle Care
16. Remove the tire sealant 20. If the flat tire was able to inflate If the tire pressure has fallen
canister (4) from the slot on top to the recommended inflation more than 68 kPa (10 psi)
of the compressor (6). pressure, remove the below the recommended
17. Turn the air only hose (10) maximum speed label from the inflation pressure, stop driving
counterclockwise to remove it sealant canister and place it in the vehicle. The tire is too
from the tire sealant canister a highly visible location. severely damaged and the tire
inlet valve (1). Do not exceed the speed on sealant cannot seal the tire.
this label until the damaged tire See Roadside Assistance
18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2) Program on page 13‑5.
clockwise onto the sealant is repaired or replaced.
canister inlet valve (1) to 21. Return the equipment to its If the tire pressure has not
prevent sealant leakage. original storage location in the dropped more than 68 kPa
vehicle. (10 psi) from the recommended
19. Return the air only hose (10) inflation pressure, inflate the
and power plug (9) back to 22. Immediately drive the vehicle tire to the recommended
their original storage location. 8 km (5 mi) to distribute the inflation pressure.
sealant in the tire.
24. Wipe off any sealant from the
23. Stop at a safe location and wheel, tire, or vehicle.
check the tire pressure. Refer
to Steps 1–10 under “Using the 25. Dispose of the used tire
Tire Sealant and Compressor sealant canister (4) at a local
Kit without Sealant to Inflate a dealer or in accordance with
Tire (Not Punctured).” local state codes and practices.
26. Replace it with a new canister
available from your dealer.
27. After temporarily sealing a tire
using the tire sealant and
compressor kit, take the
Vehicle Care 10-63
vehicle to an authorized dealer 5. On/Off Button See If a Tire Goes Flat on

within 161 km (100 mi) of 6. Slot on Top of Compressor page 10‑56 for other important
driving to have the tire repaired safety warnings.
or replaced. 7. Pressure Deflation Button
1. Remove the compressor from its
Using the Tire Sealant and 8. Pressure Gauge storage location. See Storing the
Compressor Kit without Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit
Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not on page 10‑65.
Punctured) 2. Remove the air only hose (10)
and the power plug (9) from the
The kit includes:
bottom of the compressor.
3. Place the compressor on the
ground near the flat tire.
Make sure the tire valve stem is
positioned close to the ground
so the hose will reach it.
4. Remove the valve stem cap from
the flat tire by turning it
9. Power Plug counterclockwise.
10. Air Only Hose 5. Attach the air only hose (10) to
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire the tire valve stem by turning it
and wheel damage by driving slowly clockwise until tight.
1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve to a level place. Turn on the hazard
2. Sealant/Air Hose warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers on page 6‑4.
3. Base of Sealant Canister
4. Tire Sealant Canister
10-64 Vehicle Care
6. Plug the power plug (9) into the 9. Inflate the tire to the the tire valve. See Roadside
accessory power outlet in the recommended inflation pressure Assistance Program on
vehicle. Unplug all items from using the pressure gauge (8). page 13‑5.
other accessory power outlets. The recommended inflation 10. Press the on/off button (5) to
See Power Outlets on page 5‑6. pressure can be found on the turn the tire sealant and
If the vehicle has an accessory Tire and Loading Information compressor kit off.
power outlet, do not use the label. See Tire Pressure on
page 10‑43. Be careful while handling the
cigarette lighter. compressor as it could be
If the vehicle only has a cigarette The pressure gauge (8) may warm after usage.
lighter, use the cigarette lighter. read higher than the actual tire
pressure while the compressor is 11. Unplug the power plug (9) from
Do not pinch the power plug on. Turn the compressor off to the accessory power outlet in
cord in the door or window. get an accurate pressure the vehicle.
7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle reading. The compressor may 12. Turn the air only hose (10)
must be running while using the be turned on/off until the correct counterclockwise to remove it
air compressor. pressure is reached. from the tire valve stem.
8. Press the on/off button (5) to Notice: If the recommended 13. Replace the tire valve
turn the tire sealant and pressure cannot be reached after stem cap.
compressor kit on. approximately 25 minutes, the
vehicle should not be driven 14. Return the air only hose (10)
The compressor will inflate the farther. The tire is too severely and power plug (9) back to
tire with air only. damaged and the tire sealant and their original storage location.
compressor kit cannot inflate the 15. Return the equipment to its
tire. Remove the power plug from original storage location in the
the accessory power outlet and vehicle.
unscrew the inflating hose from
Vehicle Care 10-65
The tire sealant and compressor kit Tire Changing

has accessory adapters located in a
compartment on the bottom of its Removing the Tire Changing
housing that can be used to inflate Tools
air mattresses, balls, etc.
To access the tire changing tools:
Storing the Tire Sealant 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
on page 2‑8.
and Compressor Kit
The tire sealant and compressor kit
is located in the rear storage area
on the passenger side.
2. Remove the tire sealant and
compressor kit.
To store the tire sealant and
compressor kit, reverse the steps.
2. Lift the handle to raise the cover.
1. Remove the cover to access the

tire sealant and compressor kit.
10-66 Vehicle Care
Removing the Spare Tire

The spare tire is stored under the
vehicle. To access the spare tire:
1. Open the storage in the load
compartment.
3. Remove the jack and tire 3. Attach the extension to the

changing tools. wheel bolt.
4. Attach the wheel wrench to the
extension.
2. Remove the two wheel

bolt caps.
Vehicle Care 10-67
5. Turn the bolt counterclockwise 6. Lift the spare tire holder and 8. Detach the safety cable.
until resistance is noticed. unhook both catches. 9. Lower the holder all the way and
Continue with the other bolt in 7. Lower the spare tire. remove the spare tire.
the same way.
10. Place the spare tire near the
tire being changed.
10-68 Vehicle Care
Removing the Flat Tire and After removing the wheel cover, use 5. Attach the jack handle extension
Installing the Spare Tire the following instructions to remove to the jack by sliding the hook
the flat tire and install the spare tire. through the end of the jack.
1. Do a safety check before Notice: Make sure that the jack
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes lift head is in the correct position
Flat on page 10‑56 for more or you may damage your vehicle.
information. The repairs would not be covered
by your warranty.
1. Remove the wheel cover.

The cover does not need to be
removed if the wheel bolts are
visible. Do not remove the
retaining rings on the wheel
bolts. 2. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise once on each 6. Position the jack lift head at the
Disengage the wheel bolt caps wheel nut to loosen it. Do not jack location nearest the flat tire.
with a screwdriver and remove remove them yet. The location is indicated by a
them if the vehicle has alloy notch in the flange. The jack
wheels. To protect the wheel 3. Place the jack near the flat tire.
must not be used in any other
place a soft cloth between the 4. Place the jack under the vehicle. position.
screwdriver and the alloy wheel.
Vehicle Care 10-69
{ WARNING { WARNING
Getting under a vehicle when it is Lifting a vehicle and getting under
lifted on a jack is dangerous. it to do maintenance or repairs is
If the vehicle slips off the jack, dangerous without the
you could be badly injured or appropriate safety equipment and
killed. Never get under a vehicle training. If a jack is provided with
when it is supported only by the vehicle, it is designed only for
a jack. changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
{ WARNING is provided with the vehicle, only
7. Raise the jack by turning the
handle clockwise until it comes
Raising the vehicle with the jack use it for changing a flat tire. in contact with the notch in the
improperly positioned can flange.
damage the vehicle and even Raise the vehicle far enough off
make the vehicle fall. To help the ground so there is enough
avoid personal injury and vehicle room for the road tire to clear the
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift ground.
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
10-70 Vehicle Care
WARNING (Continued) { WARNING

an emergency, a cloth or a paper Never use oil or grease on bolts
towel can be used; however, use or nuts because the nuts might
a scraper or wire brush later to come loose. The vehicle's wheel
remove all rust or dirt. could fall off, causing a crash.
12. Reinstall the wheel nuts.

Tighten each nut by hand until
the wheel is held against
the hub.
8. Remove all of the wheel nuts. 13. Lower the vehicle by turning
9. Remove the flat tire. the jack handle
counterclockwise.
{ WARNING { WARNING
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can Wheel nuts that are improperly or
make wheel nuts become loose incorrectly tightened can cause
after time. The wheel could come the wheels to become loose or
10. Remove any rust or dirt from
off and cause an accident. When come off. The wheel nuts should
the wheel bolts, mounting
changing a wheel, remove any be tightened with a torque wrench
surfaces, and spare wheel.
rust or dirt from places where the to the proper torque specification
11. Place the spare tire on the after replacing. Follow the torque
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In wheel-mounting surface. specification supplied by the
(Continued)
(Continued)
Vehicle Care 10-71
Notice: Wheel covers will not fit

WARNING (Continued) on the vehicle's compact spare.
If you try to put a wheel cover on
aftermarket manufacturer when the compact spare, the cover or
using accessory locking wheel the spare could be damaged.
nuts. See Capacities and
Specifications on page 12‑2 for Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
original equipment wheel nut and Tools
torque specifications.
{ WARNING
Notice: Improperly tightened
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
wheel nuts can lead to brake
pulsation and rotor damage. To equipment in the passenger
14. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in compartment of the vehicle could
avoid expensive brake repairs, a crisscross sequence, as
evenly tighten the wheel nuts in cause injury. In a sudden stop or
shown.
the proper sequence and to the collision, loose equipment could
proper torque specification. See 15. Lower the jack all the way and strike someone. Store all these in
Capacities and Specifications on remove the jack from under the the proper place.
page 12‑2 for the wheel nut vehicle.
torque specification. 16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly Reverse the instructions for
with the wheel wrench. removing the spare tire and tools to
Reinstall the wheel cover if it was store the spare tire.
removed. 1. Place the spare tire in the tire
holder with the valve stem up.
2. Lift the spare tire holder and
insert the safety cable.
10-72 Vehicle Care
3. Lift the spare tire holder and Full-Size Spare Tire After installing the spare tire
engage it in both catches. The on the vehicle, stop as soon as
open side of the catches must The full-size spare tire that came possible and check that the spare is
point in the direction of travel. with the vehicle was fully inflated correctly inflated. The spare tire is
when new, however, it can lose air made to perform well at speeds
4. Turn the wheel wrench over time. Check the inflation
clockwise to tighten both up to 112 km/h (70 mph) at the
pressure regularly. See Tire recommended inflation pressure, so
hexagon bolts. Pressure on page 10‑43 and you can finish your trip.
5. Close and lock the storage Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑9 for
compartment cover. information regarding proper tire Have the damaged or flat road tire
inflation and loading the vehicle. For repaired or replaced and installed
6. Replace the two wheel back onto the vehicle as soon as
instructions on how to remove,
bolt caps. possible so the spare tire will be
install, or store a spare tire, see Tire
7. Store the wheel wrench and Changing on page 10‑65. available in case it is needed again.
extension. Do not mix tires and wheels of
different sizes, because they will not
8. Close the storage compartment fit. Keep the spare tire and its wheel
cover. together.
Vehicle Care 10-73
Jump Starting Notice: Ignoring these steps

could result in costly damage to
For more information about the the vehicle that would not be
vehicle battery, see Battery on covered by the warranty.
page 10‑21.
Trying to start the vehicle by
If the battery has run down, try to pushing or pulling it will not
use another vehicle and some work, and it could damage the
jumper cables to start your vehicle. vehicle.
Be sure to use the following steps to
The jump start positive post is
do it safely.
located in the engine compartment
on the driver side of the vehicle.
{ WARNING See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10‑6. The positive jump start connection
Batteries can hurt you. They can is under a trim cover. Open the
be dangerous because: The jump start negative grounding cover door to expose the terminal.
point is the engine block or an
. They contain acid that can engine mounting bolt. Connect to a 1. Check the other vehicle. It must
burn you. spot as far away from the have a 12-volt battery with a
. They contain gas that can discharged battery as possible. negative ground system.
explode or ignite. These locations are used instead of Notice: Only use a vehicle that
. They contain enough a direct connection to the battery. has a 12-volt system with a
electricity to burn you. negative ground for jump
starting. If the other vehicle does
If you do not follow these steps not have a 12-volt system with a
exactly, some or all of these negative ground, both vehicles
things can hurt you. can be damaged.
2. Position the two vehicles so that
they are not touching.
10-74 Vehicle Care
3. Set the parking brake firmly and

put the shift lever in P (Park) { WARNING WARNING (Continued)
with an automatic transmission,
or neutral with a manual An electric fan can start up even add water to take care of that
transmission. See Shifting Into when the engine is not running first. If you do not, explosive gas
Park on page 9‑18 with an and can injure you. Keep hands, could be present.
automatic transmission, clothing and tools away from any Battery fluid contains acid that
or Parking on page 9‑20 with a underhood electric fan. can burn you. Do not get it on
manual transmission. you. If you accidentally get it in
Notice: If any accessories are left your eyes or on your skin, flush
on or plugged in during the jump
starting procedure, they could be
{ WARNING the place with water and get
medical help immediately.
damaged. The repairs would not Using a match near a battery can
be covered by the vehicle cause battery gas to explode.
warranty. Whenever possible, People have been hurt doing this,
turn off or unplug all accessories and some have been blinded. { WARNING
on either vehicle when jump Use a flashlight if you need more
starting the vehicle. Fans or other moving engine
light. parts can injure you badly. Keep
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. Be sure the battery has enough your hands away from moving
Turn off all lights and water. You do not need to add parts once the engine is running.
accessories in both vehicles, water to the battery installed in
except the hazard warning your new vehicle. But if a battery
flashers if needed. 5. Connect one end of the red
has filler caps, be sure the right positive (+) cable to the jump
amount of fluid is there. If it is low, start positive (+) post.
(Continued)
Vehicle Care 10-75
6. Connect the other end of the red Notice: If the jumper cables are Towing
positive (+) cable to the connected or removed in the
positive (+) terminal of the good wrong order, electrical shorting
battery. may occur and damage the Towing the Vehicle
7. Connect one end of the black vehicle. The repairs would not be Notice: Incorrectly towing a
negative (–) cable to the covered by the vehicle warranty. disabled vehicle may cause
negative (–) terminal of the good Always connect and remove the damage. The damage would not
battery. jumper cables in the correct be covered by the vehicle
order, making sure that the warranty.
8. Connect the other end of the cables do not touch each other or
black negative (–) cable to the other metal. Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed
negative (–) grounding point. car carrier or a wheel lift tow truck.
Jumper Cable Removal If a wheel lift tow truck is used, the
9. Start the engine in the vehicle drive wheels cannot contact the
with the good battery and run Reverse the sequence exactly when
removing the jumper cables. road while the vehicle is being
the engine at idle speed for at towed. A wheel dolly must be used
least four minutes. to lift all drive wheels off the ground.
10. Try to start the vehicle that had Consult your dealer or a
the dead battery. If it will not professional towing service if the
start after a few tries, it disabled vehicle must be towed.
probably needs service.
To tow the vehicle behind another
vehicle for recreational purposes,
such as behind a motor home, see
“Recreational Vehicle Towing” in this
section.
10-76 Vehicle Care
Recreational Vehicle Here are some important things to Dinghy Towing (With
consider before recreational vehicle Automatic Transmission)
Towing towing:
Recreational vehicle towing refers to . The towing capacity of the
towing the vehicle behind another towing vehicle. Be sure to read
vehicle, such as behind a motor the tow vehicle manufacturer's
home. The two most common types recommendations.
of recreational vehicle towing are
known as dinghy towing and dolly . How far will the vehicle be
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the towed. Some vehicles have
vehicle with all four wheels on the restrictions on how far and how
ground. Dolly towing is towing the long they can tow.
vehicle with two wheels on the . Does the vehicle have the
ground and two wheels up on a proper towing equipment. See
device known as a dolly. your dealer or trailering
professional for additional advice Notice: If the vehicle is towed
and equipment with all four wheels on the
recommendations. ground, the drivetrain
. Is the vehicle ready to be towed. components could be damaged.
Just as preparing the vehicle for The repairs would not be covered
a long trip, make sure the by the vehicle warranty. Do not
vehicle is prepared to be towed. tow the vehicle with all four
wheels on the ground.
Vehicles with an automatic
transmission should not be towed
with all four wheels on the ground.
Vehicle Care 10-77
If the vehicle must be towed, a dolly 3. Turn the ignition to ACC/

should be used. See "Dolly Towing" ACCESSORY.
that follows for more information. 4. To prevent the battery from
Dinghy Towing (With Manual draining while the vehicle is
Transmission) being towed, remove fuses 21,
22, 23, and 24 from the
instrument panel fuse block. See
Instrument Panel Fuse Block on
page 10‑34.
Remember to reinstall the fuses
once the destination has been
reached.
Notice: Towing the vehicle from
Notice: If 105 km/h (65 mph) is the rear could damage it. Also,
exceeded while towing the repairs would not be covered by
vehicle, it could be damaged. the vehicle warranty. Never have
Never exceed 105 km/h (65 mph) the vehicle towed from the rear.
while towing the vehicle.
To dinghy tow the vehicle from the

front with all four wheels on the
ground:
1. Position the vehicle to tow and
then secure it to the towing
vehicle.
2. Shift the transmission to Neutral.
10-78 Vehicle Care
Dolly Towing 4. Clamp the steering wheel in a Appearance Care

straight-ahead position with a
clamping device designed for
towing. Exterior Care
5. Remove the key from the Washing the Vehicle
ignition. To preserve the vehicle's finish,
6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly. wash it often and out of direct
sunlight.
7. Release the parking brake.
Notice: Do not use
petroleum-based, acidic,
or abrasive cleaning agents as
they can damage the vehicle's
paint, metal, or plastic parts.
If damage occurs, it would not be
Tow the vehicle with the two rear
covered by the vehicle's warranty.
wheels on the ground and the front
Approved cleaning products can
wheels on a dolly.
be obtained from your dealer.
To tow the vehicle with two wheels Follow all manufacturer
on the ground and a dolly: directions regarding correct
1. Put the front wheels on a dolly. product usage, necessary safety
precautions, and appropriate
2. Shift the automatic transmission disposal of any vehicle care
into P (Park) or a manual Notice: Towing the vehicle from
the rear could damage it. Also, product.
transmission into 1 (First) gear.
repairs would not be covered by
3. Set the parking brake. the vehicle warranty. Never have
the vehicle towed from the rear.
Vehicle Care 10-79
Notice: Avoid using damage the vehicle's finish if they Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
high-pressure washes closer than remain on painted surfaces. Wash Parts
30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the the vehicle as soon as possible. Regularly clean bright metal parts
vehicle. Use of power washers If necessary, use non-abrasive with water or chrome polish on
exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) cleaners that are marked safe for chrome or stainless steel trim,
can result in damage or removal painted surfaces to remove foreign if necessary.
of paint and decals. matter.
For aluminum, never use auto or
Rinse the vehicle well, before Occasional hand waxing or mild chrome polish, steam, or caustic
washing and after, to remove all polishing should be done to remove soap to clean. A coating of wax,
cleaning agents completely. If they residue from the paint finish. See rubbed to high polish, is
are allowed to dry on the surface, your dealer for approved cleaning recommended for all bright metal
they could stain. products. parts.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean Do not apply waxes or polishes to
chamois or an all-cotton towel to uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
avoid surface scratches and water decals, simulated wood, or flat paint Lenses and Emblems
spotting. as damage can occur. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
Notice: Machine compounding or soft cloth, and a car washing soap
Finish Care
aggressive polishing on a to clean exterior lamps and lenses.
Application of aftermarket clearcoat basecoat/clearcoat paint finish Follow instructions under "Washing
sealant/wax materials is not may damage it. Use only the Vehicle" later in this section.
recommended. If painted surfaces non-abrasive waxes and polishes
are damaged, see your dealer to that are made for a basecoat/
have the damage assessed and clearcoat paint finish on the
repaired. Foreign materials such as vehicle.
calcium chloride and other salts, ice
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree To keep the paint finish looking new,
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from keep the vehicle garaged or
industrial chimneys, etc., can covered whenever possible.
10-80 Vehicle Care
Shutter System blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and Weatherstrips

a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
Apply silicone grease on
treatments may cause wiper
weatherstrips to make them last
streaking.
longer, seal better, and not stick or
Replace the wiper blades if they are squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips
worn or damaged. Damage can be once a year. Black marks from
caused by extreme dusty rubber material on painted surfaces
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, can be removed by rubbing with a
snow and ice. clean cloth. See Recommended
Clear ice and snow from the wiper Fluids and Lubricants on
blades before using them. If frozen page 11‑12.
to the windshield, carefully loosen Tires
them or thaw them. Damaged wiper
blades should be replaced. See Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
The vehicle may have a shutter Wiper Blade Replacement on clean the tires.
system designed to help increase page 10‑23 for more information. Notice: Using petroleum-based
fuel economy. Keep the shutter tire dressing products on the
system clean for proper operation. Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wipers. If the wiper motor overheats, vehicle may damage the paint
Windshield and Wiper Blades the windshield wipers will stop until finish and/or tires. When applying
the motor cools and the wiper a tire dressing, always wipe off
Clean the outside of the windshield any overspray from all painted
control is turned off. See Electrical
with glass cleaner. surfaces on the vehicle.
System Overload on page 10‑30 for
Clean rubber blades using lint-free more information.
cloth or paper towel soaked with
windshield washer fluid or a mild
detergent. Wash the windshield
thoroughly when cleaning the
Vehicle Care 10-81
Wheels and Trim — Aluminum automatic car wash that uses Underbody Maintenance
or Chrome silicone carbide tire cleaning
Use plain water to flush dirt and
brushes. Damage could occur
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild debris from the vehicle's underbody.
and the repairs would not be
soap and water to clean the wheels. Your dealer or an underbody car
covered by the vehicle warranty.
After rinsing thoroughly with clean washing system can do this. If not
water, dry with a soft, clean towel. Steering, Suspension, and removed, rust and corrosion can
A wax may then be applied. Chassis Components develop.
Notice: Chrome wheels and other Visually inspect front and rear Sheet Metal Damage
chrome trim may be damaged if suspension and steering system for
the vehicle is not washed after If the vehicle is damaged and
damaged, loose, or missing parts or requires sheet metal repair or
driving on roads that have been signs of wear. Inspect the power
sprayed with magnesium, replacement, make sure the body
steering for proper hook-up, binding, repair shop applies anti-corrosion
calcium, or sodium chloride. leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Visually
These chlorides are used on material to parts repaired or
check constant velocity joints, replaced to restore corrosion
roads for conditions such as ice rubber boots, and axle seals for
and dust. Always wash the protection.
leaks.
chrome with soap and water after Original manufacturer replacement
exposure. Body Component Lubrication parts will provide the corrosion
Notice: To avoid surface damage, Lubricate all key lock cylinders, protection while maintaining the
do not use strong soaps, hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and vehicle warranty.
chemicals, abrasive polishes, steel fuel door hinge unless the
cleaners, brushes, or cleaners components are plastic. Applying
that contain acid on aluminum or silicone grease on weatherstrips
chrome-plated wheels. Use only with a clean cloth will make them
approved cleaners. Also, never last longer, seal better, and not stick
drive a vehicle with aluminum or or squeak.
chrome-plated wheels through an
10-82 Vehicle Care
Finish Damage Use a soft bristle brush to remove To prevent damage, do not clean
dust from knobs and crevices on the the interior using the following
Quickly repair minor chips and
instrument cluster. Using a mild cleaners or techniques:
scratches with touch-up materials
soap solution, immediately remove . Never use a razor or any other
available from your dealer to avoid
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect sharp object to remove a soil
corrosion. Larger areas of finish
repellent from all interior surfaces or from any interior surface.
damage can be corrected in your
permanent damage may result.
dealer's body and paint shop. . Never use a brush with stiff
Your dealer may have products for bristles.
Chemical Paint Spotting cleaning the interior. Use cleaners
Airborne pollutants can fall upon specifically designed for the . Never rub any surface
and attack painted vehicle surfaces surfaces being cleaned to prevent aggressively or with excessive
causing blotchy, ring-shaped permanent damage. Apply all pressure.
discolorations, and small, irregular cleaners directly to the cleaning . Do not use laundry detergents
dark spots etched into the paint cloth. Do not spray cleaners directly or dishwashing soaps with
surface. on any switches or controls. degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
Cleaners should be removed use approximately 20 drops
Interior Care quickly. Never allow cleaners to per 3.78 L (1 gal) of water.
remain on the surface being A concentrated soap solution will
To prevent dirt particle abrasions, cleaned for extended periods leave a residue that creates
regularly clean the vehicle's interior. of time. streaks and attracts dirt. Do not
Immediately remove any soils. Note use solutions that contain strong
that newspapers or dark garments Cleaners may contain solvents that
can become concentrated in the or caustic soap.
that can transfer color to home
furnishings can also permanently interior. Before using cleaners, read . Do not heavily saturate the
transfer color to the vehicle's and adhere to all safety instructions upholstery when cleaning.
interior. on the label. While cleaning the
interior, maintain adequate
. Do not use solvents or cleaners
ventilation by opening the doors and containing solvents.
windows.
Vehicle Care 10-83
Interior Glass Coated Moldings To clean:

To clean, use a terry cloth fabric Coated moldings should be cleaned. 1. Saturate a clean lint-free
dampened with water. Wipe droplets colorfast cloth with water or club
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a
left behind with a clean dry cloth. soda. Microfiber cloth is
sponge or soft lint-free cloth
Commercial glass cleaners may be recommended to prevent lint
dampened with water.
used, if necessary, after cleaning transfer to the fabric or carpet.
the interior glass with plain water. . When heavily soiled, use warm
2. Remove excess moisture by
soapy water.
Notice: To prevent scratching, gently wringing until water does
never use abrasive cleaners on Fabric/Carpet/Suede not drip from the cleaning cloth.
automotive glass. Abrasive 3. Start on the outside edge of the
Start by vacuuming the surface
cleaners or aggressive cleaning soil and gently rub toward the
using a soft brush attachment. If a
may damage the rear window center. Fold the cleaning cloth to
rotating brush attachment is being
defogger. a clean area frequently to
used during vacuuming, only use it
Notice: Cleaning the windshield on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, prevent forcing the soil in to the
with water during the first three to gently remove as much of the soil fabric.
six months of ownership will as possible using one of the 4. Continue gently rubbing the
reduce tendency to fog. following techniques: soiled area until there is no
Speaker Covers . Gently blot liquids with a paper longer any color transfer from
towel. Continue blotting until no the soil to the cleaning cloth.
Vacuum around a speaker cover more soil can be removed.
gently, so that the speaker will not 5. If the soil is not completely
be damaged. Clean spots with just . For solid soils, remove as much removed, use a mild soap
water and mild soap. as possible prior to vacuuming. solution followed only by club
soda or plain water.
10-84 Vehicle Care
If the soil is not completely using mild soap. Do not use bleach Cleaners containing these
removed, it may be necessary to or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly solvents can permanently change
use a commercial upholstery and air dry before next use. the appearance and feel of leather
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small Notice: Do not attach a device or soft trim and are not
hidden area for colorfastness before with a suction cup to the display. recommended.
using a commercial upholstery This may cause damage and Do not use cleaners that increase
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring would not be covered by the gloss, especially on the instrument
formation occurs, clean the entire warranty. panel. Reflected glare can decrease
fabric or carpet. visibility through the windshield
Following the cleaning process, a Instrument Panel, Leather, under certain conditions.
paper towel can be used to blot Vinyl, & Other Plastic Surfaces
Notice: Use of air fresheners may
excess moisture. Use a soft microfiber cloth cause permanent damage to
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces dampened with water to remove plastics and painted surfaces.
dust and loose dirt. For a more If an air freshener comes in
and Vehicle Information and thorough cleaning, use a soft
Radio Displays contact with any plastic or
microfiber cloth dampened with a painted surface in the vehicle,
For vehicles with high gloss mild soap solution. blot immediately and clean with a
surfaces or vehicle displays, use a Notice: Soaking or saturating soft cloth dampened with a mild
microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. leather, especially perforated soap solution. Damage caused by
Before wiping the surface with the leather, as well as other interior air fresheners would not be
microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle surfaces, may cause permanent covered by the vehicle warranty.
brush to remove dirt that could damage. Wipe excess moisture
scratch the surface. Then use the Cargo Cover and
from these surfaces after
microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to cleaning and allow them to dry
Convenience Net
clean. Never use window cleaners naturally. Never use heat, steam, Wash with warm water and mild
or solvents. Periodically hand wash spot lifters, or spot removers. Do detergent. Do not use chlorine
the microfiber cloth separately, not use cleaners that contain bleach. Rinse with cold water, and
silicone or wax-based products. then dry completely.
Vehicle Care 10-85
Care of Safety Belts Use the following guidelines for

proper floor mat usage.
Keep belts clean and dry.
. The original equipment floor
{ WARNING mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
Do not bleach or dye safety belts. replacing, it is recommended
It may severely weaken them. In that GM certified floor mats be
a crash, they might not be able to purchased. Non-GM floor mats
provide adequate protection. may not fit properly and may
Clean safety belts only with mild interfere with the accelerator or
soap and lukewarm water. brake pedal. Always check that
the floor mats do not interfere
with the pedals. Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mats . Use the floor mat with the Floor Mats
correct side up. Do not turn 1. Pull up on the rear of the floor
{ WARNING it over. mat to unlock the retainer and
. Do not place anything on top of remove.
If a floor mat is the wrong size or
the driver side floor mat. 2. Reinstall by lining up the floor
is not properly installed, it can mat retainer opening over the
interfere with the pedals. . Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side. carpet retainer and snap into
Interference with the pedals can position.
cause unintended acceleration . Do not place one floor mat on
and/or increased stopping top of another. 3. Make sure the floor mat is
distance which can cause a crash properly secured and verify that
The driver side floor mat is held in it does not interfere with the
and injury. Make sure the floor place by a button-type retainer. pedals.
mat does not interfere with the
pedals.
10-86 Vehicle Care
2 NOTES
Service and Maintenance 11-1
Service and General Information Your dealer recognizes the

importance of providing
Maintenance Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
the required maintenance for the technicians, the dealer is the place
General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help for routine maintenance such as oil
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 protect against major repair changes and tire rotations and
expenses resulting from neglect or additional maintenance items like
Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2 also help to maintain the value of blades.
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
Special Application Services Notice: Damage caused by
responsibility of the owner to have
Special Application improper maintenance can lead to
all required maintenance performed.
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8 costly repairs and may not be
Your dealer has trained technicians covered by the vehicle warranty.
Additional Maintenance who can perform required Maintenance intervals, checks,
and Care maintenance using genuine inspections, recommended fluids,
Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have and lubricants are important to
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8 up‐to‐date tools and equipment keep the vehicle in good working
for fast and accurate diagnostics. condition.
Recommended Fluids, Many dealers have extended
Lubricants, and Parts The Tire Rotation and Required
evening and Saturday hours,
Recommended Fluids and Services are the responsibility of the
courtesy transportation, and online
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12 vehicle owner. It is recommended to
scheduling to assist with service
Maintenance Replacement have your dealer perform these
needs.
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13 services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
Maintenance Records keep the vehicle in good working
Maintenance Records . . . . . . 11-14 condition, improves fuel economy,
and reduces vehicle emissions.
11-2 Service and Maintenance
Because of the way people use

. Frequently towing a trailer.
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
Maintenance
. Used for high speed or
There may need to be more competitive driving. Schedule
frequent checks and services. The
Additional Required Services ‐
. Used for taxi, police, or delivery Owner Checks and Services
Normal are for vehicles that: service.
At Each Fuel Stop
. Carry passengers and cargo Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
. Check the engine oil level. See
within recommended limits on Engine Oil on page 10‑7.
the Tire and Loading Information Required Services ‐ Severe chart.
label. See Vehicle Load Limits Once a Month
on page 9‑9. { WARNING . Check the tire inflation
. Are driven on reasonable road Performing maintenance work can pressures. See Tire Pressure on
surfaces within legal driving page 10‑43.
be dangerous and can cause
limits. serious injury. Perform . Inspect the tires for wear. See
. Use the recommended fuel. See maintenance work only if the Tire Inspection on page 10‑48.
Recommended Fuel on required information, proper tools, . Check the windshield washer
page 9‑38. and equipment are available. fluid level. See Washer Fluid on
Refer to the information in the If they are not, see your dealer to page 10‑18.
Maintenance Schedule Additional have a trained technician do the
work. See Doing Your Own Engine Oil Change
Required Services ‐ Normal chart.
Service Work on page 10‑4. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
The Additional Required Services ‐
SOON DIC message or Code 82
Severe are for vehicles that are:
DIC message displays, have the
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic engine oil and filter changed within
in hot weather. the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
. Mainly driven in hilly or under the best conditions, the
mountainous terrain. engine oil life system might not
indicate the need for vehicle service

. Check engine coolant level. See . Visually inspect steering,
for more than a year. The engine oil Engine Coolant on page 10‑13. suspension, and chassis
and filter must be changed at least . Check windshield washer fluid components for damaged, loose,
once a year and the oil life system level. See Washer Fluid on or missing parts or signs of
must be reset. Your trained dealer page 10‑18. wear. See Exterior Care on
technician can perform this work. page 10‑78.
If the engine oil life system is reset
. Visually inspect windshield wiper
blades for wear, cracking,
. Check restraint system
accidentally, service the vehicle components. See Safety System
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the or contamination. See Exterior
Care on page 10‑78. Replace Check on page 3‑23.
last service. Reset the oil life
system when the oil is changed. worn or damaged wiper blades. . Visually inspect fuel system for
See Engine Oil Life System on See Wiper Blade Replacement damage or leaks.
page 10‑9. on page 10‑23. . Visually inspect exhaust system
. Check tire inflation pressures. and nearby heat shields for
Tire Rotation and Required See Tire Pressure on loose or damaged parts.
Services Every 12 000 km/ page 10‑43.
7,500 mi
. Lubricate body components. See
. Inspect tire wear. See Tire Exterior Care on page 10‑78.
Rotate the tires, if recommended for Inspection on page 10‑48.
the vehicle, and perform the
. Check starter switch. See Starter
. Visually check for fluid leaks. Switch Check on page 10‑22.
following services. See Tire
Rotation on page 10‑49. . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. . Check automatic transmission
. Check engine oil level and oil See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on shift lock control function. See
life percentage. If needed, page 10‑11. Automatic Transmission Shift
change engine oil and filter, and . Inspect brake system. Lock Control Function Check on
reset oil life system. See Engine page 10‑22.
Oil on page 10‑7 and Engine Oil
Life System on page 10‑9.

. Check ignition transmission lock. . Check accelerator pedal for . Check tire sealant expiration
See Ignition Transmission Lock damage, high effort, or binding. date, if equipped. See Tire
Check on page 10‑23. Replace if needed. Sealant and Compressor Kit on
. Check parking brake and . Visually inspect gas strut for page 10‑58.
automatic transmission park signs of wear, cracks, or other . Inspect sunroof track and seal,
mechanism. See Park Brake and damage. Check the hold open if equipped. See Sunroof on
P (Park) Mechanism Check on ability of the strut. See your page 2‑16.
page 10‑23. dealer if service is required.

Footnotes — Maintenance (2) Or every four years, whichever (4) Or every 10 years, whichever
Schedule Additional Required comes first. comes first. Inspect for fraying,
Services — Normal (3) Or every five years, whichever excessive cracking, or damage;
(1) Check all fuel and vapor lines comes first. See Cooling System on replace, if needed.
and hoses for proper hook-up, page 10‑13. (5) Or every two years, whichever
routing, and condition. Check that comes first.
the purge valve, if the vehicle has
one, works properly. Replace as
needed.

Footnotes — Maintenance Special Application Additional

Schedule Additional Required
Services — Severe Services Maintenance and Care
(1) Check all fuel and vapor lines . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important
and hoses for proper hook-up, Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly
routing, and condition. Check that components every 5 000 km/ may help to avoid future costly
the purge valve, if the vehicle has 3,000 mi. repairs. To maintain vehicle
one, works properly. Replace as . performance, additional
Have underbody flushing service
needed. maintenance services may be
performed once a year.
(2) Or every four years, whichever required. It is recommended that
comes first. your dealer perform these services
— their trained dealer technicians
(3) Or every five years, whichever know your vehicle best. Your dealer
comes first. See Cooling System on can also perform a thorough
page 10‑13. assessment with a multi‐point
(4) Or every 10 years, whichever inspection to recommend when your
comes first. Inspect for fraying, vehicle may need attention. The
excessive cracking, or damage; following list is intended to explain
replace, if needed. the services and conditions to look
for that may indicate services are
(5) Or every two years, whichever required.
comes first.
Battery Brakes
. Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
The battery supplies power to start Brakes stop the vehicle and are may be low and need to be
the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving. filled.
additional electrical accessories. . Signs of brake wear may include
Hoses
. To avoid break‐down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing
start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping. Hoses transport fluids and should
battery with full cranking power. . be regularly inspected to ensure
Trained dealer technicians have
that there are no cracks or leaks.
. Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment
With a multi‐point inspection, your
the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and
dealer can inspect the hoses and
the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts
advise if replacement is needed.
connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle.
corrosion‐free. Lamps
Fluids
Belts Properly working headlamps,
Proper fluid levels and approved
taillamps, and brake lamps are
. Belts may need replacing if they fluids protect the vehicle’s
important to see and be seen on
squeak or show signs of systems and components. See
the road.
cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11‑12 for GM . Signs that the headlamps need
. Trained dealer technicians can
approved fluids. attention include dimming, failure
inspect the belts and
. to light, cracking, or damage.
recommend replacement when Engine oil and windshield
The brake lamps need to be
necessary. washer fluid levels should be
checked periodically to ensure
checked at every fuel fill.
that they light when braking.

. With a multi‐point inspection, Tires
. Trained dealer technicians can
your dealer can check the lamps inspect and recommend the right
and note any concerns. Tires need to be properly inflated, tires. Your dealer can also
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining provide tire/wheel balancing
Shocks and Struts the tires can save money, fuel, and services to ensure smooth
Shocks and struts help aid in control can reduce the risk of tire failure. vehicle operation at all speeds.
for a smoother ride. . Signs that the tires need to be Your dealer sells and services
. Signs of wear may include replaced include three or more name brand tires.
steering wheel vibration, bounce/ visible treadwear indicators; cord
Vehicle Care
sway while braking, longer or fabric showing through the
stopping distance, or uneven rubber; cracks or cuts in the To help keep the vehicle looking like
tire wear. tread or sidewall; or a bulge or new, vehicle care products are
split in the tire. available from your dealer. For
. As part of the multi‐point information on how to clean and
inspection, trained dealer protect the vehicle’s interior and
technicians can visually inspect exterior, see Interior Care on
the shocks and struts for signs page 10‑82 and Exterior Care on
of leaking, blown seals, page 10‑78.
or damage, and can advise
when service is needed.
Wheel Alignment Windshield Wiper Blades

Wheel alignment is critical for For safety, appearance, and the Wiper blades need to be cleaned
ensuring that the tires deliver best viewing, keep the windshield and kept in good condition to
optimal wear and performance. clean and clear. provide a clear view.
. Signs that the alignment may . Signs of damage include . Signs of wear include streaking,
need to be adjusted include scratches, cracks, and chips. skipping across the windshield,
pulling, improper vehicle . Trained dealer technicians can and worn or split rubber.
handling, or unusual tire wear. inspect the windshield and . Trained dealer technicians can
. Your dealer has the required recommend proper replacement check the wiper blades and
equipment to ensure proper if needed. replace them when needed.
wheel alignment.
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 specfication, or equivalent, of
the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is
recommended. See Engine Oil on page 10‑7.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Engine Coolant on page 10‑13.
Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 88958860, in
Canada 88901244).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Manual Transmission Manual Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19259104, in Canada 19259105).
Key Lock Cylinders Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,
Release Pawl Category LB or GC-LB.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Hood and Door Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 13272719 —
Engine Oil Filter 12605566 PF457G
Passenger Compartment Air Filter
with RPO C42 or C68 13271191 —
with RPO C67 13271190 —
Spark Plugs 12620540 41–108
Wiper Blades
Driver Side 96845746 —
Passenger Side 96845748 —
Rear 95018643 —
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
Odometer
Reading
Odometer
Reading
Technical Data 12-1
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN is
Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine,
Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications”
Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's
engine code.
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Service Parts
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-3 Identification Label
This label, in either the glove box or
the trunk area, has the following
information:
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
This legal identifier is in the front
. Model designation.
corner of the instrument panel, on . Paint information.
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
seen through the windshield from
. Production options and special
outside. The VIN also appears on equipment.
the Vehicle Certification and Service Do not remove this label from the
Parts labels and certificates of title vehicle.
and registration.
12-2 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11‑12 for more information.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge
amount, see the refrigerant label located under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System 7.1 L 7.5 qt
Engine Oil with Filter 4.7 L 5.0 qt
Fuel Tank 66.5 L 17.6 gal
Automatic Transmission Fluid 5.0 L 5.3 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 140 Y 100 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
2.4L L4 T Automatic and Manual .9 mm (0.035 in)
Technical Data 12-3
Engine Drive Belt Routing

12-4 Technical Data
2 NOTES
Customer Information 13-1
Customer Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects to
Customer Information
Information the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Customer Satisfaction
Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure
Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Customer Assistance General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
with the sales transaction or the
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-4 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-14 of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Radio Frequency been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-15
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Radio Frequency STEP ONE: Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15 with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . 13-9 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications If the matter has already been
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-11 reviewed with the sales, service,
or parts manager, contact the owner
of your dealership or the general
manager.
13-2 Customer Information
STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Chevrolet, 40 days. If you do not agree with the
member of dealership management, remember that your concern will decision given in your case, you
it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's may reject it and proceed with any
resolved by your dealership without facility. That is why we suggest other venue for relief available
further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. to you.
Chevrolet Customer Assistance STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Canada, call General Motors of dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Canada Customer Care Centre at sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
1-800-263-3777 (English), with the new vehicle. However,
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). BBB Auto Line Program
if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
We encourage you to call the after following the procedure Inc.
toll-free number in order to give your outlined in Steps One and Two, you 4200 Wilson Boulevard
inquiry prompt attention. Have the can file with the Better Business Suite 800
following information available to Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Arlington, VA 22203-1838
give the Customer Assistance to enforce your rights.
representative: Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
The BBB Auto Line Program is an www.dr.bbb.org/goauto
. Vehicle Identification out-of-court program administered
Number (VIN). This is available by the Council of Better Business This program is available in all
from the vehicle registration or Bureaus to settle automotive 50 states and the District of
title, or the plate at the top left of disputes regarding vehicle repairs or Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
the instrument panel and visible the interpretation of the New Vehicle vehicle age, mileage, and other
through the windshield. Limited Warranty. Although you may factors. General Motors reserves
be required to resort to this informal the right to change eligibility
. Dealership name and location. limitations and/or discontinue its
dispute resolution program prior to
. Vehicle delivery date and filing a court action, use of the participation in this program.
present mileage. program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within
STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance

Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor
not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
Offices
addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Chevrolet encourages customers to
procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care call the toll-free number for
and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), assistance. However, if a customer
Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-7854 (French), wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
participation in a no-charge or write to: the letter should be addressed to:
Mediation/Arbitration Program. The Mediation/Arbitration Program
General Motors of Canada Limited United States and Puerto Rico
c/o Customer Care Centre
has committed to binding arbitration General Motors of Canada Limited Chevrolet Motor Division
of owner disputes involving Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Chevrolet Customer Assistance
factory-related vehicle service 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Center
claims. The program provides for Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 P.O. Box 33170
the review of the facts involved by Detroit, MI 48232-5170
an impartial third party arbiter, and The inquiry should be accompanied www.Chevrolet.com
may include an informal hearing by the Vehicle Identification
before the arbiter. The program is Number (VIN). 1-800-222-1020
designed so that the entire dispute 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
settlement process, from the time Telephone Devices (TTYs))
you file your complaint to the final Roadside Assistance:
decision, should be completed in 1-800-243-8872
about 70 days. We believe our From U.S. Virgin Islands:
impartial program offers advantages 1-800-496-9994
over courts in most jurisdictions
because it is informal, quick, and
free of charge.
Canada Assistance Center. Any TTY I (Service History): View

user in the U.S. can communicate printable dealer-recorded service
General Motors of Canada Limited
with Chevrolet by dialing: records and self-recorded service
Customer Care Centre,
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in records.
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
1908 Colonel Sam Drive D (Preferred Dealer
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Information): Select a preferred
www.gm.ca Online Owner Center dealer and view dealer location,
1-800-263-3777 (English) Online Owner Experience maps, phone numbers, and hours.
1-800-263-7854 (French) (U.S.) my.chevrolet.com J (Warranty Tracking
1-800-263-3830 (For Text Information): Track the vehicle’s
The Chevrolet online owner
Telephone devices (TTYs)) warranty information.
experience is a one-stop resource
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
that allows interaction with J (Recall Information): View
Chevrolet and keeps important active recalls or search by Vehicle
Overseas vehicle-specific information in one Identification Number (VIN). See
place. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Please contact the local General
on page 12‑1.
Motors Business Unit. Membership Benefits
E (Vehicle Information): H (Other Account Information):
Customer Assistance for View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite
Download owner manuals and view
radio, and OnStar account
Text Telephone (TTY) vehicle-specific how-to videos.
information.
Users G (Maintenance Information): F (Live Chat Support): Chat live
View maintenance schedules,
To assist customers who are deaf, with online help representatives.
required alerts, OnStar onboard
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired Visit my.chevrolet.com to register
vehicle diagnostic information, and
and who use Text Telephones
schedule service appointments. your vehicle.
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
equipment available at its Customer
Chevrolet Owner Centre GM Mobility General Motors of Canada also

(Canada) chevroletowner.ca has a Mobility Program. Call
Reimbursement Program 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)
Take a trip to the Chevrolet Owner for details. TTY users call
Centre: 1-800-263-3830.
. Chat live with online help
representatives. Roadside Assistance
. Use the Vehicle Tools section. Program
. Access third party enthusiast For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
sites and social media networks. This program is available to 1-800-243-8872; (Text Telephone
. Locate owner resources such as qualified applicants for cost (TTY): 1-888-889-2438).
lease-end, financing, and reimbursement of eligible For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
warranty information. aftermarket adaptive equipment call 1-800-268-6800.
. required for the vehicle, such as
Retrieve your favorite articles, Service is available 24 hours a day,
hand controls or a wheelchair/
quizzes, tips, and multimedia 365 days a year.
scooter lift for the vehicle.
galleries organized into the
Features and Auto Care For more information on the limited Calling for Assistance
Sections. offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or When calling Roadside Assistance,
call the GM Mobility Assistance have the following information
. Download the owner manual for
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text ready:
your vehicle, quickly and easily.
Telephone (TTY) users, call
. Find the 1-800-833-9935.
. Your name, home address, and
Chevrolet-recommended home telephone number.
maintenance services for your . Telephone number of your
vehicle. location.
. Location of the vehicle.

. Model, year, color, and license claims are made too often, or the
. Flat Tire Change: Service to
plate number of the vehicle. same type of claim is made many change a flat tire with the spare
. Odometer reading, Vehicle times. tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
Identification Number (VIN), and must be in good condition and
Services Provided properly inflated. It is the owner's
delivery date of the vehicle.
. Emergency Fuel Delivery: responsibility for the repair or
. Description of the problem. replacement of the tire if it is not
Delivery of enough fuel for the
vehicle to get to the nearest covered by the warranty.
Coverage
service station. . Battery Jump Start: Service to
Services are provided up to 5 years/
. Lock-Out Service: Service to jump start a dead battery.
160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever
comes first. unlock the vehicle if you are Services Not Included in
locked out. A remote unlock may Roadside Assistance
In the U.S., anyone driving the be available if you have OnStar.
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a For security reasons, the driver . Impound towing caused by
person driving the vehicle without must present identification violation of any laws.
permission from the owner is not before this service is given.
covered.
. Legal fines.
. Emergency Tow from a Public . Mounting, dismounting,
Roadside Assistance is not a part of Road or Highway: Tow to the
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. or changing of snow tires,
nearest Chevrolet dealer for chains, or other traction devices.
Chevrolet and General Motors of warranty service, or if the vehicle
Canada Limited reserve the right to was in a crash and cannot be
. Towing or services for vehicles
make any changes or discontinue driven. Assistance is also given driven on a non-public road or
the Roadside Assistance program at when the vehicle is stuck in the highway.
any time without notification. sand, mud, or snow.
Chevrolet and General Motors of
Canada Limited reserve the right to
limit services or payment to an
owner or driver if they decide the
Services Specific to
. Alternative Service: If If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles assistance cannot be provided into the service department
right away, the Roadside immediately, keep driving it until it
. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement Assistance advisor may give can be scheduled for service,
is approximately $5 Canadian. permission to get local unless, of course, the problem is
Diesel fuel delivery may be emergency road service. You will safety related. If it is, please call
restricted. Propane and other receive payment, up to $100, your dealership, let them know this,
fuels are not provided through after sending the original receipt and ask for instructions.
this service. to Roadside Assistance.
. Mechanical failures may be If your dealer requests you to bring
Lock-Out Service: Vehicle the vehicle for service, you are
registration is required. covered, however any cost for
parts and labor for repairs not urged to do so as early in the work
. Trip Interruption Benefits and covered by the warranty are the day as possible to allow for
Assistance: Must be over owner responsibility. same-day repair.
250 kilometers from where
your trip was started to Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation
qualify. General Motors of Program
Canada Limited requires Appointments
pre-authorization, original When the vehicle requires warranty To enhance your ownership
detailed receipts, and a copy service, contact your dealer and experience, we and our participating
of the repair orders. Once request an appointment. By dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
authorization has been received, scheduling a service appointment Transportation, a customer support
the Roadside Assistance advisor and advising the service consultant program for vehicles with the
will help to make arrangements of your transportation needs, your Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
and explain how to receive dealer can help minimize your Coverage period in Canada),
payment. inconvenience. extended powertrain, and/or
hybrid-specific warranties in both
the U.S. and Canada.
Several Courtesy Transportation destination with minimal interruption Courtesy Rental Vehicle
options are available to assist in of your daily schedule. This includes Your dealer may arrange to provide
reducing inconvenience when one-way or round-trip shuttle service you with a courtesy rental vehicle or
warranty repairs are required. within reasonable time and distance reimburse you for a rental vehicle
Courtesy Transportation is not a parameters of your dealer's area. that you obtain if the vehicle is kept
part of the New Vehicle Limited Public Transportation or Fuel for an overnight warranty repair.
Warranty. A separate booklet Reimbursement Rental reimbursement will be limited
entitled “Limited Warranty and and must be supported by original
Owner Assistance Information” If the vehicle requires overnight receipts. This requires that you sign
furnished with each new vehicle warranty repairs, and public and complete a rental agreement
provides detailed warranty coverage transportation is used instead of and meet state/provincial, local, and
your dealer's shuttle service, the rental vehicle provider requirements.
information.
expense must be supported by Requirements vary and may include
Transportation Options original receipts and can only be up minimum age requirements,
to the maximum amount allowed by insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
Warranty service can generally be GM for shuttle service. In addition,
completed while you wait. However, You are responsible for fuel usage
for U.S. customers, should you charges and may also be
if you are unable to wait, GM helps
arrange transportation through a responsible for taxes, levies, usage
to minimize inconvenience by
friend or relative, limited fees, excessive mileage, or rental
providing several transportation reimbursement for reasonable fuel
options. Depending on the usage beyond the completion of the
expenses may be available. Claim repair.
circumstances, your dealer can offer
amounts should reflect actual costs
one of the following: and be supported by original It may not be possible to provide a
Shuttle Service receipts. See your dealer for like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
information regarding the allowance
Shuttle service is the preferred
amounts for reimbursement of fuel
means of offering Courtesy
or other transportation costs.
Transportation. Dealers may provide
shuttle service to get you to your
Additional Program parts. Poorly performed collision A recycled original equipment GM

Information repairs diminish the vehicle resale part may be an acceptable choice to
value, and safety performance can maintain the vehicle's originally
All program options, such as shuttle be compromised in subsequent designed appearance and safety
service, may not be available at collisions. performance; however, the history of
every dealer. Please contact your these parts is not known. Such parts
dealer for specific information Collision Parts are not covered by the GM New
about availability. All Courtesy Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
Genuine GM Collision parts are new
Transportation arrangements will be related failures are not covered by
parts made with the same materials
administered by appropriate dealer that warranty.
and construction methods as the
personnel.
parts with which the vehicle was Aftermarket collision parts are also
General Motors reserves the right to originally built. Genuine GM available. These are made by
unilaterally modify, change, Collision parts are the best choice to companies other than GM and may
or discontinue Courtesy ensure that the vehicle's designed not have been tested for the vehicle.
Transportation at any time and to appearance, durability, and safety As a result, these parts may fit
resolve all questions of claim are preserved. The use of Genuine poorly, exhibit premature durability/
eligibility pursuant to the terms and GM parts can help maintain the GM corrosion problems, and may not
conditions described herein at its New Vehicle Limited Warranty. perform properly in subsequent
sole discretion. collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
Recycled original equipment parts
may also be used for repair. These covered by the GM New Vehicle
Collision Damage Repair parts are typically removed from Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
If the vehicle is involved in a vehicles that were total losses in failure related to such parts is not
collision and it is damaged, have the prior crashes. In most cases, the covered by that warranty.
damage repaired by a qualified parts being recycled are from
technician using the proper undamaged sections of the vehicle.
equipment and quality replacement
Repair Facility recommend that you ensure that the Give only the necessary information
vehicle will be repaired with GM to police and other parties involved
GM also recommends that you
original equipment collision parts. in the crash.
choose a collision repair facility that
If such insurance coverage is not For emergency towing see
meets your needs before you ever
available from your current Roadside Assistance Program on
need collision repairs. Your dealer
insurance carrier, consider switching page 13‑5.
may have a collision repair center
to another insurance carrier.
with GM-trained technicians and Gather the following information:
state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be If the vehicle is leased, the leasing
able to recommend a collision repair company may require you to have . Driver name, address, and
center that has GM-trained insurance that ensures repairs with telephone number.
technicians and comparable Genuine GM Original Equipment . Driver license number.
equipment. Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
Genuine Manufacturer replacement
. Owner name, address, and
Insuring the Vehicle parts. Read the lease carefully, as telephone number.
Protect your investment in the GM you may be charged at the end of . Vehicle license plate number.
vehicle with comprehensive and the lease for poor quality repairs. . Vehicle make, model, and
collision insurance coverage. There If a Crash Occurs model year.
are significant differences in the
. Vehicle Identification
quality of coverage afforded by If there has been an injury, call
various insurance policy terms. emergency services for help. Do not Number (VIN).
Many insurance policies provide leave the scene of a crash until all . Insurance company and policy
reduced protection to the GM matters have been taken care of. number.
vehicle by limiting compensation for Move the vehicle only if its position
damage repairs by using puts you in danger, or you are
. General description of the
aftermarket collision parts. Some instructed to move it by a police damage to the other vehicle.
insurance companies will not officer.
specify aftermarket collision parts.
When purchasing insurance, we
Choose a reputable repair facility Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Publications
that uses quality replacement parts. but you must live with the repair.
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this Depending on your policy limits,
Ordering Information
section. your insurance company may Service Manuals
If the airbag has inflated, see What initially value the repair using
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with Service Manuals have the diagnosis
Will You See after an Airbag and repair information on the
Inflates? on page 3‑29. the repair professional, and insist on
Genuine GM parts. Remember, engines, transmission, axle,
Managing the Vehicle Damage if the vehicle is leased, you may be suspension, brakes, electrical,
Repair Process obligated to have the vehicle steering, body, etc.
repaired with Genuine GM parts, Service Bulletins
In the event that the vehicle requires even if your insurance coverage
damage repairs, GM recommends does not pay the full cost. Service Bulletins give additional
that you take an active role in its technical service information
repair. If you have a pre-determined If another party's insurance needed to knowledgeably service
repair facility of choice, take the company is paying for the repairs, General Motors cars and trucks.
vehicle there, or have it towed there. you are not obligated to accept a Each bulletin contains instructions
Specify to the facility that any repair valuation based on that to assist in the diagnosis and
required replacement collision parts insurance company's collision policy service of the vehicle.
be original equipment parts, either repair limits, as you have no
new Genuine GM parts or recycled contractual limits with that company. Owner Information
original GM parts. Remember, In such cases, you can have control
Owner publications are written
recycled parts will not be covered by of the repair and parts choices as
specifically for owners and intended
the GM vehicle warranty. long as the cost stays within
to provide basic operational
reasonable limits.
information about the vehicle. The
Owner Manual includes the
Maintenance Schedule for all
models.
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Or write to: Reporting Safety

Owner Manual, and Warranty Helm, Incorporated
Booklet. Attention: Customer Service
Defects
RETAIL SELL PRICE: 47911 Halyard Drive
$35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and Plymouth, MI 48170 Reporting Safety Defects
shipping fees. Prices are subject to change without to the United States
Without Portfolio: Owner notice and without incurring Government
Manual only. obligation. Allow ample time for
delivery. If you believe that your vehicle
RETAIL SELL PRICE: has a defect which could cause
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and All listed prices are quoted in U.S. a crash or could cause injury or
shipping fees. funds. Make checks payable in U.S. death, you should immediately
funds.
Current and Past Models inform the National Highway
Technical Service Bulletins and
Traffic Safety Administration
Manuals are available for current (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
and past model GM vehicles. General Motors.
ORDER TOLL FREE: If NHTSA receives similar
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday complaints, it may open an
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time investigation, and if it finds
For Credit Card Orders Only that a safety defect exists in a
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit group of vehicles, it may order a
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. recall and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot Reporting Safety Defects Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:

become involved in individual to the Canadian Chevrolet Motor Division
problems between you, your Chevrolet Customer Assistance
dealer, or General Motors.
Government Center
If you live in Canada, and you P.O. Box 33170
To contact NHTSA, you may call believe that the vehicle has a safety Detroit, MI 48232-5170
the Vehicle Safety Hotline defect, notify Transport Canada
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
immediately, and notify General
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to (English) or 1-800-263-7854
Motors of Canada Limited. Call
http://www.safercar.gov; or (French), or write:
Transport Canada at
write to: 1-800-333-0510 or write to: General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
Administrator, NHTSA Transport Canada
CA1-163-005
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Road Safety Branch
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Washington, D.C. 20590 80 rue Noel
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
You can also obtain other
information about motor Reporting Safety Defects
vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov. to General Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Transport Canada) in a situation like
this, notify General Motors.
Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
Recording and This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are
Privacy main purpose of an EDR is to recorded by your vehicle only if a
The vehicle has a number of record, in certain crash or near non-trivial crash situation occurs; no
computers that record information crash-like situations, such as an air data are recorded by the EDR under
about the vehicle’s performance and bag deployment or hitting a road normal driving conditions and no
how it is driven. For example, the obstacle, data that will assist in personal data (e.g., name, gender,
vehicle uses computer modules to understanding how a vehicle’s age, and crash location) are
monitor and control engine and systems performed. The EDR is recorded. However, other parties,
transmission performance, to designed to record data related to such as law enforcement, could
monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle dynamics and safety combine the EDR data with the type
deployment and deploy them in a systems for a short period of time, of personally identifying data
crash, and, if equipped, to provide typically 30 seconds or less. The routinely acquired during a crash
antilock braking to help the driver EDR in this vehicle is designed to investigation.
control the vehicle. These modules record such data as:
To read data recorded by an EDR,
may store data to help the dealer . How various systems in your special equipment is required, and
technician service the vehicle. vehicle were operating; access to the vehicle or the EDR is
Some modules may also store data needed. In addition to the vehicle
about how the vehicle is operated,
. Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were manufacturer, other parties, such as
such as rate of fuel consumption or law enforcement, that have the
average speed. These modules may buckled/fastened;
.
special equipment, can read the
retain personal preferences, such as How far (if at all) the driver was information if they have access to
radio presets, seat positions, and depressing the accelerator and/ the vehicle or the EDR.
temperature settings. or brake pedal; and,
GM will not access this data or
. How fast the vehicle was share it with others except: with the
traveling. consent of the vehicle owner or,
if the vehicle is leased, with the Radio Frequency Radio Frequency

consent of the lessee; in response
to an official request by police or
Identification (RFID) Statement
similar government office; as part of RFID technology is used in some This vehicle has systems that
GM's defense of litigation through vehicles for functions such as tire operate on a radio frequency that
the discovery process; or, as pressure monitoring and ignition comply with Part 15 of the Federal
required by law. Data that GM system security, as well as in Communications Commission (FCC)
collects or receives may also be connection with conveniences such rules and with Industry Canada
used for GM research needs or may as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Standards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310.
be made available to others for transmitters for remote door locking/ Operation is subject to the following
research purposes, where a need is unlocking and starting, and two conditions:
shown and the data is not tied to a in-vehicle transmitters for garage
specific vehicle or vehicle owner. door openers. RFID technology in 1. The device may not cause
GM vehicles does not use or record harmful interference.
OnStar® personal information or link with any 2. The device must accept any
other GM system containing interference received, including
If the vehicle is equipped with personal information.
OnStar® and has an active interference that may cause
subscription, refer to the OnStar® undesired operation of the
Terms and Conditions for device.
information on data collection and Changes or modifications to any of
use. See OnStar Overview on these systems by other than an
page 14‑1. authorized service facility could void
authorization to use this equipment.
2 NOTES
OnStar 14-1
OnStar OnStar Overview Push = to:

. Make a call, end a call,
or answer an incoming call.
OnStar Overview .
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
voice commands.
OnStar Services . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Navigation voice commands.
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Requires the available Directions
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 If equipped, this vehicle has a and Connections service plan.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 comprehensive, in-vehicle system
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5 that can connect to a live Advisor Push | to connect to a live
for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Advisor to:
OnStar Additional Information Connection, and Diagnostic
OnStar Additional Services.
. Verify account information or
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5 update contact information.
The OnStar system status light is .
next to the OnStar buttons. If the Get driving directions. Requires
status light is: the available Directions and
Connections service plan.
. Solid Green: System is ready. . Receive On-Demand
. Flashing Green: On a call. Diagnostics for a check of the
. Red: Indicates a problem. vehicle’s key operating systems.
. Receive Roadside Assistance.
Push | or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Advisor.
14-2 OnStar
Push the OnStar Emergency OnStar Services equipped with automatic door locks,
button > to get a priority and can help police locate the
connection to an Emergency vehicle if it is stolen.
Emergency
Advisor available
24/7 to: With Automatic Crash Response, Navigation
the built-in system can automatically
. Get help for an emergency. OnStar navigation requires the
connect to help in most crashes,
Directions and Connections
. Be a Good Samaritan or even if help cannot be requested.
service plan.
respond to an AMBER Alert.
Push > to connect to an
. Get crisis assistance and Push | to receive directions or
Emergency Advisor. GPS
evacuation routes. have them sent to the vehicle
technology is used to identify the
navigation screen, if equipped.
vehicle location and can provide
Destinations can also be forwarded
critical information to emergency
to the vehicle from Google Maps™
personnel. The Advisor is also
or MapQuest.com. The OnStar
trained to offer critical assistance in
mapping database is continuously
emergency situations before first
updated. Visit www.onstar.com for
responders arrive.
coverage maps.
Security Turn-by-Turn Navigation
OnStar provides services like Stolen 1. Push | to connect to a live
Vehicle Assistance, Remote Ignition Advisor.
Block, and Roadside Assistance,
if the vehicle is equipped with these 2. Request directions.
services. OnStar can unlock the 3. Directions are downloaded to the
vehicle doors remotely, if it is vehicle.
4. Follow the voice-guided
commands.
OnStar 14-3
Using Voice Commands 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds Destination Download: Push |,
During a Planned Route with the last direction given, then then request the Advisor to
responds with “OnStar ready,” download directions to the
Cancel Route then a tone. navigation system in the vehicle.
1. Push = . System responds: 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice After the call ends, push the “Go”
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. Say commands. button on the navigation screen to
“Cancel route.” System begin driving directions.
Get My Destination
responds: “Do you want to Destinations can also be
cancel directions?” 1. Push = . System responds: downloaded on the go. For
2. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. information about eNav, Destination
“OK, request completed, thank 2. Say “Get my destination.” Download, and coverage maps visit
you, goodbye.” System responds with address www.onstar.com.
Route Preview and the distance to the
destination, then responds with Connections
1. Push = . System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice calls to be made and received from
2. Say “Route preview.” System commands. the vehicle. The vehicle can also be
responds with the next three controlled from a cell phone through
maneuvers. Other Navigation Services the OnStar RemoteLink mobile app.
Available from OnStar See www.onstar.com for
3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice coverage maps.
commands. OnStar eNav: Allows subscribers
to send destinations from Google Hands-Free Calling
Repeat Maps and MapQuest.com to their
Turn-by-Turn Navigation or 1. Push = . System responds:
1. Push = . System responds:
screen-based navigation system. “OnStar ready.”
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. When ready, the directions will be
downloaded to the vehicle.
14-4 OnStar
2. Say “Call.” System responds: End a Call Place a Call Using a Stored
“Please say the name or number Number
to call.” Push = . System responds: “Call
ended.” 1. Push = . System responds:
3. Say the entire number without
“OnStar ready.”
pausing, including a “1” and the Store a Name Tag for Speed
area code. System responds: Dialing 2. Say “Call <name tag>.” System
“OK calling.” responds: “OK, calling
1. Push = . System responds: <name tag>.”
Calling 911 Emergency “OnStar ready.”
Verify Minutes and Expiration
1. Press = . The system responds 2. Say “Store.” System responds:
“OnStar Ready,” followed by “Please say the number you Push = and say “Minutes” then
a tone. would like to store.” “Verify” to check how many minutes
3. Say the entire number without remain and their expiration date.
2. Say “Call.” The system responds
“Please say the name or number pausing. System responds: OnStar Mobile App
to call.” “Please say the name tag.”
Download the OnStar RemoteLink
3. Say “911” without pausing. The 4. Pick a name tag. System mobile app to your iPhone, Android
system responds “911.” responds: “About to store <name or BlackBerry smartphone to check
tag>. Does that sound OK?” vehicle fuel level, oil life, or tire
4. Say “Call.” The system responds
“OK, dialing 911.” 5. Say “Yes” or “No” to try again. pressure; to start the vehicle (if
System responds: “OK, storing equipped) or unlock it; or to connect
Retrieve My Number <name tag>.” to an OnStar Advisor. For OnStar
RemoteLink information and
1. Push = . System responds: compatibility, see www.onstar.com.
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “My number.” System
responds: “Your OnStar
Hands-Free Calling number is.”
OnStar 14-5
Diagnostics OnStar Additional How OnStar Service Works

OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics will Information Automatic Crash Response,
perform a vehicle check every Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
month. It will check the engine, Transferring Service Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle
transmission, antilock brakes, and Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock,
major vehicle systems. It also Push | to request account transfer Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
checks the tire pressures, if the eligibility information. The Advisor Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
vehicle is equipped with the Tire can assist in canceling or removing are available on most vehicles. Not
Pressure Monitoring System. If a account information. If OnStar all OnStar services are available
diagnostics check is needed receives information that vehicle everywhere or on all vehicles. For
ownership has changed, OnStar more information, a full description
between e-mails, push |, and an
may send a voice message to the of OnStar services, system
Advisor can run a check. vehicle, requesting updated account limitations, and OnStar terms and
information. conditions, see www.onstar.com
(U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada);
Reactivation for Subsequent contact OnStar at 1-888-4ONSTAR
Owners (1-888-466-7827) or TTY
Push | and follow the prompts to 1-877-248-2080; or push | to
speak to an Advisor as soon as speak with an Advisor. OnStar
possible after acquiring the vehicle. services require a vehicle electrical
The Advisor will update vehicle system, wireless service, and GPS
records and will explain the OnStar satellite technologies to be available
service offers and options available. and operating for features to
function properly. These systems
may not operate if the battery is
discharged or disconnected.
14-6 OnStar
OnStar service cannot work unless See Radio Frequency Statement on TTY Users
your vehicle is in a place where page 13‑15 for information
OnStar has the ability to
OnStar has an agreement with a regarding Part 15 of the Federal
communicate to the deaf,
wireless service provider for service Communications Commission (FCC)
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
in that area, and the wireless rules and Industry Canada
customers while in the vehicle. The
service provider has coverage, Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
available dealer-installed TTY
network capacity, reception, and
Services for People with system can provide in-vehicle
technology compatible with OnStar
Disabilities access to all of the OnStar services,
service. Service involving location
except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
information about the vehicle cannot Advisors provide services to help Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
work unless GPS signals are subscribers with physical disabilities
available, unobstructed, and and medical conditions. OnStar.com
compatible with the OnStar
hardware. OnStar service may not Push | for help with: The website provides access to
work if the OnStar equipment is not account information, manages the
. Locating a gas station with an OnStar subscription, and allows
properly installed or it has not been attendant to pump gas.
properly maintained. If equipment or viewing of videos of each service.
software is added, connected,
. Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc., Get subscription plan pricing and
or modified, OnStar service may not that meets accessibility needs. sign up for OnStar Vehicle
work. Other problems beyond the Diagnostics. Click on the “My
. Providing directions to the Account” tab on the home page.
control of OnStar may prevent closest hospital or pharmacy in
service such as hills, tall buildings, urgent situations.
tunnels, weather, electrical system
design and architecture of the
vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a
crash, or wireless phone network
congestion or jamming.
OnStar 14-7
OnStar Personal Identification Potential Issues

. In emergency situations, OnStar
Number (PIN) can use the last stored GPS
Some OnStar services are disabled location to send to emergency
A PIN is needed to access some of after five days. OnStar cannot responders.
the OnStar services, like Remote perform Remote Door Unlock or
Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the
. A temporary loss of GPS can
Assistance. You will be prompted to vehicle has been off continuously cause loss of the ability to send
change the PIN the first time when for five days. After five days, OnStar a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route.
speaking with an Advisor. To can contact Roadside Assistance The Advisor may give a verbal
change the OnStar PIN, call OnStar and a locksmith to help gain access route or may ask for a call back
and provide the Advisor with the to the vehicle. after the vehicle is driven into an
current number. open area.
Global Positioning
Warranty System (GPS) Cellular and GPS Antennas
OnStar equipment may be . Obstruction of the GPS can Avoid placing items over or near
warranted as part of the New occur in a large city with tall the antenna to prevent blocking
Vehicle Limited Warranty. The buildings; in parking garages; cellular and GPS signal reception.
manufacturer of the vehicle around airports; in tunnels, Cellular reception is required for
furnishes detailed warranty underpasses, or parking OnStar to send remote signals to
information. garages; or in an area with very the vehicle.
dense trees. If GPS signals are
Languages not available, the OnStar system
The vehicle can be programmed to should still operate to call
respond in French or Spanish. OnStar. However, OnStar could
Push | and ask an Advisor. have difficulty identifying the
Advisors can speak French or exact location.
Spanish.
14-8 OnStar
Unable to Connect to OnStar Privacy Permission to use, copy, modify,

Message and distribute this software for any
The complete OnStar Privacy
purpose with or without fee is
If there is limited cellular coverage Statement may be found at
hereby granted, provided that the
or the cellular network has reached www.onstar.com. Privacy-sensitive
above copyright notice and this
maximum capacity, this message users of wireless communications
permission notice appear in all
may come on. Push | to try the are cautioned that the privacy of any
copies.
call again or try again after driving a information sent via wireless cellular
communications cannot be assured. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
few miles into another cellular area.
Third parties may unlawfully “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY
Vehicle and Power Issues intercept or access transmissions OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
and private communications without IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
OnStar services require a vehicle LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
consent.
electrical system, wireless service, OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
and GPS satellite technologies to be OnStar - libcurl and unzip FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
available and operating for features acknowledgments AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
to function properly. These systems THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
may not operate if the battery is Certain OnStar components include
libcurl and unzip software. Below EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
discharged or disconnected. OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
are the notices and licenses
Add-on Electrical Equipment associated with this software: LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
The OnStar system is integrated libcurl: WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
into the electrical architecture of the CONTRACT, TORT OR
vehicle. Do not add any electrical COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
NOTICE OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
equipment. See Add-On Electrical OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
Equipment on page 9‑47. Added Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
electrical equipment may interfere Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>. USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
with the operation of the OnStar All rights reserved. THE SOFTWARE.
system and cause it to not operate.
OnStar 14-9
Except as contained in this notice, Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, 2. Redistributions in binary form
the name of a copyright holder shall Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, (compiled executables) must
not be used in advertising or Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, reproduce the above copyright
otherwise to promote the sale, use George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai notice, definition, disclaimer, and
or other dealings in this Software Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, this list of conditions in
without prior written authorization of Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, documentation and/or other
the copyright holder. Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, materials provided with the
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, distribution. The sole exception
unzip: Rich Wales, Mike White to this condition is redistribution
This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the This software is provided “as is,” of a standard UnZipSFX binary
Info-ZIP copyright and license. without warranty of any kind, (including SFXWiz) as part of a
The definitive version of this express or implied. In no event shall self-extracting archive; that is
document should be available Info-ZIP or its contributors be held permitted without inclusion of
at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ liable for any direct, indirect, this license, as long as the
license.html indefinitely. incidental, special or consequential normal SFX banner has not
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All damages arising out of the use of or been removed from the binary or
rights reserved. inability to use this software. disabled.
For the purposes of this copyright Permission is granted to anyone to 3. Altered versions–including, but
and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as use this software for any purpose, not limited to, ports to new
the following set of individuals: including commercial applications, operating systems, existing ports
and to alter it and redistribute it with new graphical interfaces,
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, and dynamic, shared, or static
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, freely, subject to the following
restrictions: library versions–must be plainly
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, marked as such and must not be
Ed Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris 1. Redistributions of source code misrepresented as being the
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, must retain the above copyright original source. Such altered
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, notice, definition, disclaimer, and versions also must not be
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, this list of conditions. misrepresented as being
14-10 OnStar
Info-ZIP releases–including, but

not limited to, labeling of the
altered versions with the names
“Info-ZIP” (or any variation
thereof, including, but not limited
to, different capitalizations),
“Pocket UnZip,” “WiZ” or
“MacZip” without the explicit
permission of Info-ZIP. Such
altered versions are
further prohibited from
misrepresentative use of the
Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip” for its own source
and binary releases.
INDEX i-1
A Airbags Audio System

Adding Equipment to the Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12
Accessories and
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30 Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . 7-2
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Automatic
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
Servicing Airbag-Equipped Climate Control System . . . . . . . . 8-3
Add-On Electrical
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24 Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Additional Information
Alarm Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-11
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Automatic Transmission
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Antenna Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12 Shift Lock Control
Airbag System
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12 Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
Antilock Brake Auxiliary
How Does an Airbag
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26 Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28
Appearance Care B
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
What Will You See after an
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29
Armrest Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
When Should an Airbag
Front Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Voltage and Charging
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-26
Assistance Program, Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-23
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . 7-18, 7-19, 7-23
Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 Brake
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13 System Warning Light . . . . . . . .5-14
i-2 INDEX
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 C Check

Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26 Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27 Ignition
California
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 Transmission Lock . . . . . . . . 10-23
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-38
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27 Child Restraints
Perchlorate Materials
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25 Infants and Young
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-13 Lower Anchors and
Camera, Rear Vision . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-39
Capacities and
Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44, 3-46
Carbon Monoxide
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Child-View Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Headlamps, Front Turn Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Cargo
Signal, Sidemarker, and Cleaning
Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78
Management System . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-29 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82
Cautions, Danger, and
Taillamps, Turn Signal, Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 8-1
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Sidemarker, and Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Stoplamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-2
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-11
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . 13-9
INDEX i-3
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-4 Door

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3 Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Compressor Kit, Tire Text Telephone (TTY) Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Sealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4 Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Connections Customer Information Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3 Service Publications Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-3
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Ordering Information . . . . . . .13-11 Driver Information
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Customer Satisfaction Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 Driving
Coolant Characteristics and
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 D Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-42
Engine Temperature Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . 13-9 Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10 Danger, Warnings, and Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-20
Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26 Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-14 Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Daytime Running Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-6
Courtesy Transportation Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Cover Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Devices Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31 Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15 Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Diagnostics Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
i-4 INDEX
E Engine (cont'd) Fluid

Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9 Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-10
Electrical Equipment,
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Electrical System
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Fog Lamps
Engine Compartment
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Reduced Power Light . . . . . . . . .5-19 Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Fuses and Circuit
Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-21 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16 Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Instrument Panel Fuse
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Front Fog Lamp
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-14 Front Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Emergency
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Front Seats
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Engine
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11
Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Check and Service Engine
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12 F Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
Filter, Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-39
Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-6
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . .10-11 Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Filling a Portable Fuel
Coolant Temperature
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-4 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-41
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-40
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65 Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . .9-39
Cooling System Messages . . .5-26
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85 Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . .9-38
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-3
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-18
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-17
INDEX i-5
Fuel (cont'd) General Information Headlamps (cont'd)

Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-38 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Requirements, California . . . . .9-38 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-42 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .5-20
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-72 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Fuses GM Mobility Reimbursement Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Engine Compartment Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Heater
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-17
Fuses and Circuit H Heating and Air
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1, 8-3
Instrument Panel Fuse Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-4 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Headlamps Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 9-6
G Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Gasoline Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-38 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 How to Wear Safety Belts
Gauges Daytime Running Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Engine Coolant Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10 Daytime Running Lamps
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 (DRL) Indicator Light . . . . . . . .5-20 I
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Headlamps, Front Turn Ignition Transmission Lock
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Signal, Sidemarker, and Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Warning Lights and Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Infants and Young Children,
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
i-6 INDEX
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Lamps (cont'd) Lights (cont'd)

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Instrument Panel On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Lashing Eyes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
J LATCH System High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73 Replacing Parts after a Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44 Reduced Engine Power . . . . . .5-19
LATCH, Lower Anchors and Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .5-10
K Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-39 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-27 Liftgate Service Vehicle Soon . . . . . . . . .5-14
Keyless Entry Carbon Monoxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-3 Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Lighting Traction Control System
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . .5-17
L Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-38 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Lamps Lights Warning, Power Steering . . . . .5-16
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Locks
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-2 Antilock Brake System Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-14 Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-12 Daytime Running Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-18
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
INDEX i-7
Lower Anchors and Tethers Messages (cont'd) N

for Children (LATCH Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Navigation
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39 Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Object Detection System . . . . .5-28
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
M Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-28
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
Maintenance Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14 Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 O
Maintenance Schedule
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Object Detection System
Recommended Fluids
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-12
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-12
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Off-Road
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Mirror Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
Child-View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13 Oil
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Mirrors Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11
Automatic Dimming Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . .10-9
Messages
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Battery Voltage and
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-32
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 OnStar®
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 System, In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 OnStar® Additional
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-26
Monitor System, Tire Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44 OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
i-8 INDEX
OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Personalization R

OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Radio Frequency
OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Phone
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 13-15
Operation, Infotainment Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . 7-18, 7-19, 7-23
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Power
Radios
Ordering Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Service Publications . . . . . . . . .13-11 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12
Outlets Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-17 Reduced Engine Light . . . . . . . .5-19
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-35
Overview, Infotainment Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-18
Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-4
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
P Power Steering Warning
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Park Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Recommended
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18 Pregnancy, Using Safety
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-38
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19 Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Recommended Fluids and
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20 Privacy
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12
Assist, Ultrasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33 Radio Frequency
Records
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27 Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-15
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14
Brake and P (Park) Program
Recreational Vehicle
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-23 Courtesy Transportation . . . . . .13-7
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-20 Proposition 65 Warning,
Reduced Engine Power
Perchlorate Materials California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 Reimbursement Program,
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
INDEX i-9
Remote Keyless Entry Roof Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58

(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2, 2-3 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16 Seats
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49 Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Replacement Parts Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-3 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31 Running the Vehicle While Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21 Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-4
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-31 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Replacing LATCH System S Second Row . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44 Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Third Row Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12
Replacing Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23 Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-23 Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22 Securing Child
Reporting Safety Defects How to Wear Safety Belts Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44, 3-46
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-13 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16 Security
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Restraints Replacing after a Crash . . . . . .3-23 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38 Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-22 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Retained Accessory Safety Defects Reporting Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18 Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-13 Service
Ride Control Systems General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Accessories and
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Roads Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-4
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Roadside Assistance Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Maintenance Records . . . . . . .11-14
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . 13-7
i-10 INDEX
Service (cont'd) Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-22 T

Maintenance, General Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Starting the Vehicle
Taillamps
Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Messsages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Publications Ordering Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-11 Power, Warning Lights . . . . . . . .5-16
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-10
Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-7 Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Third-Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Vehicle Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14 Storage Areas
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Tires
Shift Lock Control Function Cargo Management System . . . 4-4
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51
Check, Automatic Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Shifting Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19 Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-72
Sidemarker and Stoplamps Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Storing the Tire Sealant
Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-45
Signals, Turn and and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 10-65
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Specifications and Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-44
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
StabiliTrak System
Sealant and
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29 Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
INDEX i-11
Tires (cont'd) Trailer V

Sealant and Compressor Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-45
Vehicle
Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65 Transmission
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Terminology and Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Identification
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40 Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Uniform Tire Quality Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 Transportation Program,
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Wheel Alignment and Tire Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55 Turn and Lane-Change
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-55 Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
When It Is Time for New Turn Signal,
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Service Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75
Towing U Vehicle Care
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . .9-42 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . . . 9-33 Storing the Tire Sealant
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-46 Uniform Tire Quality and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . 10-65
General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-42 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-76 Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-45 Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75
Traction
Control System (TCS) . . . . . . . .9-28
Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
i-12 INDEX
W Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Warning
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-23
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Wipers
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Wheels
Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-38
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Windshield
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

2013 Chevrolet Orlando Manual en CA

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

2013 Chevrolet Orlando Manual en CA

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Chevrolet Orlando Owner Manual - 2013 - CRC - 6/5/12 Black plate (1,1)

2013 Chevrolet Orlando Owner Manual M

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

2013 Chevrolet Orlando Owner Manual M

Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1

This manual describes features that Propriétaires Canadiens

Using this Manual Symbols

Vehicle Symbol Chart + : Fuses

In Brief Vehicle Features

USB Port and Auxiliary Input 17. Horn on page 5‑3.

Initial Drive 7 : Press and hold briefly to initiate

Q: Press to lock the doors.

Press o { again to deactivate the Windows Seat Adjustment

Height Adjustment Power Seats Reclining Seatbacks

To return the seatback to an upright Heated Seats Head Restraint

2. Push and pull on the seatback to To achieve a comfortable seating

Third Row Seats Press L or M to heat the driver or

Safety Belts Mirror Adjustment Power Mirrors

Interior Mirror 3. Pull or push the steering wheel

Steering Wheel Tilt and Telescoping Steering

O : Briefly turn to this position to See:

Windshield Wiper/Washer frequent wipes or down for less

Rear Window Wiper/Washer a: Push the windshield wiper

Climate Controls 7. Rear Window Defogger 7. Rear Window Defogger

Cruise Control *: Press to disengage cruise 3. MENU: Press to display the

Storage Compartments Power Outlets Performance and

See Engine Oil Life System on

Roadside Assistance and OnStar

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Keys, Doors, and Exterior Mirrors

2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

With an active OnStar subscription,

Remote Keyless Entry

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3

2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows

7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic Programming Transmitters to Battery Replacement

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5

2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

A maximum of two remote starts,

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7

The power door lock switch is on

2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The rear door power windows are Doors

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9

2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11

The convex shaped mirror reduces

2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power Mirrors 3. Turn the selector switch to Interior Mirrors

= (Rear Window Defogger): Cleaning the Mirror

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13

Automatic Dimming Child-View Mirror

2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Windows The vehicle aerodynamics are

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15

2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Press o { to activate the rear Sun Visors Roof

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17

To open or close the sunroof, press Sunshade

2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Seats and Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Adding Equipment to the

3-2 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 3-3